Pioneer BDP-95FD Operating Instructions
Operating Instructions Blu-ray Disc PLAYER
2 En The exclamation point within an equilate ral t riangle is intended to ale rt the use r to the pr esence of imp or tant op er ating and maintenance (se r vicing) inst ructions in the lite ratu re accom panying the a ppliance. The lightning flash with a rrowhead symbol, within an equilate ral t riangle, is intended to ale rt the use r to the presence of uninsulated "dange rous voltage" within the product's enclosu re that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of elect ric shock to pe rsons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A IMPORT ANT NOTICE î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî D1-4-2-6-1_En NOTE: îÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"î !"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂ%îÂÂ"î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!îÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî !!îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî $îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ# !#î îÂÂ"îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî "î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î #î îÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂî î îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î î !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î "î !î îÂÂ#!î !î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî "î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂ#î îÂÂî 'îÂÂî îÂÂî î 'îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂ!" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ#! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!" # îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'î îÂÂîÂÂ#! îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ#îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂî î îÂÂ%î $î î îÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî #î î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî # îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂî #îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî !î îÂÂî #!î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî #îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂî $îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî "î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 'îÂÂ"# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ#!î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ" 'îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!# îÂÂ! î îÂÂ( î îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ( î î îÂÂî îÂÂî !î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ!î îÂÂî î "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî "%îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î î îÂÂ( î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ#"îÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î #îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî "îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ%î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî " îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ( î î îÂÂîÂÂ!#îÂÂ"îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî &îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î D8-10-1-2_En îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!$ ! -.6îÂÂîÂÂ)*9.( *îÂÂ( 3140.*6îÂÂ:.7-îÂÂ4& 57îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ3 îÂÂ7-*îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 80*6î îÂÂî 4*5& 7.32îÂÂ.6îÂÂ68' /*( 7îÂÂ73îÂÂ7-*î 3003:.2,îÂÂ7:3îÂÂ( 32).7.326î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! -.6îÂÂî )*9. (*îÂÂ1 &;îÂÂ237î (&86*îÂÂ- &51 80îÂÂ.27*5 *5*2 (* îÂÂî &2)î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ7-.6îÂÂ)*9. (*îÂÂ1867î &((*47î &2;îÂÂ.27*5 *5*2 (*îÂÂ5* (*.9*) îÂÂîÂÂ.2 (08).2,î .27*5 *5*2 (*îÂÂ7- &7îÂÂ1 &;î (&86*îÂÂ82)*6.5*)îÂÂ34*5 &7.32 î î 53)8 (7î îÂÂ&1* îÂÂî îÂÂ08 î 5 &;î îÂÂ.6 (î îÂÂî î $îÂÂî î 3)*0îÂÂî 81' *5î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î *64326.' 0*î îÂÂ& 57;îÂÂîÂÂ& 1*î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ#î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î ))5*66î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ% î ! î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂî î -32*î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ# îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî CAUTION: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î D8-10-3a_En Information to User îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî D8-10-2_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so you will know how to operate your model properly . After you have finished reading the instructions, put them away in a safe place for future reference. CAUTION : USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MA Y RESUL T IN HAZARDOUS RADIA TION EXPOSURE. CAUTION : THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL INCREASE EYE HAZARD. D6-8-2-1_En
3 En CAUTION This product is a class 1 lase r product, but this pr oduct contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. T o ensu re continued safety, do not remove any cove rs o r attem pt to gain access to the inside of the product. Ref e r all ser vicing to qualified p er sonnel. D3-4-2-1-8_B_En The following caution label a ppea rs on you r unit. Location: inside of the unit î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î "îÂÂ#%îÂÂ)îÂÂ!'îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ% îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ!"'îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!*îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ&"(%îÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ&(îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$(îÂÂ# îÂÂ!'îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$!) îÂÂ%) ./îÂÂ''%)# îÂÂ/$% .îÂÂ0)% /îÂÂîÂÂ(îÂÂ&! îÂÂ.0-! îÂÂ/* îÂÂ'!î 1! îÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂ! î î -* 0) îÂÂ/$! îÂÂ0)% /îÂÂ"* -îÂÂ1!) /%'î /%*) îÂÂ/* îÂÂ%( - * 1! îÂÂ$!î /î - î %îÂÂ/ %*)îÂÂî îÂÂ/î '!îÂÂ./î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(î îÂÂ/îÂÂ/ * îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(î îÂÂ/îÂÂ- !î -î î îÂÂ) î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ( îÂÂî /îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂ.% ! îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'* /.îÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ* !)%)# .îÂÂ%) îÂÂ/$! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%)! /îÂÂî -! î - * 1% ! îÂÂ"* -î 1 !)/ %'îÂÂ/ %*)îÂÂ/ *î !).0- ! îÂÂ- !'%îÂÂîÂÂ'! îÂÂ* ! -î /%*) îÂÂ*" îÂÂ/$! î -* 0î /îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ/* î - * /!î /îÂÂ% /îÂÂ" -*( îÂÂ* 1! -$!î /%)# îÂÂî îÂÂ* î -! 1!) /îÂÂ"% - ! îÂÂ$î 4î - îÂÂîÂÂ/$! îÂÂ* !)%)# .îÂÂ.$* 0' îÂÂ)! 1! -îÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂ'*îÂÂ&! îÂÂ* -îÂÂîÂÂ* 1! -! îÂÂ2% /$ îÂÂ% /!( .îÂÂîÂÂ.0îÂÂ$ îÂÂî .îÂÂ)! 2. î ! -.îÂÂî / îÂÂîÂÂ'!î îÂÂ'*/ $.îÂÂî îÂÂ0-/ îÂÂ%).îÂÂî *-î îÂÂ3î * !- îÂÂ/ %)#îÂÂ/ $!î ! ,0% (!) /îÂÂ*) îÂÂ/$%îÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂî - ! /îÂÂ* -îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! î î îÂÂî î î î î î î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ) Operating Environment îÂÂ#îÂÂ$îÂÂ&îÂÂ!î îÂÂîÂÂ!(îÂÂ$"! îÂÂ!& îÂÂ&î #îÂÂ$îÂÂ&'$î îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&* î î î î î îÂÂ&" îÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂ&" îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%% îÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ""îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂ(îÂÂ!&% îÂÂ!"& îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ" îÂÂ!"& îÂÂîÂÂ!%&îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ% îÂÂ'!îÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂ#""$îÂÂ* îÂÂ(îÂÂ!&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"$ îÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂ"!% îÂÂîÂÂ)#"%îÂÂî îÂÂ&" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&* îÂÂ"$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂîÂÂ& îÂÂ%'!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂ"$ î %&$"!î îÂÂîÂÂ$&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&î D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o pr event a fire or shock hazard, do not place any container filled with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_B_En î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂî î !îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂ%$,îÂÂ' îÂÂ(*%%!- îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'( î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$'î #î îÂÂ)$ îÂÂîÂÂ$*#)'- îÂÂ$' îÂÂ' îÂÂî $# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(*'î îÂÂ)îÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ)îÂÂî î %$,îÂÂ' îÂÂ(*%%!- î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂî îÂÂ,îÂÂîÂÂ' î îÂÂ)î ( îÂÂ*# ) î , !! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ*(îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ)( îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂ&* ' îÂÂî î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î $' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ,' ))îÂÂ# îÂÂ$# îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂ%îÂÂ#îÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂî î î î î î î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ# î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ
4 En îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî î !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. CAUTION The îÂÂîÂÂST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not com pletely shut off all powe r f rom the AC outlet. Since the powe r co rd se r ves as the main disconnect device fo r the unit, you will need to un plug it f rom the AC outlet to shut down all powe r . The refo re, make su re the unit has been installed so that the p ower cor d can be easily unp lugged fr om the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fi re haza rd, the powe r co rd should also be un plugged f rom the AC outlet when left unused fo r a long pe riod of time (fo r exam ple, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î W ARNING: î î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î D36-P4_A_En W ash hands after handling î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ
5 En S001_En Selecting fine audio equi pment such as the unit youâÂÂve just pu rchased is only the sta rt of you r musical enjoyment. Now itâÂÂs time to conside r how you can maximize the fun and excitement you r equi pment offe rs. This manufactu re r and the Elect ronic Indust ries AssociationâÂÂs Consume r Elect ronics G rou p want you to get the most out of you r equi pment by playing it at a safe level. One that lets the sound come th rough loud and clea r without annoying bla ring o r disto rtion-and, most im po rtantly , without affecting you r sensitive hea ring. Sound can be deceiving. Ove r time you r hea ring âÂÂcomfo rt levelâ ada pts to highe r volumes of sound. So what sounds âÂÂno rmalâ can actually be loud and ha rmful to you r hea ring. Gua rd against this by setting you r equi pment at a safe level BEFORE you r hea ring ada pts. T o establish a safe level: ⢠Sta rt you r volume cont rol at a low setting. ⢠Slowly inc rease the sound until you can hea r it comfo rtably and clea rly , and without disto rtion. Once you have established a comfortable sound level: ⢠Set the dial and leave it the re. T aking a minute to do this now will hel p to prevent hea ring damage o r loss in the futu re. Afte r all, we want you listening fo r a lifetime. We W ant Y ou Listening For A Lifetime Since hea ring damage f rom loud noise is often undetectable until it is too late, this manufactu re r and the Elect ronic Indust ries AssociationâÂÂs Consume r Elect ronics G rou p recommend you avoid pr olonged exp osur e to excessive noise. This list of sound levels is included fo r you r protection. Decibel Level Example 30 Quiet lib ra r y , soft whis pe rs 40 Living room, ref rige rato r , bed room away f rom t raffic 50 Light t raffic, no rmal conve rsation, quiet office 60 Ai r conditione r at 20 feet, sewing machine 70 V acuum cleane r , hai r d r ye r , noisy restau rant 80 Ave rage city t raffic, ga rbage dis posals, ala rm clock at two feet. THE FOLL OWING NOISES CAN BE DANGEROUS UNDER CONST ANT EXPOSURE 90 Subway , moto rcycle, t ruck t raffic, lawn mowe r 100 Ga rbage t ruck, chain saw , pneumatic d rill 120 Rock band conce rt in f ront of s peake rs, thunde rcla p 140 Gunshot blast, jet plane 180 Rocket launching pad Info rmation cou rtesy of the Deafness Resea rch F oundation.
6 En Contents 01 Before you start Featur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 WhatâÂÂs in the box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Putting the batteries in the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Using the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Disc/content form at playback compatibil ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 File c ompatibil ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Titles and chapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 DVD-Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 BD-ROM regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 02 Connecting up Rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Easy connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Using other types of video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Connecting for HDMI outp ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Connecting using the component vide o output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Changing the output video resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Connecting using an S-Video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Connecting for surround sou nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Network connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Controlling this player via another Pioneer compon ent . . . . . . . 16 Using an external IR re ceiver with this player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 03 Controls and displays Front pan el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Front panel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 04 Getting Started Switchin g on and setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Setting up for network use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Playing movies, music an d photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Playbac k control s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 05 Using the Disc Navigator Introduc tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Movie Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Photo Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Music Navigato r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 06 Using the Home Media Gallery Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About network playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Using the Home Media Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Movie Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Photo Navi gator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Music Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect . . . . 38 07 Video/Audio Adjust menu Video Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Audio Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 08 Initial Setup menu Using the Initial Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 About the audio output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Speaker Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Software updatin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 09 Additional information Taking care of your p layer and discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Screen sizes and disc form ats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Resetting the pla yer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Setting up the remote to control your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 TV Preset code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 BD/DVD language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 BD/DVD country/area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Troubleshootin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
01 7 En Chapter 1 Before you start Features BD-ROM playback Blu-ray Disc is a next-generation video disc format featuring far higher disc capacity than conven tional DVD. The higher ca pacity makes a whole range of new and e nhanced features possible, such as support for high-definition vi deo up to 1920 x 1 080 pixels, high quality, surround sound audio, gr eater interactivity and richer content. BD-ROM discs are commercially prod uced discs (Video Distribution format) that can contain movi e and other video content, in teractive content, enhance d menu features su ch as pop-up menus (p ress POPUP MENU/MENU during playback fo r these), full-colo r, high-defin ition animated b uttons and anim ated menu transi tion effects, button soun ds (sound s ar e played when menu button s are selected or activated), hig h-definitio n bitmap sub titles suppo rting full-color images with frame- accurate ani mation effec ts up to full video frame rate, and so on. While BD cap acity is enou gh for most ap plications, th e BD-ROM standard allows for content to be spread across several discs, removing the limit of one physical disc. F ollow the on-screen instructions during playbac k wh en using these special kinds of discs. BD-J application The BD-ROM spec ification sup ports Java for interactive content. The Java specificatio n for BD-ROM is known as BD-J. This a llows content providers to put games and other interactive materia l linked to specific titles on to BD-ROM di scs. (This pl ayer does not support downloadable BD-J content, direct connection to the Intern et or the retrieval of content through the Internet.) ⢠J ava and all Java-based trademar ks and logos are tr ademarks or registered tradem arks of Sun Micr osystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. ⢠é 2000-2007 Esmertec AG Esmertec and Jbed are trademarks and/or regist ered trademarks of Esmertec AG. Connect to a loca l area net work Connect this player to one or more computers in your house via Ethernet and use them a s media servers, streaming audio, video and still image files for p layback on your TV and/o r audio system. HDMI digital interface The HDMI (High-D efinition Mu ltimedia Interfa ce) interconnec t provides high quality digital aud io and video, all from a single user-friendly connector. HDMI is the first consumer electronics interface to s upport unco mpre ssed standa rd, enhanced, or high-definition video plus stan dard to multi-channel surround sound audio, all using one int erfac e. You can ea sily connect to an HDMI-equipped AV receiver or audi o-visual device for high quality audio and video. ⢠HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Inte rface are trademarks or registered tr ademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC. HDMI Control By connecting this unit to a Pionee r plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receiver etc.) with an HDMI cable, you can control this unit from the connected plasma display, as well as have the connected plasma display or AV system automatically change inputs in respo nse to this u nit st arting playba ck or having the GUI screen (ex. Disc Navigator) disp layed (known as the Auto-select function). The connected plasma display can thereby have its power turned from off to on by this function. You can also have th is unit turn on auto matically when you control this unit fro m a connected plasma d isplay that is turned on (Simultan eous po wer function). Additionally, when the language informat ion from a co nnected plasma display is received, you can have this unitâÂÂs on-screen display language cha nge automaticall y to that of the plasma display (only when playback is stopped an d GUI screen is not displaye d). Refer to your plasma displayâÂÂs operating m anual for more information regarding ho w your plasm a displa y transmit s language information. For more information about which oper ations can be carrie d out by connecting via HDMI cable, refer to th e operating manual for your plasma display or AV system. PureCinema When you playback film material (24 frames/second) on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc, the progressive s can line automa tically convert s the film material to optimum qua lity (see PureCinema on page 39). 1080/60p and 1 080/24p output video This player supports a variety of ou tput video resolution s, up to 1080 lines/60 frames per seco nd, progressive (HDMI only), makin g it ideal for playing hig h-definition Blu-ray Discs.
01 8 En High quality audio This player is compatible wit h Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS-HD High Resolution Au dio, Dolby Digital and DTS. To enjoy Dolb y TrueHD, Dolby Di gital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolut ion Audio at the maximum pe rformance, connect this player to a Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Pl us or DTS-HD High Reso lution Audio-comp atible AV amplifier using an HD MI cable. Then, a fter placing a Blu-ray Disc record ing a material with Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, open the disc menu and select âÂÂDolby TrueHDâÂÂ, âÂÂDolby Digital Plusâ or âÂÂDTS-HD High Resolution Audioâ from the menu. For the output conditions of var ious audio types, see About the audio output settings on page 44. ⢠Manufactured under license from Dolby Lab oratories. âÂÂDolbyâ and the double-D sym bol are tradem arks of Dolby Laboratories. ⢠âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surr oundâ are registered trade marks of DTS, Inc. Movie file playback Video files encoded in the Windo ws Media⢠Video (WMV), MPEG-1/ 2 formats ar e playable f rom DVD-R/-RW, or from a connecte d media server. Music file playback This player supports various au dio formats, including Windows Media Audio (WMA), MP3 and WAV. You can play files stored on DVD-R/-RW, or from a con nected media server. Photo file playback PNG, GIF and JPEG image files â including the popu lar EXIF format used by most digital cameras t o store picture shooting information together with the JPEG image â ar e playable from DVD-R/- RW, or from a connected media server. ⢠Windows Media⢠is a tradem ark of Microsoft Corporation. ⢠This product includes technology owned by Micros oft Corporation and cannot be used o r distributed without a l icense from Microsoft Licensi ng, Inc. WhatâÂÂs in the box Please confirm that the following accessories are in th e box along with these operating instructions when you open it: â¢R e m o t e c o n t r o l ⢠AA/R6P dry cell batte ries x2 ⢠Stereo audio cable (red/white plugs) ⢠Video cable (yellow plugs) â¢L A N c a b l e â¢P o w e r c a b l e ⢠W arranty card Putting the batteries in the remote control ⢠Insert two AA/R6P batteries in to the battery compartment following the in dications ( ï« ,ïª ) insid e the com partment. Important Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards such as leakage and bursting. Please ob serve th e following: ⢠DonâÂÂt mix new and old batteries together. ⢠DonâÂÂt use differen t kinds of batteries together â although they may look similar, different batte ries may ha ve different voltages. ⢠Make su re that the plus and minu s ends of each battery match the indications in the battery com partment. ⢠Remove batteries from equipment that isnâÂÂt going to be used for a month or more. ⢠Wh en disposin g of used ba tteries, pl ease comply with governmental regulations or envi ronment al public ins tructionâÂÂs rules that apply in your country/area. ⢠WARNING Do not use or store batteries in direct sunlight or other excessively hot place, such as inside a car or near a heater. This can cause batteries to lea k, overheat, explode or catch fire. It can also reduce the life or performance of batteries. D3-4-2 -3-3_E n Using the remote con trol Please keep in mind the follo wing when using the remote control: ⢠Make sure tha t there are no obstacles between th e remote and the remote sensor on the unit. ⢠The remote has a range of abo ut 23 feet (at an angle of 30ú from either side of the sensor). Use within this range in front of the remote control sensor on the front p anel. ⢠Remote opera tion may become unrel iable if strong sun light or fluorescent light is shining on the unitâÂÂs r emote sensor. ⢠Remote co ntrollers for different devices can interfere with each other. Avoid using remotes for oth er equipment located close to this unit. ⢠Replace the batteries when you no tice a fall off in the operating range of the remo te. ⢠When the batteries run down or you chan ge the batteries, the TV preset codes are automatically reset. See Resetting the player on page 47 to reset them.
01 9 En Disc/content format playback compatibility General disc compatibility This player is compatible with a range o f disc types (media) and formats. Compatib le discs will us ually feature one of th e following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable BD, D VD or CD, may be in a n unplayable format â see below fo r further compatibility information. ⢠âÂÂBlu-ray Discâ and are trademarks. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. ⢠This player may not be able to play perfectly every disc that features one of the logos listed above. Please cont act Pioneer if you find a disc th at wonâÂÂt play prop erly. BD compatibility ⢠This player can pl ay BD -ROM discs. â BD-ROM discs shoul d conform to BD-ROM Profile 1. ⢠This player can play BD -R discs. â This player is compatible w ith Blu-ray Disc Rec ordable forma t Ver. 2 1 . â This player is not compat ible with Blu-r ay Disc Recordab le format Ver. 1 2 . ⢠This player can play BD -RE discs. â This player is compatible w ith Blu-ray Dis c Rewritabl e format Ver. 3 1 . â This player is not compat ible with Blu-r ay Disc Rewri table format Ver. 1 3 and Ver. 2 2 . ⢠This player can play 1 2 cm disc s, but cannot play 8 cm discs. DVD compatibility ⢠This player can play D VD-RO M (DVD-Video)/-R/-RW discs. â This player can play DVD-R /-R W discs recorded as DVD-Video format. â This player cannot play unf inalized DVD di scs and VR m ode DVD discs. â This player can also p lay DVD discs containing PC data . See below for the file compat ibility. ⢠This player ca nnot play DVD-Audio a nd DVD-RAM discs. CD compatibility ⢠This player can play CD-DA dis cs. ⢠PC files stored on CDs canno t be played back. ⢠Regarding copy protected CDs: This product is designed to conform to the specifications of the Audio CD format. This player does not support the playback o r f u n c t i o n o f d i s c s t h a t d o not conform to these specification s. ⢠The au dio signals of a CD output at th e DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) jacks of this player are protected from copying and can not be copied on other exte rnal components. DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc , one side of which contains DVD content â video, audio, etc. â whil e the other side contains non-DVD content such as dig ital audio m aterial. The DVD side of a DualDisc will pl ay in this product (excluding any DVD-Audio content). The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compatible with this player. It is possible tha t when loading or ejecting a DualDisc, the opposite side to that being played will be s cratched. Scratched discs may not be playable. For more detailed information on th e DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufa cturer or disc retailer. PC-created disc compatibility Discs recorded using a persona l computer may not be playable in this unit due to the settings of the application software used to create the disc. Check with the soft ware publisher for more detailed information. Important ⢠This play er cannot play discs other than the ones listed in this chapter. ⢠Do not use 8 cm disc adapters wi th this pl ayer. 8 cm dis cs can be played directly by placing then in the 8 cm disc depression in the center of the disc tray. File compatibility ⢠Comp atible media: DVD-R, DVD-RW , media server on netwo rk (some formats may not be supported depending on the media server type). ⢠Even when they are in a supported format, some files m ay not play or display depending on the con tent. ⢠Even when playing a supported format, some function s may not operate properly depending on the conte nt. ⢠DRM-pr otected contents on DVD-R/-RW discs or on media servers that do not supp ort WMDRM, and oth erwise incompatibl e files are skip ped. Note 1 The standard for recording of BDMV format data. 2 The standard for recording of BDAV format data. 3 The standard that uses the provided cartridge. DVD-Video DVD-R Blu-ray Disc (BD) DVD-RW DVD-R DL
01 10 En ⢠Please note, the following file naming structu re needs to be adhered to when creating/renaming any digita l media to be played on the unit (either throug h computer-created disc me dia, or the Home Media Gallery connectio n). This disclaimer does not apply to any media purchased at retail loca tions: Due to the coding system used, this player wi ll only read/play files named using standard alphan umeric characters. An y other characters or symbols (e.g. characters with accents) used in nam ing the file will render it unreadable/unplayable by the unit. If yo u encounter any difficulties with playback of media, please rename the file in accordance to this stand ard. Supported video formats ⢠Windows Medi a Video 9 (WMV9) 1 â MP@HL ⢠Windows Media Vi deo 9 (WMV9) Advanced Profi le (VC-1) â AP@L3 ⢠MPEG-2 (PS/TS) â MP@HL ⢠MPEG-1 Supported audio formats ⢠Windows Medi a Audio 9 (WMA9) â Bit rate: up to 192 kbps (constant bit-rate (CBR) ); up to 384 kbps (variable bit-rate (VBR)) â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz ⢠Windows Media Audio 9 Professional (WMA9 Pro) â Bit rate: up to 768 kbps â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz â Channels: up to 5.1c h ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) â Sampling rates: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz â Bit rate: up to 320 kbps ⢠Linear PCM (WAV) â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz Supported image formats â¢J P E G â File format: JFIF or Exif â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4 096 pixels Baseline JPEG and progressive JPEG are supported â¢P N G â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4096 pixels â¢G I F â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4096 pixels File extensions The following file extensions shou ld be used with this player: â¢V i d e o âÂÂ.wmvâ âÂÂ.mpgâ âÂÂ.mpegâ â¢A u d i o âÂÂ.wmaâ âÂÂ.mp3â âÂÂ.wavâ â¢I m a g e âÂÂ.jpgâ âÂÂ.jpegâ âÂÂ.pngâ âÂÂ.gifâ Even when files have a supported file exten sion, some files may not play or display depending on the content or media server type. Titles and chapters BD and DVD movie discs are divided into o ne or more titles. Titles may be further subdivided into chapters. DVD-Video regions All commercially produced DVD mo vies (DVD-Video discs) carry a region mark on the case somewher e that indi cates which reg ion(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. This player also has a region mark, whic h you can find on the rear pane l. Discs from incompatibl e regions will not play i n this player. Discs marked ALL will play in any player. The diagram below shows the various DVD regions of the world. This player is region 1 . BD-ROM regions Like DVD movies, BD movie discs (BD-ROM ) also carry a region mark that in dicates wh ich region( s) of the world the disc is compat- ible with. This pla yer also has a region mark, which you ca n find on the rear panel. Di scs from incom patible region s will not play in this player. Discs marked ALL will play in any player. The diagram below shows t he variou s BD-ROM regions of the world. This player is region A . Note 1 This player is not compatible with WMV9 Complex Profile. Title 1 Title 2 Title 3 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 2 Cha pte r 3 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 2 1 2 2 5 5 6 3 2 1 4 4 Region A Region B Region C
02 11 En Chapter 2 Connecting up Rear panel 1A C I N Connect the supplied power co rd here, then plug in to a power outlet. 2 CONTROL IN Use to control th is player from the remote sensor of a nother Pioneer component with a CONTROL OUT terminal and bearing the ï± mark. Connect the CONTROL OUT of th e other component to the CONTROL IN of this player using a mini-plug cord (page 16). 3 HDMI OUT HDMI output providing a high quality interface for digital audio and video (page 13). 4 LAN (100) Ethernet port for 100BASE-TX (100 M bps) network connection (page 16). 5 VIDEO OUT and S-VIDEO OUT Video output (composite) that you can connect to you r TV or AV receiver using the supplied video cable (page 12). S-Video output that you can use instead of the VIDEO OUT jacks (page 14). 6 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT High quality video output for co nnection to a TV, monitor or A V receiver that has component video inpu ts. Connect using a commer cially available three-way componen t video cable (page 13) . 7 DIGITAL A UDIO OUT (CO AXIAL/OPTICAL) Digital audio outputs for connection to a PCM, Dolby Digital, and/o r DTS-compatible AV receiver (page 15 ). 8 AUD IO OUT (5.1ch ) Multi-channel (5.1ch) analo g audio outputs for conn ection to an AV receiver with multi-chann el analog au dio inputs (page 15 ). 9 AUDIO OUT (2ch) Stereo analog audio outputs for connection to your TV, AV receiver or stereo system (page 12). 10 IR IN Jack for an external IR (infra red) remote control receiver (pa ge 17). 11 IR RECEIVER switch Switch to the setting compatible with your external IR remote control receiver (page 17). Tip ⢠When conn ecting this player to your TV, AV receiver or other equipment, make sure that all compon ents are âÂÂswitched offâ and âÂÂunpluggedâ . ⢠You may find it useful to have the manuals supplied with your other components handy when co nnecting this player. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN AC IN 1 10 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
02 12 En Easy connections This is a basic set up that allows you to watch discs on your TV using just the cables supplied. Important ⢠This pla yer is equipped with co py protection tech nology. Do not connect this player to your TV via a VCR using AV cables, as the picture from this player will not ap pear properly on your TV. (Thi s player may also not b e compatible with some combinati on TV/ VCRs for the same reason; refer to the manufacturer for more information.) ⢠D o not unplug the player from the power outlet while it is switched on. ⢠Do not plug this player into a switched power supply found on some amplifiers and AV receivers. 1 Connect the VIDEO OUT and one pair of AUDIO OUT (2ch ) jacks to a set o f audio/video inpu ts on your TV. Use the supplied red/white stereo audio and yellow video cables. Make sure you matc h up the left and right audio outputs with their corresponding inputs for corre ct stereo sound. See Using other type s of video output below if you want to use a different type of connectio n. 2 Connect the supplied AC powe r cord to the AC IN inlet, then plug into a powe r outlet. Using other types of video output This player has standard (composi te), S-Video and component vi deo outputs, as well as an HDMI co nnector (for digital video/audio). In order to be able to watch HD (h igh definition) BDs at their full resolution, you should connect the player to your TV using eithe r the component video output, or (even better) the HDMI output. An HDMI connection will additi onally give you HD output when watching DVDs. If your display has neither of these conn ection types, an S-Video jack is also provided, which should give slightly better video quality than using the standard video output. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN AC IN To power outlet TV To video input To audio input
02 13 En Connecting for HDMI output If you have an HDMI or D VI (with HDCP) equipped monitor or display, you can connect it to this player u sing a commercially available H DMI cable that supports t he HDMI 1.3 spe cificatio n (Category 2) or later. The HDMI connector outp uts uncompre ssed digital video, as well as most digital audio formats. Important ⢠This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-Definition Multim edia Interface). Depending on the component you have co nnected, using a DVI co nnection may result in unreliable si gnal transfers. ⢠If yo u change the display connected to the HDMI output, you will also need to cha nge the outp ut video resol ution settin gs to match the new display (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14 to do this). ⢠The HDMI connection is compatib le with 8-channel linear PCM signals (44.1 kHz to 192 kHz 1 , 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit), Dolby Digital, Dolby TrueHD, D olby Digital Pl us, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio and DTS (5.1 c hannel signals) bitstream s. ⢠Depending o n the HDMI cable being used, 1080p output ma y not appear correctly. ⢠If yo u connect a DVI device to the HDMI outpu t of this player, ensure that i t is compliant with High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP). If yo u choose to connect to a DVI connector, you will need a separate adaptor (DVI ï¤ HDMI) to do so. A DVI connection, however, does not supp ort audio signals. Consult your local audio dealer for more info rmation. ⢠Use an HDMI cable (not supp lied) to connect the HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to an HDMI interconnect on an HDMI-compatible di splay. ⢠The arrow on the ca ble connector body should be face up for correct alignment with the con nector on the player. After switching on the player you ma y need to set the output video resolution an d HDMI color space for c ompatibility w ith your dis play. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14 and HDMI Color Spa ce in Using the Initial Setup menu on page 41. About HDMI HDMI supports both standard an d high-definition vi deo, plus standard and multi-chan nel surroun d-sound audio. HDMI features include uncompressed digital vi deo, one connector (instead of several cables and connecto rs), and communica tion between the AV source and AV devices such as DTVs. HDMI was developed to provide the technologies of High-bandwidth Digital Conten t Protection (HD CP) as well as Digital Vis ual Interface (DVI) in one specificatio n. HDCP is used to protec t di gital content transmitted and received by DVI-c ompliant displays. About HDMI Control You can enable HDM I Control by turning the HDMI Control setting to On for all components connecte d via HDMI cable. Check the video output from this un it once you have comp leted making connections an d settings for all co mponents. Y ou will need to check the video output each time you cha nge connected components or remove the HDMI cable. The HDMI Control functions may not opera te properly if you do not use an HDMI cable that supports the HDMI 1.3 specification (Category 2) or later. Connecting using the component video output You can use the component video ou tput instead of the standard video out jack to connect this player to your TV (or other equipment). ⢠Use a component video cab le (not supplied) to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks to a component video inpu t on your TV, mon itor or AV receiver. Be careful to match up the colors of the three jacks for correct connection. Note 1 There are some restrictions depending on the sampling rate. For more information see Abou t the audio ou tput settin gs on page 44. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN HDMI-com patible dis play To HDMI interconnect AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To component video input TV
02 14 En Changing the output video resolution Use the OUTPUT RESOLUTION button located on both the front panel and the remote control to s witch the out put video r esolution for the HDMI and comp onent video outputs. The table below shows the output settings. Note ⢠Depending o n your display, some of the settings may result in the picture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until th e picture re-appears. ⢠1080/60p an d 1080/24p output is only compatible with HDM I displays. They are not compatible with the com ponent video output. ⢠When output video resolu tion is set to 720p, 1080i or 108 0p , video is output in 16:9 format even if TV Aspect Ratio (page 41) is set to 4:3 (Standard) . ⢠If the contours of the displayed subjects look jagged or blurred, try settin g the output video reso lution to 480i . (If you connecte d this player to your TV with the HDMI connection and the picture disappears when you switch the output video re solution to 480i , use the component connection with the 480i output video resolution or S-Video, the stan dard composite connec tion instead.) ⢠No te that when using a Com ponent Video connection with a TV or other A V component ( not using HDMI), 480/60i video may be output in 480/60p. 24p output For smooth presentation of 1080/24p or 720/24p video with an HDMI-equipped display compatib le with 1080/24 p input, set 24p Dir ect Ou t (page 41) on this player to On . This player will outp ut 1080/24p video over HDMI in the following cases: ⢠1080/24 p video: When the output video resolution is set to Auto or Source Direct . ⢠720/24p video: Wh en the output video resolution is set to Auto . Note ⢠Even when 24p Direct Out is set to On , if a TV not compatible with 1080/24p video is connected, the actual fram e frequency of the video output will be 60 Hz. ⢠The video output will be inte rrupted when switching the video output from 1080/24p or 720/24p to other output video resolutions, or when switchi ng to 1080/24 p or 720/24p from other output video resoluti ons. Connecting using an S-Video output You can use the S-Video output instead o f the VIDEO OUT jack to connect this player to your TV (or other equipment). ⢠Use an S-Video cable (n ot supplied) to connect the S-VIDEO OUT to an S-Video input on your TV, monitor or AV recei ver. Line up the small triangle a bove th e jack with the same mar k on the plug before plugging in . Setting HDMI output Component output Video/S-Video output AUTO TVâÂÂs preferred resolution 1,2 1. Refer to 24p output below for conditions. 2. The vide o output will be interrupted when switching the v ideo output. TVâÂÂs preferred resoluti on 3 3. For resolutions that cannot be output by comp onent output, video is outp ut in the following resolutions: 480 /60i 480/60i 480i 480/60i 480/60i 480/60i 480p 480/60p 480/60p 480/60i 720p 720/60p 720/60p 4 ,5 4. Video output is 480i du ring copy protecte d DVD-Video playback. 5. Video output during BD-ROM playba ck is 480i dependi ng on the disc. 480/60i 1080i 1080/60i 1080/60i 4,5 480/60i 1080p 1080/60p 480/60i 480/60i Source Direct Dependent on source 1,2 Dependent on source 2,5,6, 6. The frame frequency for 1080/24p is still 60 Hz. 480/60i AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To S-video input TV
02 15 En Connecting for surround sound This player offers both an alog and digital connections for surround sound. The digital outp uts (coaxial and optical) provide a con venient way to connect this player to an AV re ceiver with built-in Dolby Digital and/or DTS deco ders. The 5. 1ch analog outputs can be used to connect to an AV receiver with multi-channel analog audio inputs. Check the operating instructions that came with your AV receiver for more on these connections. Digital connections ⢠Connect one of the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/ OPTICAL) ja cks on this player to a digital inp ut on your A V receiver. Optical connecti on: Use an optical cable (not supplied) to connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT OPTICAL ja ck to an opti cal input on your AV receiver. ⢠W hen inserting the plug, the protective shutter will open an d you should hear the plu g click into position when fully inserted. Take care not to force the plug as this may damage th e shutter, the cable and/or the player. Coaxial connection: Use a coaxial cable (not sup plied) to connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT COAXIAL jack to a coaxial input on your AV receiver. Note ⢠L inear PCM audio output over the DIGITAL AUDIO OU T (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) jacks is limited to 2c h, 48 kHz. Analog connections ⢠Connect the AUDIO OUT (5. 1ch) jacks on this playe r to the multi-channel analog inpu ts on your A V receiver. Use a dedicated six-way cable (not su pplied), or three sets of stereo cables (not supplied) to connect the six channels. Check careful ly that each channel is c onnected to it s corresponding channel on the AV receiver. After connecting, you can make sett ings for the number of speakers connected to your system â see the Speakers section of the In itial Setup menu on page 43 and Speaker Setup on page 45. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To coaxial/optical digital input AV r eceiver AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To multi-channel input AV r eceiver
02 16 En Network connection This player can be connected to a local area netwo rk (LAN) via the Ethernet port on the rear p anel. After making the physical connection the player needs to be set up for network c ommunicati on. This is don e from the Init ial Setup menu â see Setting up for net work use on page 21 for detailed instructions. For best performance, we recommend u sing a 100BASE-TX compatible PC and Ethernet hub. Connecting via an Ethernet hub If you already operate one or more PCs on a local area network, you can integrate this player by con nec ting it to the Ethernet hu b using the included LAN cable. In the example c onfiguration below, th is player would be able to access content from either of the PCs. Connecting directly to a PC If you only need to use o ne PC to act as a media server, you can connect this player directly t o th e PC using the included LAN cable. Controlling this player via anoth er Pioneer component The CONTROL IN jack allows y ou to control this player via the remote control sensor of another Pioneer component â typica lly an AV receiver â that has a CONTROL OUT jack. Remote control signals are passed through to the player from the remote sensor of the other component, allo wing you greater freedom in the placement of your player. ⢠Use a minipl ug cord (not su pplied) to connect the CONTROL IN jack of this player with the CONTROL OUT jack of your other Pioneer com ponent. ⢠You will also need to connect a coax ial digital ca ble, analog audio cable, or video c able. ⢠When conn ected via System Control, point the remote control toward the connected compon ent (such as an AV receiver). The remote will no t work correct ly when pointed at this unit. ⢠You cannot connect use System Control with components that do not have a System Con trol jack or with components manufactured by com panies other than Pioneer. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN LAN(10/100) PC 1 PC 2 Ethe rnet hub ( route r with hub functionality) LAN(10/100) 12 34 AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN LAN(10/100) PC AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To CONTROL OUT AV Receive r
02 17 En Using an external IR receiver with this player If you prefer to keep your AV equi pment in a closed cabinet, you can use an external IR receiver conn ected to the IR IN jack . You can thus have just the receiver outside of the cabinet a nd still be able to control the player. Tip ⢠Y ou may need to set the IR RECEIVER switch (located under the IR IN jack) for this pla yer to recognize the IR receiver correctly. ⢠Th is player does not supply power to the external IR receiver . Please see the operating instructio ns of the IR receiver for the power requirements. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN IR receive r
03 18 En Chapter 3 Controls and displays Front panel 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Press to switch the player on (the power indicator and indicator in the middle of the unit light up when the power is on) or into standby. 2 Disc tray 3 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Press to open or close the disc tray. 4 Indicators ⢠FL OFF â Lights when the displa y and other indicators are switched off. ⢠HD â Lights when the video output is 7 20p, 1080i or 1080p (HDMI), or 720p or 1080i (component). ⢠LAN â Lights when there is an active local ar ea network (LAN) connection. ⢠HDMI â Lights when a device is connected via HDMI. 5D i s p l a y Shows disc status and playbac k information. 6 ï¤ (p lay) Press to start or resume playback. 7 ï§ (stop) Press to stop playback (you ca n resume playback by pressing ï¤ ). 8 ïÂÂ¥ (pause) Press to pause playb ack. Press again to restart. 9 Skip/scan buttons ⢠ï®ï° â Press to jump to the next chapter, track, etc . Press and hold for fast forward sca nning. ⢠ï¯ï â Press to jump back to the beginning o f the current chapter, track, etc . then to pr evio us chapters, tracks, etc. Press and hold for fast reverse scanning. 10 OUTPUT RESOL UTION Press to switch the output resolu tion over HDMI and com ponent video outputs. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14. Front panel display 1 ï¤ Lights du ring playback of a disc. 2C h a r a c t e r d i s p l a y Shows various playback informatio n â disc time, chapter and title number, etc. 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 L 2 1
03 19 En Remote control 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Press to switch the player on or into standby. 2 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Press to open or close the disc tray. 3 FL DIMMER Press to change the brightness of the display. When the display and other indicators are off, the FL O FF indicator (page 18) lights. 4 Number buttons Use to enter title, chapter or track numbers, etc. CLEAR : Press to clear a numeric entry, etc. ENTER : Pre ss to select an option or execute a c ommand. 5 HOME MEDIA GALLERY Press to display the Home Media Gallery screen (see page 32). 6 OUTPUT RESOLUTION Press to switch the output resolu tion over HDMI and component video outputs (see pages 14 and 25). 7 AUDIO Press to select the audio c hannel or language (se e page 25). 8S U B T I T L E Press to s elect a subtit le display (se e page 25). 9D I S P L A Y Press to display information (see page 25). 10 ANGLE Press to change the ca mera angl e during BD-ROM or DVD-Video movie multi-angle scene playback (see page 25). 11 DISC NAVIGATOR / TOP MENU Press to display the top menu of a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc. When playing a DVD-R/- RW disc, pr ess to display/exit the D isc Navigator. 12 POPUP MENU/MENU BD-ROM: Press to display/ hide th e pop-up menu. DVD-Video: Press to display th e disc menu (if there is one). 13 ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTE R Use to navigate on-screen displa ys and menus. Press ENTER to select an option or execute a command. 14 HOME MENU Press to display the playerâÂÂs Home Menu , from which you can access most of the playerâÂÂs functions. 15 RETURN Press to return to a previous screen. 16 Red/Green/Blue/Yello w Use to navigate BD-ROM menus. 17 Playback control s ïÂÂï® : Press to start reverse/forward scannin g. ï¤ : Press to start or resume playback. ïÂÂ¥ : Press to pause playback; pr ess again to restart. ï§ : Press to stop playback (you can resume playback by pressing ï¤ ). ï¯ï° : Press to jump to the start of the previous/next chapte r/ track. ï± ï²/ : Use for slow motion and step frame (see page 24). 18 PLAY MODE Press to change the Play M ode (repeat play, for example) (see page 24). 19 PHOTO ZOOM Press to zoom the screen when displaying a still image (see page 25). 20 VIDEO ADJUST Press to display the Video Adjust screen (see page 39). 21 TV CO NTROL buttons See also Setting up the remote to control your TV on page 48. ïµ : Press ïµ to turn the TV on or into standby. VOLUME /â : Use to adjust the volume. CHANNEL /â : Use to s elect TV channel . INPUT SEL ECT : Press to change the input function of the TV. BD PLAYER STANDBY/ON RED GREEN BLUE YELLOW OPEN/CLOSE TOP MENU RETURN DISC NAVIGA TOR POPUP MENU HOME MENU AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE DISPLA Y OUTPUT RESOLUTION HOME MEDIA GALLERY ENTER PHOTO ZOOM ENTER ïµ ï¨ ïµ TV CONTROL CHANNEL VOLUME INPUT SELECT FL DIMMER CLEAR VIDEO ADJUST PLAY MODE MENU 2 5 6 10 9 12 15 19 20 7 13 17 4 11 14 16 18 21 8 1 3
04 20 En Chapter 4 Getting Started Switching on and setting up When you switch the player on for the first time the Setup Navigator screen appears. We recommend using this to make a few basic player settings. 1 Switch on your TV and set th e video input to this player. 2 Press the ïµ STANDBY/ON button on th e remote control or the front panel to switch on. ⢠It can take up to one minute for the unit to turn on. ⢠When you switch on for the first time, your TV should display the Setup Navigator screen. (If the Se tup Navigator doesnâÂÂt appear, you can also access it from the Initial Se tup menu; see page 43). ⢠When you have th is unit connected to a plasma display tha t is compatible with HDMI C ontrol, language setti ngs are imported from the plasma displayâÂÂs OSD settings before Setup Navigator begins. 3U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to choose a language, then p ress ENTER. 4 Press EN TER to start setting up using the Setup Navigator. If you donâÂÂt want to use the Setup Na vigator, press ïª to select Cancel , then p ress ENTER to exit the Setup Navigator. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select the output video resolution then pres s ENTER . If you connected this player to you r TV using the HDMI connector, select from Auto , 480i (interlaced), 480p (progressive), 720p , 1080i , 1080p , or Source Direct , then skip to step 7 ( t h e a s p e c t r a t i o will automatica lly be set to 16:9 (Widescreen) ). Generally, the Auto setting is recomm ended. If youâÂÂre using an S-Video or c o mposite video connection, select S- Video/Vide o only . If youâÂÂre using a compo nent video connection, ma tch the output setting with the capabilities of your TV. Select from: 480i , 480p , 720p , 1080i or DonâÂÂt Know . If you select 720p or 1080i , skip the next step since the aspect rati o will a utomati cally be se t to 16:9 (Wid escreen) . 6U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select the as pect ratio of y our TV then pres s ENTER . If you have a widescreen TV, select 16:9 (Wide screen) ; if you have a standard size TV, select 4:3 (Stan dard) . STANDBY/ON ENTER ï¨ ïµ Setup Navigator Language English f r ançais Es p añol Setup Navigator Befo re using, make some sim ple settings fo r the BD playe r . Sta r t Cancel Please use the Initial Setu p if you want to make mo re detailed settings. Setup Navigator Auto 480i 480 p 720 p 1080i 1080 p Sou rce Di rect Out p ut Video Resolution Setup Navigator S-V ideo/Video only 480i 480 p 720 p 1080i Don't Know Out p ut Video Resolution Setup Navigator 16:9 (Widesc reen) 4:3 (Standa rd) TV As pect Ratio
04 21 En 7 Sel ect âÂÂFinish Setupâ to acce pt the settings and ex it the Setup Navigator, or âÂÂGo Backâ to go through the settings agai n. You can run the Setup Naviga tor at an y time by selecting it from the Optio ns menu â see page 43. About the screen saver If the player is stopped or paused for mo re than five minutes with no other operation, the screen saver starts. Once the screen saver ha s started, pressing any button on the front panel or remo te will clear it and return the p layer to normal operati on. The screen saver starts for CDs and music files after five minutes pass without any commands input, whether or not playback has been paused or stopped. Using the on-screen displays This player makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). You should get used to the wa y these work as youâÂÂll need to use them when setting up th e player, using some of the pla yback features, and when making m ore advanced settings for audio and video. All the scree ns are navigated in basically the same way, using the cursor butt ons ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTE R to select it . Tip ⢠Info rmation at the bo ttom of an OSD screen explains the currently selected menu item and shows which buttons can b e used for that screen. Setting up for network use If youâÂÂve connected this player to a local area network (LAN) you may need to make a few settings before you can use the Home Media Gallery feature over the network. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂInitial Setu pâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂNetworkâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDevice Nameâ then âÂÂNext Screenâ . 4 Use the on-screen keypad to enter a name for the player. This is how the player will appear to connected devices on the loca l area network. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ butt ons and ENTER to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the name field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the name field. 5 Select âÂÂDONEâ to regi ster the name and exit th e input screen. Select CANCEL to close the keypad with out registering the name. 6 Select âÂÂIP Configurationâ then âÂÂNext Screenâ to display the IP configuratio n screen. 7 Set âÂÂAuto set IP Addressâ to âÂÂOnâÂÂ. If there is a DHCP server o n the local area network (LAN), this player will automatically be all ocated an IP address. If youâÂÂre using a broadband router or broadband modem that has a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protoco l) server function, select On . The IP address will automatically be determined. If there is no DHCP server on the network a nd you select On , this player will use its own Auto IP fu nction to determine the IP address. ⢠If you wa nt to set the IP address manually, selec t Off then set the IP Address, Subnet mask an d Default gateway: Use th e ï©/ ïª/ï«/ï¬ buttons to select a fi eld; use th e number but tons to enter a value. Press ENTER to finish and exit the screen. 8 Pre ss HOME ME NU to exit the Initial Setup menu . You should now be able to use the Home Media Gallery (accessible from the Home Menu). See Using the Home Media Galler y on page 32 for mor e. ⢠For informa tion on DHCP refer to the network deviceâÂÂs opera ting instructio ns. ⢠You may need to contact your service provider or network administrator when manually entering an IP address. Button What it does HOME MENU Display/exit the on-screen display ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the previous me nu or screen without saving changes Setup Navigator Finish Setu p Go Back Setu p is com plete! Enjoy using you r BD playe r! SHFT DEL CLR SPC Device name input Initial Setup IP Configuration Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Speakers Options Auto set IP Address IP Address Subnet mask Default gateway Off 192 255 255 0 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 . . . . . . . . . Set the IP address.
04 22 En Playing movies, music and photos Using this player, you can enjoy wa tching movies, listening to music and browsing photos, from DVD discs o r from a media server on the network. How you navigate, browse and play con tent varies according to the format o f the content a nd the media: ⢠To play a DVD movie disc (i .e., o ne containing DVD-Video application f ormat), see Playing BD/DVD m ovies and Audio C D below. ⢠To play a DVD-R/-RW disc recorded with m ovie, music or photo files, turn to Us ing the Disc Navigato r on page 27. ⢠To play content from a media server, please refer to Using the Home Media Gall ery on page 32. Playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD The basic playback controls for playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in the next chapter. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch it on. Also turn on your TV and make su re that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray. 3 Load a disc. Load a disc with the la bel side facing up, using the disc tr ay guide to align the dis c (if youâÂÂre load ing a double- sided DVD-Video di sc, load it with the side you want to play face down). The player will take a sh ort while to read the disc, after which the disc type will show up i n the front p anel display . 4 Press ï¤ to start playback. â¢U s e t h e ïÂÂ¥ (pause) and ï§ buttons to pause or stop pla yback. You can resume playback in either case by pressing ï¤ . See a lso Resuming playback on page 23. ⢠See Playback controls on page 23 for other controls a vailable during playb ack. When playing BD-R OM discs: ⢠Commer cially produced BD-R OM movie discs often go straight to the disc menu when playback is started (sometimes preceded by an opening sequence). Na vigate through the disc menu using the cursor keys ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) and the ENTER button. You can also use the nu mber buttons to select numbe red items in some menus. ⢠To get back to the top menu, press TOP MENU . ⢠Some BD-ROM discs feature pop-up menus that do not interrupt playback; press POPUP MENU/MENU to access these. When playing DVD-Vid eo discs: ⢠Commer cially produced DVD mo vies often go straight to the disc menu when playback is started (sometimes preceded by an opening sequence). Navigate th e disc menu using the cursor ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) and ENTER b uttons. You can also us e the numbe r buttons to select numbered items in some menus. ⢠To get back to the top menu, press TOP MENU . ⢠To get back to the disc me nu, press POPUP MENU/MENU . When playing A udio CDs: ⢠For more information see Play back controls on page 23. 5 When youâÂÂve finished usi ng the player, eject the disc and switch the player back into standby. ⢠To open/close the disc tray, press ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE . Remove the disc before putting the player into standby. ⢠Press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the player into standby. MENU STANDBY/ON OPEN/CLOSE TOP MENU POPUP MENU ENTER ï¨ ïµ
04 23 En Playback controls Resuming playback ï¤ The resume function of fers a con venient way to resta rt playback from where you stopped it previously. Resuming playback of BD/DVD movies and Audio CDs If you st op playbac k before th e en d of the disc, the playback stop position is stored so that you can resume watching the disc from the same place later. â¢T o r e s u m e p l a y b a c k , p r e s s ï¤ . Playback will start from the stored resume position. For Audio CDs, playback resumes from the beginning of the track. ⢠Press ï§ again to cancel the resume function. Note In the follow ing case, th e resume pos ition is cleared : â¢E j e c t t h e d i s c . ⢠Use Home Med ia Gallery/Disc Navigator. ⢠Switch the pla yer off (DVD re sume position remains saved). ⢠Certain BD-ROM discs cannot be restarted from the position in which they are paused. Resuming playback of movie, music a nd photo files Movie and music files are resumed fro m the start of the title/track (rather than the stop position with in the title/track): phot o slideshow playback is resumed from the ph oto file within the sl ideshow. ⢠If you interrupt pl ayback of a movie or slideshow by pressing RETURN to display the Disc Navigator or Home Me dia Gallery screen, you can still resume playback of the same titl e/ slideshow photo using the ï¤ bu tton, regardless of what is highlighted on the screen. (Use the ENTER button to start playback of the currently highligh ted item in the Disc Navigator/ Home Media Galle ry.) ⢠Some a ctions in the Disc Navi ga tor/Home Media Gallery (such as changing the Browse category) will cause the resume position to be lost. Scanning video and audio You can fast-scan BD/DVD movies or A udio CDs, forward or backward at various speeds. 1 Du ring playback, pr ess ï or ï® to start scanning. There is no sound while scanning video and audio. 2 Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed. The scanning speed is shown on-screen. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . Depending on the disc, normal pl ayback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a BD/DVD movie disc. Selecting titles, chapt ers and tracks direct ly You can select titles , chapters an d tracks directly with BD, DVD movies and Audio CDs 1 . ⢠Use the number buttons to sele ct a title, chapter or track. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title or track. ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected chapter or track. Skipping content You can skip over content during playba ck of BD and DVD movies, Audio CDs, movie and song files, and photo slideshows. ⢠During playb ack, press ï¯ or ï° t o skip conten t. 1 ⢠When playin g a BD or DVD movie, playback jumps to the start of the previous/next title, chapter or track. (If the disc is stopped, playback will star t.) ⢠During movie or song file playback , the previous o r next file will start playing. ⢠During photo slideshow playback, you can skip to the previous or next photo. AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE DISPLAY OUTPUT RESOLUTION ENTER PHOTO ZOOM CLEAR PLAY MODE Note 1 With some titles on BD-ROM or DVD-Video discs it is not po ssible to jump to the start of the selected title or chapter. ENTER CLEAR
04 24 En Playing video in slow motion You can play BD and DVD movies at different forward slow motion speeds. 1 During playback, press ï² to start sl ow motion playba ck. ⢠The slow motion speed is shown on-scree n. ⢠There is no sound dur ing slow motion p layback. 2 Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . Depending on the disc, normal pl ayback may auto matically resume when a new chapter is reached. Video step forward and step reverse ï¤ You can use step forward and step rever se when playing a BD o r DVD movie. 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause) . 2 Press or to move the video forward or back o ne step. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . When playing a BD or DVD movie, norma l playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reach ed. Changing the Play Mode Use the PLAY MODE button on the remote control to select one of the various playback modes for BD a nd DVD movie discs, Audio CD discs, movie and music files and photo slideshows . You canâÂÂt select a Play Mode while a BD or DVD disc m enu is being displayed , or while playing som e BD /DVD movie titles, Audio CD, or movie and music files and photo slideshows. ⢠During playback, press PLAY MODE to change the Play Mode. See Play Mode o ption comp atibility b elow for the op tions avai lable with the disc/file youâÂÂre playing. ⢠Time Se arch (see Using time search below) ⢠Title Search (see Using titl e search below) ⢠Repeat Chapter (repeats the current chapter) ⢠Repeat Title (repeats th e current title) ⢠Repeat Track (repeats the current track) ⢠Repeat All (repeats the cur rent browse list) ⢠Random (play tracks from an Audio CD, music files, or photo fil es in a random orde r) ⢠Repeat Off (cancels the repe at and random mod es) The current Play Mode is displayed on-screen. Pre ss CLEAR to resume normal playback. Play Mode option compa tibility The available o ptions depend o n what kind of d isc/file is playing ( ï± =available/ ï³ =unavailable) : 1 Using time search You can navigate directly to a certai n point in a BD or DVD movie, or in a movie file. 1,2 1 During playback, press PLAY MODE and select âÂÂTime SearchâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to en ter a time in hours, minutes and seconds for pla yback to resume from. For a BD or DVD movie, the time you enter should be the time into the currently playing title. For a movie file it will be the playback time into the file. ⢠For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback sta rt from 45 minutes into the title/file. For 1 hour, 20 minutes, press 1 , 2 , 0 , 0 , 0 . ⢠Press CLEAR to clear the input. 3 Press EN TER to start playback from the time you entered. Using title search You can dire ctly jump to the st ar t of any ti tle on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video. 1,2 1 Du ring playback, pr ess PLAY MODE and sele ct âÂÂTitle SearchâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to select a title. Press CLEAR to clear the input. 3 Press EN TER to start playback of the title you selected. PLAY MODE T 1 Play Mode Option Disc/file type BD-ROM DVD -Video PC File (Music) PC File (Movie) PC File (Photo) Audio CD Time Search ï±ï± ï³ ï± ï³ ï³ Title Searc h ï± ï± ï³ï³ï³ï³ Repeat Chapter ï± ï± ï³ï³ï³ï³ Repeat Title ï±ï± ï³ ï± ï³ ï³ Repeat Tr ack ï³ï³ ï± ï³ï³ ï± Repeat All ï³ï³ ï± ï³ ï± ï± Random ï³ï³ ï± ï³ ï± ï± Repeat Off ï±ï±ï±ï±ï±ï± Note 1 With some BD-ROM and DVD-Video titles, it is not possible to select any Play Mode op tions. 2 This function may not be supported depend ing on the content or server software. ENTER CLEAR ENTER CLEAR
04 25 En Switching camera angles Some BD and DVD movies feature scen es shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. ⢠During playback, press ANGLE to switch the ang le. ⢠There may be a short delay after pressing the button before the angle changes. ⢠Pla yback resumes if the angle is changed wh ile paused. Zooming the screen During playback of a p hoto slides ho w you can zoom the screen to 2x view or 4x view. 1 During playback, press PHOTO ZOOM to change the zoom. Press repeatedly to cycle through: normal ï¤ 2x zoom ï¤ 4x zoom . 2 Use the cursor keys ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to move the zoomed area of the screen. The zoom mode is canceled when you stop playback. Switching subtitles Some BD and DVD movie discs have subtitles in o ne or more languages; the disc box will us ually tell you whic h subtitle languages are availa ble. 1 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle o ption. 1 The current subtitle language/op tion is displayed on-screen and in the front panel disp lay. 2 To switch the subtitle displ ay off, press SUBTITLE then CLEAR. There may be a short delay after pressing the button before the subtitle s change. Tip ⢠To set subtitle language prefer ences, see page 42. Switching audio streams/channels Some BD and DVD movie discs contain multiple audio streams t hat you can select on playback. These might be di fferent audio languages and/or diff erent audio formats (su ch as a DTS 5.1-channel sou nd track and a Dolby Digital 2-channel sound track). ⢠Press AUDIO repeatedly to sel ect an audio channel/ stream opti on. 2 The current opti on is shown on-screen. ⢠There m ay be a short delay after pressin g the button for the audio channel to change. Tip ⢠Even when m ultiple audio stream s a re included in a movie file , you cannot select from amon g them while playing back of a movie file. ⢠To set audio langua ge preferences, see page 42. Displaying disc or file information Various track, chapter an d title inform ation, as well as the vi deo transmission rate for DVD and BD movies, can be displayed on-screen. The information available depends on the type disc or file, and whether itâÂÂs playing or stop ped. ⢠Press DISPLAY to show/switc h the informat ion displayed. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to change the displayed information. 3 Switching the output video resolution You can switch the outpu t video resoluti on for HDMI and component outp ut. ⢠Press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly to select an output video resolution. The current source and ou tput video resolution are shown on-screen. Note ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settin gs may result in the picture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTIO N repeatedly until the picture re-appears. â¢S e e Changing the output video resolution on page 14 for more informatio n. Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change the su btitle language from the disc menu. Press POPUP MENU/ MENU to access. 2 Some discs only allow you to change the audio language from the disc menu. Pres s POPUP MENU/MENU to access. ANGLE PHOTO ZOOM SUBTITLE Subtitle 1/2 English AUDIO Audio: 1/2 Dolby Digital 2/0ch English Switching audio languages on a BD/DVD movie 3 There may be instances with some disc s where no information can be displayed. DISPLAY 0 . 03 . 10 12 1h 28m 03s Repeat Chapter Play DVD-VIDEO 1âÂÂ2 Chapter Title T otal 0 . 03 . 12 0 . 02 . 43 0 . 03 . 16 Repeat Chapter Play DVD-VIDEO 1âÂÂ2 Chapter Time Chapter T otal DVD-V ideo Play dis play 1 DVD-V ideo Play dis play 2 10 . 08 Mbps OUTPUT RESOLUTION Output Video Resolution : Sour ce Direct Source: 1080 / 24p (1080 / 24p)
04 26 En Frequently Asked Questions ⢠Why wonâÂÂt the disc I loaded play? First check that you loaded the di sc the right way up (label side up), and that itâÂÂs clean and not damaged. See Taking care of your player and discs on page 46 for information on clean ing discs. If a disc loaded correctly wonâÂÂt play, itâÂÂs pro bably an incompatible format or disc type. Se e Disc/conte nt format playback com patibility on page 9 for more on disc compatib ility. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no picture! Your TV is probably not compatible with the selected vid eo output resoluti on. Check your TV fo r compatibilit y with progressive scan video and hi gher resolutions. Press the OUTPUT RESOLUTION button to switch the video output. See also Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14. ⢠I canâÂÂt see any picture, or get high definition vi deo output when playing some BDs! When playing some discs, there may be no composite video, S-Video and/or compo nent video output, or high-defin ition content may be converted to st andard-definition 480i or 480p component output. This is for co ntent protection. To view the disc, connect the player to an HDM I-compatible display. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13. ⢠I have a widescreen TV so why ar e there black bars at the top and bottom of the scre en when I play some disc s? Some movie formats are such that even whe n played on a widescreen TV, black bars appear at the top and bottom of the screen. This is not a malfunctio n. ⢠IâÂÂve connected to a HDMI/DVI co mpatible component but I canâÂÂt get any signal and the front panel HDMI i ndicator wonâÂÂt light! Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using. You may need to refer to the in struction ma nual of the c omponent to do this. An HDMI connection can only be made with other HDMI components, or a High -bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP)-compatible DVI com ponent. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13 for m ore on HDMI comp atibility. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no picture from the HDMI outp ut! Make sure the output resolution of this player matches that of the component you ha ve connected using HDMI. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14. ⢠Why is the pl ayback sample rate of the DVD only 48 kHz instead of 96 kHz? Playback sample rate of the audio is downsampled to 48 kHz. ⢠My AV receiver is definite ly compatible with 96 kHz Linear PCM audio, but it does nâÂÂt seem to work with this player. WhatâÂÂs wrong? 192 kHz/96 kHz BD and 96 kHz DVD discs o nly output digital audio down sampled to 48 k Hz through the optical a nd coaxial outputs. 96 kHz 7.1ch BD discs only output digital audio downsampled to 48 kHz through HDMI output when video output is 480i or 480p over HDMI. These are not ma lfunctions. ⢠Why is the mono audio on some discs rather quiet compared to other discs? When mono audio is split into the L and R channels, th ere may be a small lo ss of volum e. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no sound when connected using HD MI! You wonâÂÂt hear any sound fro m the HDMI output if your component is onl y DVI/HDCP-co mpatible. ⢠I canâÂÂt connect to my local area networ k! First of all check the settings of the media server youâÂÂr e using. Make sure that if you made the network settings autom atically on this player then yo u also select auto setup on the server . (Likewise, if you made the settings manually on the server, yo u should set up this player man ually.)
05 27 En Chapter 5 Using the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the PC files on a DVD-R/ -RW disc to find what you want to play. You can use th e Disc Navigator when a disc is playing or stopped. Important ⢠ItâÂÂs not possible to use the Disc Navigator with DVD-Video discs, or with Audio CDs. Introduction Most of the features described in this chapter make use of on-screen displays. Navigate these usin g the ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . To go back to the previous menu or screen, use the RETURN button. The button guide at the bo ttom of every screen shows which buttons do what. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen display . Alternatively, press DISC NAVIGATOR . 2 Sel ect âÂÂMovi esâÂÂ, âÂÂPhotosâ or âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. See the sections below for more informa tion on each of these. 3 Press HOME MENU to exit the Disc Navigator screen. Movie N avigat or The movie section of the Disc Na vigator allows you to browse and play all the compatible movie files stored on the lo aded DVD-R/-RW disc (non-movie files are not displayed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so , select âÂÂDisc Navigato râ from the Home M enu, then âÂÂMovie sâÂÂ. You should see a list of all the mov i e files found on the disc, toge ther with their playing times. ⢠Wh en the movie length ca nnot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the genre, date and file format, for the curren t selection. 3 Press ENTER to play the currently highl ighted movie. Press ï¤ to start or resu me playback from the last title played. Displaying the Movie Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display the Mov ie Options menu : ⢠Play from Beginning : Play the selected movie from the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected movie to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to o rganize movie fi les for han dy selection and playback. The Quickli st can contain up to 25 movies. 1 ENTER TOP MENU RETURN DISC NAVIGAT OR HOME MENU Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Home Menu Movies Photos Music Disc Navigator Note 1 Quickl ists are lost when you exit Mo vie Navigator. All Movies Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Movie Options Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer All Movies Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Play from Beginning Add to Quicklist
05 28 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Movies : Display all movie files found on the disc. ⢠Browse : Browse movies by Genre , Quicklist, or Folders . See also Browsing movies below. ⢠Search : Find a movie by entering a nam e (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching movies below. ⢠Sort : Sort movies by date (oldest first or most recent first) or alphabetically by titl e or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). Browsing movies The browse sub-menu gives you th ree ways to browse movies. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Genre : Display all movie genres and how many mov ies are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of movies in that genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a li st of all th e movies currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to displ ay the Movie Options menu, where you can start pla yback or remove movies from the Quicklist : ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and movie files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of subfolders/movies files in that folder. Searching movies From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a movie title or genre. As ea ch character is en tered into the search field the search results ar e dynamically updated, narrowing down the list of movies until you can see the one youâÂÂre lookin g for. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER buttons to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the search field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the search field. â¢S e l e c t DONE to close the keypad and select movies o r genres from the search results; select CANCEL to close the keypad and clear the search results. Photo Navigator The photo section of the D isc Na vigator allows you to browse and display all the c ompatible photo files fo und on the loaded DVD-R/ -RW disc (non-photo f i les are not displayed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so , select âÂÂDisc Navigato râ from the Home Menu, then âÂÂPhotosâÂÂ. You should see a list of fold ers/ph oto files from the disc. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). 3 Select a folder and press ENTE R to see the list of photos and subfolders with in the folder. All Movies Browse Search Sort Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 20 items All Movies Go back Genres Quicklist Folders Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 20 items Movie Options Quicklist Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Play from Begining Remove Enter Select S _ Search Results Home Menu Exit Loading ... 4 items Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 6 items Folders Folder1 Folder2 File1 File2 File3 File4 Folder1 30 items Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009
05 29 En 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). ⢠Press ENTER to start fu ll-screen slideshow playback from the currently selected p hoto. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume slideshow playback from the last photo disp layed. Displaying the Photo Options menu ⢠Press ï¬ to display the Photo Opti ons menu. ⢠Press ENTER to displa y the Photo Options menu when displaying pho tos in th umbnail view. ⢠Slideshow : Start full-screen slideshow playback from the currently selected photo. During the slideshow, press ï° to advance to the next photo; ï¯ to go back to the previous photo; ïÂÂ¥ (pause) to pa use the slideshow; ï§ to sto p and exit the slideshow; PHOTO ZOOM to enlarge th e picture on the screen. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected ph oto to your Quicklis t. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to organize photos for handy selection and slideshow playback. The Quicklist can contain up to 25 photos. 1 Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu. ⢠From the left-most column, press ï« to display the browse menu when displaying photos in thu mbnail view: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Photos : Display all photos f ound on the disc as thumbnail files. ⢠Browse : Browse photos by Date , Quicklist or Folders . See also Browsing photos below. ⢠Search : Find a photo by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching photos on page 29. ⢠Sort : Sort photos by date (oldest first or most recent first), or alphabetically by name (â Aâ first or âÂÂZâ first). Browsing photos The browse sub-menu gives you several ways to bro wse photos. ⢠Go back : Return to the previous menu. â¢D a t e : Browse photos as thum bnails by date (year and month). Select a year then press ENTER to fu rther browse by month. Select a mo nth and press ENTER to see the phot os taken that month. ⢠Quick list : Display thumbna ils of all the photos currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ENTER to display the Photo O ptions menu, from where you can start slideshow playback or remove photos from the Quic klist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and photo files on the disc. Select a folder a nd press ENTER to se e the subfold ers/photos. Searching photos From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a photo title. As each character is entered into the search field the search results are dynamically upda ted, narrowing down the list of photos until you can see the one youâÂÂre looking for. See Searching movies on page 28 for h ow to use the screen keypad. Note 1 Quickl ists are lost when you exit Photo N avigator. Folder1 30 items Date: 1/23/2006 Resolution: 196 x 298 Format: JPEG Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 Photo Options Slideshow Add to Quicklist Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 All Photos Browse Search Sort Folder1 30 items Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 Go back Date Quicklist Folders Folder1 30 items Quicklist 25 items Photo Options Slideshow Remove File: sample.jpg Date: 1/23/2006 Resolution: 196 x 298 Format: JPEG Enter Options Home Menu Exit Search Results 5 items R _
05 30 En Music Navigator The music section of the Disc Na vigator allows you to browse and play all t he compati ble music file s found on the loaded DVD-R/-RW disc (non-m usic files ar e not displaye d). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already don e so, select âÂÂDisc Naviga torâ from the Hom e Menu, the n âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. You should see a list of th e artist names on the disc. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). 3 Press ENTER to display the album list. 4 Select the album you want to listen to and press ENTER to display the song list. ⢠When the song length cann ot be determine d, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file info rmation, such as the artist and album name, genre and file format, for the current selection. 6 Press ENTER to play the currently high lighted music. The display shows the Now Playing screen. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume playback from the last track played on the Now Playing screen. Displaying the Song Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display Song Options menu : ⢠Play Song : Play the selected song fr om the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected son g to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feat ure is a useful wa y to organize m usic files for handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 songs. 1 Displaying the browse menu â¢P r e s s ï« to display the browse menu: Depending on the bro wse menu, certain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Songs : Di splay all son gs (files/tracks ) found on the disc . ⢠Br owse : Browse songs b y Artists , Albums , Genres, Quicklist or Folde rs . See also Browsing songs on page 31. ⢠Search : Find a song by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed do wn as you enter more letters. See also Searching songs on page 31. ⢠Sort : Sort songs b y date (o ldest fi rst or most rec ent first), or alphabetically by song title, artist , album or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZ â first). ⢠Now Playing : Display song inform ation (track nam e, artist, album, genre, etc.) and pl ayback information. S ee also Now playing song in formation on page 31. 20 items 1 Album 2 Albums 4 Albums 1 Album 1 Album 1 Album 4 Albums 2 Albums 5 Albums Artists Black Papper s David Jack Eric Gilberto King Michael Beck Pioneer All Stars Rock'n Roll Brothers The Fishes T reetop All Artists 20 items 20 Songs 13 Songs 10 Songs 12 Songs 18 Songs 11 Songs 18 Songs 10 Songs 13 Songs Pioneer All Stars Acoustic Guitar Best of Pioneer All Sta rs Cooking Or Eating Family Good!! Morning Glory Poker Face Song for Y ou T okyo All Albums 20 items 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Note 1 Quicklists are lost when you exit Music Navigator. Artist:Depeche Mode Album: Remixes 81-04 Genre: Alternative Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar 20 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Add to Quicklist All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Acoustic Guitar 20 items Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time
05 31 En Browsing songs The browse sub-menu gives you va rious ways to browse songs. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Artists : Display a list of artists, and how many albums are associated with each. Sele ct an art ist and press ENTER to see the album list by tha t artist. ⢠Albums : Display a list of albums, and how many songs are associated with each. Se lect an album and press ENTER to see the list of songs on that album. ⢠Genres : Display all music genres, and how many songs are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of artists in th at genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a list of all th e songs currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to display the Song Optio ns menu, where you can start pla yback or remove songs from the Q uicklist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and song files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of subfolders/songs. Searching song s From the Search sub-menu you can enter a few characters (up to 20) of a song title, genre, artist, or album. As each cha racter is entered into the search field the search results are dynam ically updated, narrowing down the list until you ca n see the one youâÂÂre loo king for. See Searchi ng movies on page 28 for how to use th e screen keypad. Now playing song information The Now Playing screen shows detailed information about the song playing, inclu ding: ⢠Artist and song title ⢠Pro gress bar ( elapsed time a nd song leng th) â¢A l b u m n a m e â¢G e n r e â¢F i l e f o r m a t ⢠Browse menu â¢P l a y s t a t u s â¢P l a y m o d e ⢠Next/Previous so ng names All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Acoustic Guitar 20 items Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Quicklist 20 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play Song Remove Ente r Select S _ Search Results Home Men u Exit Loading ... 4 items Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Pioneer All Stars Real Sound Now Playing Genre: Rock Format: MP3 3:10 / 5:51 Previous Song Pictures Of My Next Song Rush Street ïÂÂ¥ Acoustic Guitar
06 32 En Chapter 6 Using the Home Media Gallery Introduction The Home Media Gallery allows yo u to browse and play movies, music and photos stored on media servers connected on an identical Local Area Network (LAN) as the player. This unit allows for the playing of files stored on the following: ⢠PCs r unning Microsoft Wind ows XP with Win dows Media Connect installed ⢠PCs r unning Microsoft Window s Vista or XP with Windows Media Player 11 instal led ⢠DLNA-compatible digital media servers (on PCs or ot her components) About network playback The network playback fun ction of this unit uses the following technologies: Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect See About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect on page 38 for details. Windows Media DRM Microsoft Windows Media Digital Rights Management (WMDRM) is a platform to protect and securely deliver content for playback on computers, portable devices and network devices. Hom e Media Gallery functions as a WMDRM 10 for networked devices. WMDRM-protected content can only be played on media servers supporting WMDRM. ⢠Content owners use WMDRM technology to protect t heir intellectual pro perty, including copy rights. This device us es WMDRM software to access WMDR M-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protec t the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the softwareâÂÂs ab ility to use WM DRM to play or copy pro tected cont en t. Revocation does not affect unprotected content. When you downlo ad licenses for protec ted content, you agree t hat Microsoft may includ e a revocation l ist with the licens es. Content owners may re quire you to upg rade WMDRM to acce ss their content. If you de cline an upgrade, you will not be able to access co n tent that requires the upg rade. ⢠This product is protected by certai n intellectual prop erty rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft. DLNA ⢠DLNA CERTIFIED TM Audio/Video/Image Player The Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) is a cross-industry organization of consumer electronics, compu ting industry and mobile device companies. Digital Living provides consumers with easy sharing of digital media throug h a wired or wireless network in the home. The DLNA certification lo go makes it easy to find products that comply with the DLNA Interoper abili ty Guidelines. This unit complies with DLNA Interop era bility Guidelines v1.0. When a PC running DLNA server software or other DLNA-compatible d evice is connecte d to this player, some setting changes of software or other devices may be required. Please refer to the operatin g instruction s for the software or device for more information. â¢D L N A a n d D L N A C E R T I F I E D TM are trademarks and/or service marks of Digital Livi ng Network Alliance. Content playable over a network Even when encoded in a compatible format, some files ma y not play correctly. See F ile compat ibility on page 9. Some functions ma y not be supported depending on the server type or version used. Supported file formats vary by ser ver. As such, files not supported by your server are not displayed on this unit. For more information check with the man ufacturer of your server. About playback behavi or over a network ⢠Playback may sta ll when the PC is switched off or a ny media files stored on it are deleted while p laying content. ⢠If the re are problems within the network en vironment (heavy network traf fic, etc.) content ma y not be displayed or played properly (playback may be inter rupted or stalled). For best performance, a 10 0BASE-TX conn ection between player and PC is recommended. ⢠Playback perfor mance will vary with the power and condition (seek time of the hard disk, etc.) of the PC being u sed. ⢠If several clients are playing simultaneously, as the case m ay be, playback is interrupted or stal led. ⢠Depending on the security software installed on a connected PC and the setting of such softwa re, network connection may be blocked. ⢠Problems with the PC may cause malfunctions. Pioneer is not responsible for a ny malfunction of the player a nd/or the Home Media Gallery fe atures due to communica tion error/ malfunctions associated with your network connection and/or your PC, or other connected equipment. Please con tact your PC manufacturer or Inter net service provider. About the network settings This unit uses DH CP and Auto IP fun ctionality to ma ke all the network settings automaticall y. If you are using a broadband router or a broadband modem with a DHCP server function, setup shoul d be comple tely auto matic with no manual settin gs required.
06 33 En Using the Home Media Gallery Before using the Home Media Gallery, ma ke sure that you have connected the player to the network and made the n ecessary settings. See Network connection on page 16 and Setting up for network use on page 21 for more in formation. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂHome Media Ga lleryâ from the on-screen disp lay. ⢠A lternatively, press HOME MEDIA GALLERY . ⢠The Home Media Ga llery is only available when the network or server contains movies, photos or music files. 2 Sel ect âÂÂMovi esâÂÂ, âÂÂPhotosâ or âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. ⢠On selecting an opti on, a list of movies, photos or music files that the player finds on the sele cted server is displayed. From here you can browse, play and sort network files. ⢠See the sectio ns below for more informatio n on each part of the Home Media Galle ry. 3 Press HOME MENU to exit the Home Media Gallery screen. Movie N avigat or From the movie section of the Ho me Me dia Gallery you can browse and play all the compatible movie files found on your local a rea network (non-movie fi les are not displa yed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Media Galleryâ from the Home Menu , then âÂÂMoviesâÂÂ. You should see a list of all the movie files found on the selected server, together with their playing times. ⢠Wh en the movie length ca nnot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the genre, date and file format, for the curren t selection. 3 Press ENTER to play the currently highl ighted movie. Press ï¤ to start or resu me playback from the last title played. Displaying the Movie Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display the Mov ie Options menu : ⢠Play from Beginning : Play the selected movie from the beginning. ⢠Add to Qui cklist : Add the selected movie to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feature is a u seful way to organize movie files fo r handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 movies. 1 ENTER RETURN HOME MENU HOME MEDIA GALLERY Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Home Media Gallery Movies Photos Music Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Movie Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. All Movies 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV 1214 items Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Movie Options Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer All Movies 1214 items Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV Play from Beginning Add to quicklist
06 34 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Movies : Display all movie files foun d on the selected server. ⢠Browse : Browse movies by Genre , Quicklist or Folders. See also Browsing movies below. ⢠Search : Find a movie by entering a nam e (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching movies below. ⢠Sort : Sort movies by date (oldest first or most recent first), or alphabetically by titl e or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠Movie Sources : Display servers on the network. See also Movie sources below. Browsing movies The Browse sub-menu gives you three wa ys to browse movies. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Genres : Display all movie genres and how man y movies are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of movies in that genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a li st of all th e movies currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to displ ay the Movie Options menu, where you can start pla yback or remove movies from the Qu icklist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and movie files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of movi es and subfolders within the folder. (The fo lder configurat ion may change depending on the server type.) Searching movies From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a movie title or genre. As ea ch character is en tered into the search field the search results ar e dynamically updated, narrowing down the list of movies until you can see the one youâÂÂre lookin g for. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER buttons to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the search field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the search field. â¢S e l e c t DONE to close the keypad and select a movie or genre from the search results; select CANCEL to close the keypad and clear the search results. Movie sources From the movie sources window you can see all the servers found on the ne twork and cha nge the sele cted server . ⢠Some servers fo und on the network may not be available for the following r easons: â The player is collecting file in formation from the server. â There are no playable movie files on the server. â This player is not authorized for the server. See also Authorizing this player on page 38. ⢠Servers no t currently available appe a r w i t h a l o c k i c o n ( ) i n t h e server list. All Movies Browse Search Sort Movie Sources Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 1214 items Go back Genres Quicklist Folders Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 1214 items Movie Options Quicklist 24 items Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Play from Beginning Remove Search Results Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 Home Menu Exit 4 items S _ Pause SomeSongTil 3:30 Family Room Media Center Living Room DVD Recorder Den Computer WMC DLNA WMC Home Menu Exit Movie Sour ces 3 items Microsoft Windows Media Connect 2.0 192.168.11.2 Authorized Current server
06 35 En Photo Navigator The photo section of the Hom e Media Gallery allows you to browse and display a ll the compat ible photo fil es found on you r local area network (non -photo file s are not displa yed). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Medi a Galleryâ from the H ome Menu , then âÂÂPh otosâÂÂ. You should see a list of albums from the selected server. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). 3 Press EN TER to display the selected photo list. 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ buttons to change the current thumbnai l selection (highlig hted in yell ow). Press ï¤ to start or resume slideshow playback from the last ph oto displayed. Displaying the Photo Options menu ⢠Press ENTE R to display the Photo O ptions menu : ⢠Slideshow : Starts full-screen slid eshow playback from the currently selected photo. During the slideshow, press ï° to advance to the next photo; ï¯ to go back to the previous photo; ïÂÂ¥ (pause) to pa use the slideshow; ï§ to sto p and exit the slideshow; PHOTO ZOOM to enlarge th e picture on the screen. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected ph oto to your Quicklis t. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to organize photos for handy selection and slideshow playback. The Quicklist can contain up to 25 photos. 1 Displaying the browse menu ⢠From the left-most column, press ï« to display the Browse menu: Depending on the bro wse menu, certain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Photos : Displa y all photos found on the server. ⢠Br owse : Browse photos by Albums , Date , Quicklist or Folders . See also Brows ing photos below. ⢠Search : Find a photo by e ntering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed do wn as you enter more letters. See also Searching photos on page 36. ⢠Sort : Sort photos by date (old est first or most rec ent first), or alphabetically by name (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠P hoto Source s : Display servers on the network. See also Photo sources on page 36. Browsing photos The Browse sub-menu gives you severa l ways to browse photos. ⢠Go back : Return to the previous men u. ⢠Albums : Display a list of server albums. ⢠Date : Bro wse photos by date (year and mo nth). Select a year then press ENTER to further browse by month. S elect a mont h and press ENTER to see the photos taken tha t month. ⢠Quick list : Display thumbna ils of all the photos currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ENTER to display the Photo O ptions menu, where you can start slideshow playback or remove photos from the Quicklist: Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Photo Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. Family My_Fav orite School Sports Summer_Vacation Winter_Vacation Albums 6 items Summer_V acation File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG 1214 items Summer_V acation 1214 items File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG Photo Options Slideshow Add to Quicklist All Photos Browse Search Sort Photo Sources Summer_V acation 1214 items Go back Albums Date Quicklist Folders Summer_V acation 1214 items Quicklist 24 items File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG Photo Options Slideshow Remove
06 36 En ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and photo files. Select a folder and press ENTER to see a list of photos and subfolders within the folder. (The fo lder configurat ion may change depending on the server type.) Searching photos From the Search sub-menu you can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a photo title. As each character is entered into the sea rch field the search results are dynamically upda ted, narrowing down the list of photos until you can see the one yo uâÂÂre looking for. See Searchi ng movies on page 34 for how to use th e screen keypad. Photo sources From the photo sources window you can see all the servers found o n the network and change the selected serve r. See Movie sources on page 34 for more information. Music Navigator From the music section of the Home Media G allery you can browse and play all the compatible s ong files fo und on your loca l area network (no n-music files are not disp layed). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Medi a Galleryâ from the H ome Menu , then âÂÂM usicâÂÂ. You should s ee a list of all the ar tist names found on the selected server. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). 3 Press EN TER to disp lay the al bum list . 4 Select the album you want to listen to and press ENTER to display the song list. ⢠Wh en the song leng th cannot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the artist and album name, genre and file for mat, for the current selection. 6 Press ENTER to play the cu rrently highlighted music. The display shows the Now Playing screen. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume p layback from th e last track playe d on the Now Playing screen. Displaying the Song Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display Song Options menu : ⢠Play Song : Play the selected song fr om the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected son g to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feat ure is a useful wa y to organize m usic files for handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 songs. 1 Home Menu Exit Search Results Loading... 5 items R _ 1214 items 1 Album 2 Albums 4 Albums 1 Album 1 Album 1 Album 4 Albums 2 Albums 5 Albums Artists Black Papper s David Jack Eric Gilberto King Michael Beck Pioneer All Stars Rock'n Roll Brothers The Fishes T reetop All Artists Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Music Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. 20 Songs 13 Songs 10 Songs 12 Songs 18 Songs 11 Songs 18 Songs 10 Songs 13 Songs Pioneer All Stars Acoustic Guitar All Albums Best of Pioneer All Stars Cooking Or Eating Family Good!! Morning Glory Poker Face Song for Y ou T okyo 1214 items 1214 items 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Artist:Depeche Mode Album: Remixes 81-04 Genre: Alternative Format: WMA 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Gohe Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Add to Quicklist Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA
06 37 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Songs : Display all songs (files/tra cks) found on the server. ⢠Browse : Browse songs by Artists , Albums, Genres, Playlists, Quicklist or Folders . See also Browsing songs below. ⢠Search : Find a song by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching songs below. ⢠Sort : Sort song s by date (oldest fi rst or most recent first), or alphabetically by song title, artist , album or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠Now Playing : D isplay song info rmation (tr ack name, arti st, album, genre, etc.) and playback information . See also Now playing song information on page 37. ⢠Music Sources : Display servers on the network. See also Music sources on page 37 . Browsing songs The browse sub-menu gives you va rious ways to browse songs. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Artists : Display a list of artists, and how many albums are associated with each. Sele ct an art ist and press ENTER to see the album list by tha t artist. ⢠Albums : Display a list of albums, and how many songs are associated with each. Se lect an album and press ENTER to see the list of songs on that album. ⢠Genres : Display all music genres, and how many songs are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of artists in th at genre. ⢠Playlis ts : Display the server Playlists. ⢠Quick list : Display a list of all the songs currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ï¬ to display th e Song Options menu, where you can start playback or remove songs from the Quicklist: ⢠Folders : D isplay a list of folders and song files. Select a folder and press ENTER to see the list of song s and subfolders within the folder. (The folder configuratio n may change depending on the server type.) Searching songs From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few chara cters (up to 20) of a song title, genre, artist or album. As each character is entered into the search field the search results are dynamicall y updated, narrowing down the list of songs until yo u can see the one youâÂÂre looking for. See Searching movies on page 34 for h ow to use the screen keypad. Now playing song information The Now Playing screen shows detailed information about the song playing, including: ⢠Artist and song title ⢠Pro gress bar ( elapsed time a nd song leng th) â¢A l b u m n a m e â¢G e n r e â¢F i l e f o r m a t ⢠Browse menu â¢P l a y s t a t u s â¢P l a y m o d e ⢠Next/Previous so ng names Music so urces From the music sources window you can see all the servers found on the ne twork and cha nge the sele cted server . See Movie sources on page 34 for more inf ormation. All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Music Sources 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Browse men u Go back Artists Albums Genres Playlists Quicklist Folders 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Browse sub-menu Quicklist 24 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Remove Search Results Reason Real Sound Rolling Dice Rush Street 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 Home Menu Exit Loading÷÷÷ 4 items R _ All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Music Sources Now Playing Genre: Rock Format: MP3 Previous Song Pictures Of My Next Song Rush Street ïÂÂ¥ Pioneer All Stars Real Sound Acoustic Guitar 3:10 / 5:51
06 38 En About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect Windows Media Player 11/Win dows Media Connect is software to deliver music, photos and movies from a Microsoft Windows XP computer to home stereo systems and TVs. The same function is also available in Windows Media P layer 11. With this software, you can play ba ck files stored on the PC through various devices wherever you like in your ho me. At this time you cannot download the W indows Media Connec t software from Microsof tâ s website. If your server currently does not have Windows Media Connect inst alled, install Windows Media Player 11 (for Windows XP) instead. This software can be downloaded from MicrosoftâÂÂs website. For more information chec k the official Microsoft website. Authorizing this player In order to be able to browse and pl ay files from a server t his player must be authorized o r registered. This happens automatically when the player makes a connectio n over the network to the server. I f not, please authorize or r egister this player man ually on the server. For more information o n authorizing this player, r efer to the instruction manual of your ser ver. FAQ ⢠Some files donâÂÂt show up. Where are they? â File names that donâÂÂt end with one of the permitted extensions wonâÂÂt be recognized by this player. See also File compatibility on page 9. â Supported file fo rmats vary by server. As such , files not supported by your server are not di splayed on th is unit. For more information check with the man ufacturer of your server. First entering M ovie, Photo or Music N avigator After powering on this player and ente ring the Movie, Music or Photo Navigator, you may be presented with the Folders screen. This is due to this playe r compiling a l ist of the ava ilable media o n your media servers. This list wi ll vary depe nding on the media sharing software you are using, bu t you will be ab le to navigate through the li st using the ï©/ïª buttons, the ENTER key to select a folder, or the ENTER key on the Go back selection found i n each folder. If you come to a folder co ntaining content that you wish to play, you may press ï¬ to display the Movie Options , Phot o Options , or Song Optio ns as illustrated in pages 33, 35 and 36). Pressing ï« to display th e browse menu (a s illustrat ed in, pages 34, 35 and 37) will may a bro wse menu with the All Movies , All Photos or All Songs options grayed out. If this is the case, this means that this player has no t finish ed compiling the l ist of available media, and you may continue to browse thr ough the folders and play media while this list completes. When this player has finished compiling this l ist, the All Movies , All Ph otos or All Songs options will no longer be grayed out, and yo u will be able to select these a nd continue navigating as de scribed in this chapter: If you are not presented with a fold ers menu as described above, this means that th is player has fin ished compiling a list of available media on your media ser vers, and you can navigate throu gh the Movie, Photo or Music Navigator screens as described in this manual. Changing content on your Media Server If you change the ava ilable content on your media server (by adding or removing shared files) while you are in the Movie, Photo or Music Navigators, the Movie, Photo or Music Navigator screen you are on will change to the Folde rs menu. From here, you can browse the folders and play content as describe d in the first secti on. Once this player has finished compiling a new list of available media, the All Movies , All Photos or All Songs options of the browse menu will become hi ghlighted an access ible.
07 39 En Chapter 7 Video/Audio Adjust menu From the Vi deo/Audio Adjust menu you can make various settings that affect how video is presented on your TV and how the sounds. Items in the Video/Audi o Adjust menu can only be changed during playback. Video Adjust ⢠Default setting: Standard From the Vi deo Adjust screen you can select the Standard or Cinema video presentation or define presets of your own in Memory 1 to Memory 3 . 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVid eo/Audio Adjustâ from the on-screen disp lay. You can press VIDEO ADJUST on the rem ote to dis play the Video Adjust screen. 2 Sel ect âÂÂVideo Adju stâÂÂ. 3U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to select a preset. ⢠Standard â Standard setting ⢠Cinema 1 â Optimized for watching movies ⢠Memory 1/Memory 2/Memory 3 â Use for saving your own presets (see Creating your own presets below) 4 Press ENTER or RETURN to make the setting and exit the Video Adjust screen. PureCinema There are two types of video signals: Video inte rlace material, with a frame rate of 30 frames/second; and film progressive material, that has a frame rate of 24 frames/second. In PureCinema mode film progressi ve material is converted to 60 frames/second progressive, which ma tches more closely the picture quality of a cinema screen. (24 fram es/second source is converted to 60 frames/second.) When you have Video Adjust set to Standard , Cinema , or Memory 1 , Memory 2 or Memory 3 and play a BD-R OM or DVD disc video that c an be identified as film progressive or video interlace material, PureCinema mode is automatically activated. If you notice problems with the images projected when set to Cinema (images appear to motion-blurred, or jagged), set the Video Adju st to Stand ard or Memory 1 , Memory 2 or Memory 3 . Creating your own presets You can create up to three presets of your own. 1 Select one of the Memory presets. 2P r e s s ïª to select âÂÂDetailed Settingsâ then press ENTER. 3 Ad just the picture quality setti ngs. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select a setting. â¢U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to adjust the current setting. Select a setting t hen pres s ENTER to display just that setting. This gives you more screen area in which to see the effects of changes you make. ⢠Press ENTER or RETURN to go back to full- screen display. You can adju st any or all of the followin g picture qua lity settings: ⢠White Level 1 â Adjusts the intensit y of white. ⢠Black Level 1 â Adjusts the intensity of black. ⢠Hue 1 â Adjusts the overall color balance between red and green. ⢠Chroma Level 1 â Adjusts how sat urated colors appear. 4 Press RETURN to save the preset and exit the Detailed Settings screen. Note 1 Effe ctive only for video output from HDMI OUT or COMPONENT VIDEO OUT connections (sett ings do no affect video output from VIDEO OUT or S-VI DEO OUT ). Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Standard Detailed Settings Memory 1 Detailed Settings Memory 1 Hue Min Max White Level Max Black Level Max Chroma Level Green R ed Min Min Memory 1 Min Max White Level
07 40 En Audio Adjust From the Audio Adjust menu you can set the Audio DRC (Dynamic Range control). Audio DRC ⢠Default setting: Off When watching Dolby Digital BD and DVD discs, as well as PC files with Dolby Dig ital audio, at lo w volume, itâÂÂs easy t o lose the quieter sounds comp letely â includ ing some o f the dialog. Swi tching Audio DRC to On can help by bringing up the quieter sounds, while controlling l oud peaks. How much of a difference you hear depends on the m aterial youâÂÂre listening to. If the material do esnâÂÂt have wide variations in volume, you may not notic e much change. Important ⢠Audio DRC is effective with t he following t ypes of audio: â Analog audio from the AUDIO OUT (2ch) and AUDIO OUT (5. 1ch) jacks. â PCM audio f rom the DIG ITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/ OPTICAL) and HDMI OUT jacks (see also About the audio output settings on page 44). 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVid eo/Audio Adjustâ from the on-screen disp lay. 2 Select âÂÂAudio Adjustâ . 3 Highlight Audio DRC, then us e the ï«/ï¬ button s to change to âÂÂOffâÂÂ, âÂÂLevel 1âÂÂ, â Level 2â or âÂÂMaxâ as requir ed. 4 Press ENTER or RETURN to make the setting and exit the Audio Adjust screen. Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Video/A udio Adjust Video Adjust Audio Adjust Audio Adjust Audio DRC Off Max
08 41 En Chapter 8 Initial Setup menu Using the Initial Setup menu The Initial Setup menu is where you ca n set various player options for sound, pi cture, langu age and so on. N ote that settings can only be changed when the player is stopped. If you disconnect th e player from the wall outlet befo re switching the player off, an y new settings made during that session wi ll be l ost. ⢠Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂIn itial SetupâÂÂ. In the table below, the default option i s marked with a ⢠Setting Options Explanation Video Out TV Aspect Ratio 4:3 (Standard) Select if you have a standard 4:3 TV . See Changing the output video resolution . When the output video resolution is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p , video is output in 16:9 widescreen format even if TV Aspect Ratio is set to 4:3 (Standard) . When connected to a 4:3 TV, set the output video resolution to 480i or 480p . See also Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14. 16:9 (Widescreen) ⢠Select if you have a widescreen 16:9 TV . 4:3 Video Out Full 4:3 video material is output without black ba rs on either side of the picture if the TV Aspect Ratio (above) is set to 1 6:9 (Widescreen) . Normal ⢠4:3 video material is output with black ba rs on either side of the picture if the TV As pect Rat io setting (above) is set to 16:9 (Widescreen) . DVD 16:9 Video Out Letter Box ⢠If the TV Aspect Ratio setting (above) is set to 4:3 (Standard) , select this if y ou prefer letterbox presentation of 16:9 format DVDs. Pan & Scan If the TV Aspect Ratio setting (above) is set to 4:3 (Standard) , select this if y ou prefer P an & Scan presentation of 16:9 format DVDs. Some discs contain only Letter Box or Pan & Scan presentation so the vide o outp ut will depend on the disc. HDMI Color Space YCbCr ⢠This is the standard setting for HDMI-compatible devices. RGB (16-235) Use this setting if color s appear overly rich and the black too deep on the RGB (0-255) setting. RGB (0-255) Use if color s are weak and black appears to âÂÂfloatâ on the RGB (16-235) setting. When using an HDM I monitor that accepts only RGB input, this player outputs RGB video even if this setting is set to YCbCr . If the monitor is DV I-compatible, the pl ayer outputs RGB (0-255) color space. If however the pictur e looks unnatura l, set it to R GB (16-235) . 24p Direct Out On Gives smooth movement in BD film material video. This setting is only ef fective when the player is connected to a 1080/ 24p-compatible TV using HDMI. Off ⢠Choose this setting if you notice picture dist urbance when the video switches between video and film material. When 24p D irect Ou t is On , you may experience some picture disturbance when the video switches between vi deo and film material. See also Changing the ou tput vid eo resolution on page 14.
08 42 En Audio Out Dolby Digital Out Dolby Digital ⢠Outputs a Dolby Digital signal when a Dolby Digital source is being played. Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM Converts Dolby Digital sources to Linear PC M output. Use if your connected equipment doesnâÂÂt support Dolby Digital audio. This setting is effectiv e in digital audio outputs. DTS Out DTS ⢠Outputs a DTS signal when a DTS source is being played. DTS ï¤ PCM Converts sources with DTS audio to Linear PCM outpu t. Use if your connec ted equip ment doesnâÂÂt support DTS audio . This setting is effectiv e in digital audio outputs. DTS Downmix Stereo ⢠If youâÂÂve selected DTS ï¤ PCM in DTS Out above, you can choose th e way the DTS signal is downmixed PCM audio. Stereo downmixes the signal to 2-channel stereo . Lt/Rt Downmixes to a 2-channel signal compatible with Dolby surround ma trix decoders. (This allows you to hear surround sound if your A V receiver or amplifier has Dolby Pro Logic capability .) HDMI Aud io Out Auto ⢠Outputs a bitstream of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus, Dolby Digital, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio or DTS. Howeve r , if the player is connected to an HDMI device that is incompatible with the output of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, it outputs the Dolby Digital or DTS bitstream. Depending on the HDMI device connected and the content being played, Linear PCM audio may be output. See About the audio output settings on page 44 for details. PCM All audio signals are converted to Linear PCM. Th is player can output up to 7.1 ch Linear PCM if the connected HDMI devices are capable of th e output of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio . See About the audio output settings on page 44 for details. Language OSD Language English ⢠Sets the language of the on-screen displays to English. available languages Choose from the languages displa yed for the on-screen displays. Audio Language Engl ish ⢠Sets both the BD-ROM and DVD-Video default audio language to English. available languages Choose from the languages displayed to set the default audio language for BD-ROM and DVD-V ideo playbac k. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defa ult audio language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc playback. Y ou can select the langu age na me or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necessarily have a udio in your se lected language. Also, so me discs override the Audio Language pre ference. Subtitle Language English ⢠Sets the default subtitle language for BD-R OM and DVD-Video playback to English. available languages Choose from the languages displayed to set th e default subtitle language for BD-ROM and DVD-V ideo playbac k. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defaul t subtitle language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc playback. Y ou can select the langu age na me or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necessarily have subt itles in your selected language . Also , some discs override the Subtitle Language preference. BD/DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Language ⢠Sets the language of BD-ROM and DVD-Video menu s to the same as that set for the subtitle language. available languages Choose from the displayed languages to set th e default language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video menus. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defa ult menu language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc menus. Y ou can select the language name or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necess arily have menus in yo ur selected menu language. Subtitle Display On ⢠Select to have BD-ROM and DVD-Video discs display subtitles. Off Select to switch off subtitle display. Some discs may override these settings. Setting Options Explanation
08 43 En Parental Lock Change Password (Set Password) Next Screen Set or change the password necessary to pl ay BD or DVD discs that have level/age restrictions. In order to change the password, youâÂÂll need t o first enter your existing one. DVD Parental Lock Change Level Enter your password and then set the parental lo ck level. Discs with a lock level h igher than that set in the player will require the password to play . DVD Country Code Enter your password and then se t a countr y/area code. This ensures that you see the scenes intended for your countr y or area. See BD/DVD co untry/area code list on page 49. BD Parental Lock Change Age Restriction Enter your password and then set the age rest riction. âÂÂ255â indicates no parental control. BD Count ry Code Enter your password and then se t a country/area code. This ensures that you see the scenes intended for your countr y or area. See BD/DVD co untry/area code list on page 49. Only certain discs have parental lock featur es. Check the di sc packaging to see wh at features the dis c has. If you for get your passwor d you can reset it by res etting the player to its factory setti ngs. See BD/DVD language code list on page 49. Network IP Configuration Next Screen Continue to the next screen to input IP address details. See Setting up for network use on page 21 fo r more detail ed informatio n. Device Name Next Screen Continue to the next screen to set the name of th is player as it will appear to other devices on the network. See Setting up for network use on page 21 for more detailed information. Display Network Config. Next Screen Continue to the next screen to s ee a summary of your network settings . Speakers Audio Output Mode 2 Channel ⢠Set if you connected this player to an amplifier using only the front lef t/right chann els of the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) outputs. 5.1 Channel Set if you connected this player to an amplifier using all 5.1 channels of the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) outputs. On this setting the audio output from the AUDIO OUT (2ch ) jacks will be incorrect. Speaker Setup Next Screen Continue to the next screen to specify wh ich speakers are connected to your system. This setting affects how audio is output fr om the multi-channel analog outputs. See Speaker Setup on page 45 for more detailed information. Options On Screen Display On ⢠The player displays operation displays (âÂÂStopâÂÂ, âÂÂPlay âÂÂ, etc.) on-screen. Off Switches off the on-screen operation displays. Auto Power Off On ⢠If the player is stopped or paused for more th an 30 minutes with no operation by the user , the player automatically switches itsel f off . Off No automatic power off . Setup Navigator Start Select to start the Setup Navigator . See also Switc hing on and setting up on page 20. HDMI Control On ⢠Select when using the HD MI Control func tion. See HDMI Control on page 7. Off Select when not using the HDMI Control function. See HDMI Control on page 7. Set hybrid disc playback layer BD ⢠Playback the BD portion . DVD Playback the DVD portion. When no DVD portion is present, the B D portion is played back. CD Playback the CD portion. When no CD portion is present, the BD portion is played back. This setting cannot be changed when a disc is inserted in the disc tray. Software Update Start The Software Update function can check for an d download updated system software from the network ser ver . See Software updating on page 45. Setting Options Explanation
08 44 En About the audio output settings The table below s hows how the audio s ettings you mak e in the Initial Setup m enu (page 41) affect th e output to the analog (2ch/5 .1ch), digital and HDMI outputs with various types of disc/files. Note ⢠Output sam pling rate is 48 kH z through th e digital audi o outputs. ⢠MPEG audio is always ou tput as linear PCM. Disc audio format Analog outputs Digita l outputs HDMI output 1 1. If the connected HDMI device is compatible with fewer channels o f Linear PCM audio than this playe r, the ou tput will b e adjus ted to b e compa tible wi th the H DMI dev ice. 2ch 2 2. When Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel or 5.1 Channel (see Audio Output Mode on page 43). 5.1ch 2 PCM convert 3 3. Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM or DTS ï¤ PCM setting (see Dolb y Digital Out and DTS Out on page 42). Bitstream 4,5 4. Dolby Digi tal or DTS setting (see Dolby Digital Out an d DTS Out on page 42) . 5. Even if t here is in teractiv e audio, i nteractiv e audio i s not mixe d. PCM 6 6. When HDMI Audio Out is set to PCM or Auto (see HDMI Audio Out on page 42). Auto 5,6,7 7. If the connected HDMI device is not compat ible with Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD or D T S- HD Hi gh R es ol ut i on Au di o, th e si g nal will be output as Dolby Digital or DTS. If the HDMI device is not compat ible with Dolby Digital or DTS, the signal is output as Linear PCM. If Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus or DTS-HD Hi gh Resolution A udio is converted and ou tput as Linear PCM, the output sign al is Linear PC M of each source signal. BD-ROM Dolby Digital 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 5.1ch PCM Dolby Di gital Dolby Digital Plus 8 8. AUDIO OUT (2ch) , AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) and DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) output Dolby Digi tal. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 7.1ch PCM 9 9. Audio is output in 7.1ch/6.1ch with Surro und Back output sources only. W ith other sources, audio is output in 5.1ch. Th e 6.1 Su rround Back au dio is outp ut in 7.1ch. Dolby Digital Plus Dolby T rueHD 8 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 7.1ch PCM 9,10,11,12,13 10.Interactive audio is not mixed whe n the sampling rate is 192 kHz or 96 kHz. 11.Outputs 2ch downmix PCM when the sampling rate is 192 kHz. 12.Outputs max. 5.1ch audio when the disc contains 96 kHz audio and the resolutio n is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p . 13.Outputs 2ch audio when the disc contains 96 kHz audio and the resolution is set to 480i or 480p . Dolby T rueHD 14 14.Outputs a Dolby Digital bitstream whe n the resolution is set to 480i or 480p . DTS 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM 10,15, 16 15.Outputs 48 kHz audio when the disc contains 96 kHz aud io and the reso lution i s set t o 480i or 480p . 16.Outputs 7.1ch audio when the source is the DTS-ES 6.1 Discrete audio. DTS DTS-HD High Res o lu t i on Audio 17 17. AUDIO OUT (2ch) , AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) and DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) output DTS. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 7.1ch PCM 9,10,12,15 DTS-HD Hi gh Reso l uti on Au di o DTS-HD Master Audio 18 18.DTS sound is output. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM 10,15, 16 DTS Linear PCM 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch downmix PCM 11 2ch downmix PCM 2ch downmix PCM 7.1ch PCM 10,11, 15 7.1ch PCM DVD-Video Dolby Digital 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 5.1ch PCM Dolby Di gital DTS 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM DTS MPEG 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM Linear PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM
08 45 En Speaker Setup You only need to make th is settin g if you connected this player to your amplifier using the 5.1 channel analog outputs. This sett ing does not affect any di gital aud io output. Use the Speaker Setup screen to tell the player what kinds of speakers you have connected. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂInitial Setu pâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSpeakersâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂSpeaker Setup âÂÂ, then âÂÂNext Scre enâÂÂ. 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select a speaker. 5U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to change the speaker setup. Specify which speakers you have in your setup: ⢠C (Center): Yes or No ⢠Ls/Rs (Surround): Yes or No ⢠L/R (Mai n): Small or Large (This setting i s only appl icable if the C and Ls/Rs speakers are present.) 6 Press ENTER to save the settings and exit the Speaker Setup screen. Software updating The software of the player can be updated by connecting it to the Internet using a LAN cable. Important ⢠Dep ending on the Internet connec tion conditions, softwa re updating may take a certain p eriod of time (certain time is a lso required for downlo ading of software). Other op erations are defeated during so ftware updating. ⢠As the disc tray opens automati cally when software updating starts, it is recommended to open the r ack door if the player is installed in a rack with front doors. Whe n the disc tray is open, never attempt to push close it by force (leave the disc tray open). ⢠Do not unplug th e power cord during software updating. Otherwise, the updating will be aborted and malfunction may occur with the player. Note â¢S t e p s 1 to 3 are the operations performed by the user (the y are intended to download the software from the Internet). â¢S t e p s 4 to 6 are the operations performed (automatic ally) by the player (they are intended to update the software). 1 Press HOME MENU and se lect âÂÂInitial SetupâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂSoftware UpdateâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂStartâÂÂ, then âÂÂYesâÂÂ. ⢠Th e player turns of f automati cally. ⢠If the player is already ru nning the latest software, a help message will be displayed. ⢠Dependin g on the Internet connection conditio ns, software updating ma y take a certa in period of ti me (certain time is als o required for downloading of software). Other op erations are defeated during software updating. 4 Do wnloading a nd updati ng of the softw are start. The front panel display sho ws the follo wing messa ges, and the player produces an operatin g sound (it does not ou tput audio or video). 5 Updating starts. ⢠The front panel display shows messages such as âÂÂDATA CHECKâ , âÂÂWRT FLASH 1â , âÂÂWRT DRIVEâ and âÂÂWRT SUBCONâ . ⢠Do not un plug the power cord during sof tware updating. 6 The disc tray opens automatically when updating completes. ⢠The front panel display shows âÂÂDL OKâ and the player turns off automatically. ⢠When the disc tray is open, never attempt to push close it by force (leave the disc tray ope n). 7 Verify that the software is u pdated properly. â¢S t e p 7 is the operation perfor med by the user. ⢠Turn th e player on. If the front panel display shows âÂÂDL OKâ , the software has been up dated successfully. Initial Setup Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Spekaers Options C Ls/Rs L/R Speaker Setup Ye s Ye s Large Initial Setup Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Spekaers Options Software Update Do not unplug the power cord during downloading. The disc tray will open. Do not touc h it. Wait awhile. Start downloading? Ye s N o âÂÂPOWER OFFâ ï¢ âÂÂPOWER ONâ ï¢ âÂÂNETâ ï¢ âÂÂNET-DWLDâ ï¢ âÂÂDOWNLOADâÂÂ
09 46 En Chapter 9 Additional information Taking care of your player and discs Handling discs When holding discs of any type, take care not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on the disc surfa ce. Hold the disc by its edge or by the center hole and edge. Damaged or dirt y discs can affect playba ck performance. Take ca re also not to s cratch the label side of the disc. Al though not a s fragile as the recorded side, scratches ca n still result in a disc becoming unusable. Should a disc become marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry clot h, wiping the di sc lightly from the center to the outside edge as shown in the diagram below. Wipe lightly fr om the center of the disc using straight strokes . DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surf ace using circ ular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a co mmercially available DVD/BD cleani ng kit to clean a dis c more thoro ughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents, inclu ding products design ed for cleaning vinyl records. Storing discs Although BD and DVD discs a re more durable than vinyl records, you should still t ake care to handle and store discs correctly. When youâÂÂre not using a disc, return it to its case and store upright. Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold , humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point p en or other sha rp-tipped w riting instrument . These could all dama ge the dis c. For more detailed care informatio n see the instructions that come with discs. Do not load more than one disc into the player at a time. Damaged and odd-shaped discs Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If you can see that a disc is cracked, chipped, warp ed, or ot herwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk usin g it in your player â you c ould end up damaging it. This player is designed for use with convention al, fully circular discs only. Use of shaped discs is not recommended for this product. Pioneer disclaims a ll liability ari sing in connect ion with the use of shaped discs. Do not use any kind of adapter wh en playing 8 cm DVD discs. This s i z e d i s c c a n b e p l a y e d i n t h i s p l a y e r w i t h o u t a n a d a p t e r ; j u s t u s e t h e smaller disc guide in the disc tray. Cleaning the pickup lens The playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malf unction du e to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer-author ized service center. Although lens cleaner s for DVD players are comm ercially av ailable, we advise against using them since some may dama ge the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the pla yer if it is brought i nto a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the roo m rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt dam age the player, it may temporarily impair its perform ance. For this reason you should leave it to adjust to the warmer te mperature for abo ut an hour befor e switching on and using.
09 47 En Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this pr oduct for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a suitable lo cation for it: Do... ⢠Use in a well -ventilated ro om. ⢠Pla ce on a solid, flat, level surf ace, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack. DonâÂÂt... ⢠U se in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-gene rating appliances. ⢠Pla ce on a window sill or other pla ce where the player will be exposed to direct sunlight. ⢠U se in an excessively dusty or damp environment. ⢠Place directly on top of an amp lifier, or other component i n your stereo system that becomes hot in use. ⢠P l a c e t h e p l a y e r o n t o p o f o r i m m e dia tely next to the television or monitor as you may experience in terference. ⢠Use in a kitchen or other roo m where the player ma y be exposed to smoke or steam. ⢠U se on a thick rug or carp et, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of th e unit. ⢠Pla ce on an un stable surface, or one tha t is not large enough to support all four of the unitâÂÂs feet. Moving the player If you need to move this unit, first rem ove the disc, if thereâÂÂs one loaded, and close the disc tray. Next, press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the power to standby, checking that the power off indication in the display goes off. Wait at least 10 seconds. Lastly, disconnect the power cord. Never lift or move the unit during pla yback â discs rotate at a h igh speed and may be damaged. Caution for when the unit is installed in a rack with a glass door Do not press the ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE button on the remote control to open the disc table while the gla ss door is closed. The do or will hamper movement of the disc tabl e, and the disc table could be damaged. Screen sizes and disc formats BD-ROM and DVD-Video discs come in several different screen aspect ratios, r anging from TV p rog rams, which a re generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies, wi th an asp ect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions, too, come in differen t aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and âÂÂwidescreenâ 16:9. Widescreen TV users If you have a widescreen TV, the TV Aspect Ratio setting (page 41) of this player should be set to 16:9 (Widescreen) . When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 form at, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. Please note that some movie a spect ratios are wider th an 16:9, so even though you have a widescreen TV , these discs will still play in a âÂÂletter boxâ style with black bars at the t op and bottom of the screen. Standard TV users If you have a standard TV, the TV Aspect Ratio setting (page 41) of this player s hould be se t to 4:3 (Standard) . Resetting the player Use this procedure to reset all the playerâÂÂs settings to the factory default. 1 Make sure that the pl ayer is turned on. 2P r e s s ï§ to stop playback when a di sc is being played back. 3 Press and hold ï§ and press ïµ STANDBY/ON. ⢠Use the control buttons on the front panel. ⢠The player turns off with all settings reset.
09 48 En Setting up the remote to control your TV 1 Input the manufacturer code. While hold ing down th e TV CONTROL ïµ button, input the two digit code from the table belo w that corresponds to the make of yo ur TV. For exam ple, if you ha ve a Pioneer TV, press and hold TV CONTROL ïµ , then press 0 , 0 on the remote control. 2 Con firm that the T V is responding to the prog ramed code. On the remote, press the TV CONTROL ïµ button. If the TV switches on (or into standby if it was on previously), then you have the correct code. If nothing happens when yo u press the TV CONTROL ïµ button, start again from step 1 using a di fferent code. Some manufacturers have several codes. Try each one until you find the on e that works. TV Preset code list Please note that there are cases where on ly certain functions ma y be controllable after assigning the proper preset code, or th e cod es for the manufacturer in the list will not work for the model th at you are using. Manufacturer Co de(s) ACURA 44 ADMIRAL 31 AIWA 60 AKAI 32, 35, 42 AKURA 41 ALBA 07, 39, 41 , 44 AMSTRAD 42, 44, 47 ANITECH 44 ASA 45 ASUKA 41 AUDIOGONIC 07, 36 BASIC LINE 41, 44 BAUR 31, 07, 42 BEKO 38 BEON 07 BLAUPUNKT 31 BLUE SKY 41 BLUE STAR 18 BPL 18 BRANDT 36 BTC 41 BUSH 07, 41, 42, 44, 47, 56 CASCADE 44 CATHAY 07 CENTURION 07 CGB 42 CIMLINE 44 CLARIVOX 07 CLATRONIC 38 CONDOR 38 CONTEC 44 CROSLEY 32 CROWN 38, 44 CRYSTAL 42 CYBERTRON 41 DAEWOO 07, 44, 56 DAINICHI 41 DANSAI 07 DAYTON 44 DECCA 07, 48 DIXI 07, 44 DUMONT 53 ELIN 07 ELITE 41 ELTA 44 EMERSON 42 ERRES 07 FERGUSON 07, 36, 51 FINL ANDIA 35, 43, 54 FINLUX 32, 07, 45, 48, 53 , 54 FIRSTLINE 40, 44 FISHER 32, 35, 38, 45 FORMENTI 32, 07, 42 FRONTECH 31, 42, 46 FRONTECH / PROTECH 32 FUJITSU 48 FUNAI 40, 46, 58 GBC 32, 42 GE 00, 01, 08, 07, 10, 11, 17 , 02, 28, 18 GEC 07, 34, 48 GELOSO 32, 44 GENERAL 29 GENEXXA 31, 41 GOLDSTAR 10, 23, 21, 02, 07 , 50 GOODMANS 07, 39, 47, 48, 56 GORENJE 38 GPM 41 GRAETZ 31, 42 GRANADA 07, 35, 42, 43, 48 GRADIENTE 30, 57 GRANDIN 18 GRUNDIG 31, 53 HANSEATIC 07, 42 HCM 18, 44 HINARI 07, 41, 44 HISAWA 18 HITACHI 31, 33, 34, 36, 42, 4 3, 54, 06, 10, 24, 25, 18 HUANYU 56 HYPSON 07, 18, 46 ICE 46, 47 IMPERIAL 38, 42 INDIANA 07 INGELEN 31 INTERFUNK 31, 32, 07, 42 INTERVISION 46, 49 ISUKAI 41 ITC 42 ITT 31, 32, 42 JEC 05 JVC 13, 23 KAISUI 18, 41, 44 KAPSCH 31 KENDO 42 KENNEDY 32, 42 KORPEL 07 KOYODA 44 LEYCO 07, 40, 46 , 48 LIESENK & T TER 07 LOEWE 07 LUXOR 32, 42, 43 M - ELECTR ONIC 31, 44, 45 , 54, 56, 07, 36, 51 MAGNADYNE 32, 49 MAGNAFON 49 MAGNAVOX 07, 10, 03, 12, 29 MANESTH 39, 46 MARANTZ 07 MARK 07 MATSUI 07, 39, 40, 42, 44, 47, 48 MCMICHAEL 34 MEDIATOR 07 MEMOREX 44 METZ 31 MINERVA 31, 53 MITSUBISHI 09, 10, 02, 21, 31 MULTITECH 44, 49 NEC 59 NECKERMANN 31, 07 NEI 07, 42 NIKKAI 05, 07, 41, 46, 48 NOBLIKO 49 NOKIA 32, 42, 52 NORDMENDE 32, 36, 51, 52 OCEANIC 31, 32, 42 ORION 32, 07, 39 , 40 OSAKI 41, 46, 48 OSO 41 OSUME 48 OTTO VERSAND 31, 32, 07, 42 PALLADIUM 38 PANAMA 46 PANASONIC 31, 07, 08, 42, 22 PATHO CINEMA 42 PAUSA 44 PHILCO 32, 42 PHILIPS 31, 07, 34, 56, 68 PHOENIX 32 PHONOLA 07 PROFEX 42, 44 PROTECH 07, 42, 44, 46, 49 QUELLE 31, 32, 07, 42 , 45, 53 R - LINE 07 RADIOLA 07 RADIOSHACK 10, 23, 21, 02 RBM 53 RCA 01 , 10, 15, 16, 17 , 18, 61, 62, 09 REDIFFUSION 32, 42 REX 31, 46 ROADSTAR 41, 44, 46 SABA 31, 36, 42, 51 SAISHO 39, 44, 46 SALORA 31, 32, 42, 43 SAMBERS 49 SAMSUNG 07, 38, 44, 46, 69, 70 SANYO 35, 45, 48, 21, 14, 91 SBR 07, 34 SCHAUB LORENZ 42 SCHNEIDER 07, 41, 47 SEG 42, 46 SEI 32, 40, 49 SELECO 31, 42 SHARP 02, 19, 27, 67, 90 SIAREM 32, 49 SIEMENS 31 SINUDYNE 32, 39, 40, 49 SKANTIC 43 SOLAVOX 31 SONOKO 07, 44 SONOLOR 31, 35 SONTEC 07 SONY 04 SOUNDWAVE 07 STANDARD 41, 44 STERN 31 SUSUMU 41 SYSLINE 07 TANDY 31, 41, 48 TASHIKO 34 TATUNG 07, 48 TEC 42 TELEAVIA 36 TELEFUNKEN 36, 37, 52 TELETECH 44 TENSAI 40, 41 THOMSON 36, 51, 52, 63 THORN 31, 07, 42, 45, 48 TOMASHI 18 TOSHIBA 05, 02, 26, 21, 53 TOWADA 42 ULTRAVOX 32, 42, 49 UNIDEN 92 UNIVERSUM 31, 07, 38, 42, 45, 46, 54 VESTEL 07 VICTOR 13 VO XSON 31 WALTHAM 43 WATSON 07 WATT RADIO 32, 42, 49 WHITE WESTINGHOUSE 07 YOKO 07, 42, 46 ZENITH 03, 20 PIONEER 00, 31, 32, 07, 36 , 42, 51
09 49 En BD/DVD language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code BD/DVD country/area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code , Country/Area code letter Troubleshooting Incorrect operation i s often mistake n for trouble or malfunctio n. If you think that there is something wr ong with this componen t, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Inspec t the other components an d electrical ap pliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified after checki ng the items below, please contact customer services. In the US, call Toll Free (80 0) 421 -1404. (Telephone lines are open Monday through Frida y 6:00 AM to 4:30 PM (Pac ific Time) and S aturday 8:00 AM to 4: 30 PM (Pacific Time ).) In Canada, call Local (905) 479-44 11, or Long distance 1(877) 283- 5901 . (Telephone lines are open Mo nday through Friday 9:00 AM t o 5:15 PM (EST).) Playback troubleshooting Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr ), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am ), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (a z), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (b o), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroes e (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0 905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0 914 Icelandic (is), 091 9 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georg ian (k a), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malaga sy (m g), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (m l), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese ( mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (n o), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 190 9 Slovak (s k), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (s r), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st ), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argenti na, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Jap an, 1016, jp Republic of Korea, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, m x Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us Problem Remedy The disc wonâÂÂt play or is automatically ejected after loading. ⢠Make sure the disc is free from dirt and dust and is not damaged (see Taking care of your player and discs on page 46). ⢠Make sur e the disc is loaded with the label side face-up and aligned properly in the disc tray guide. ⢠Inc ompatible region: If the region on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc does not match the region on the player, the disc cannot be used (see BD-ROM regions and DVD-Video regions on page 10). ⢠Cond ensation inside the player: Al low time for condensation to ev aporate. Avoid us ing the player near an air-conditioning unit. ⢠Make sure the disc is compat ible with this player (see Disc/content format pl ayback compatibility on page 9).
09 50 En Picture freezes and the front panel and remote control buttons stop working. ⢠Press ï§ (stop), then start playback again ( ï¤ (play)). ⢠Press the front panel ïµ STANDBY/ON button to switch the power off , then switch back on and restart playback. If the power fails to switch off , press and hold ïµ STANDB Y/ON for 20 seconds until the power switches off . Then switch on again by pressing ïµ STANDBY/ON . ⢠Unplug from the wall socket, then plug ba ck in and switch on again by pressing ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the player on. No picture/No color. ⢠I ncorrect video c o nnections: Check that connections are co rrect and that plugs are inserted fully. Also check the video cable for damage. ⢠T V/monitor or AV amplifier settings are incorrect : Check the instruction ma nual of the connected equipment. ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settings ma y result in the picture dis appearing. In thi s case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14). ⢠Some BD-ROM discs output vid eo only over HDMI. The video output is set to 720p/1080i/ 1080p, but the actual output is 480i or 480p. ⢠For copy-protection pur poses, DVD-Video and some BD-ROM discs output 48 0i or 480p over the component output. Screen is stretched or aspect does not change. â¢T h e TV Aspect Ratio or 4:3 Video Out setting in the Initial Setup menu is incorrect. See TV Aspect Ratio and 4:3 Video Out on page 41 for how to set these correctly for your TV/monitor. ⢠When output video resolution is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p , video is output in 16:9 Widescreen format even if TV Aspect Ratio is set to 4:3 (Standard) . P icture disturbance during playback or dark image. ⢠T his player is compatible with Macrovision Sy stem copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the T V. This is not a malfunction. ⢠Due to the playerâÂÂs copy protec tion circuits, connection of this device through a VCR or an AV selector may cause picture problems. This is not a malfunction. No audio, or audio is distorted. ⢠No audio is output du ring slow motion playback or when scanning contents. ⢠Ch eck your amplifier/receiverâÂÂs settings (vol ume, input function, speaker settings, etc.). ⢠Check that the disc is free from dust and dirt, and that it is not damaged ( Taking care of your player and discs on page 46). ⢠Check that all interconnects are firmly inserted. ⢠Check that the plugs and terminals are free of dirt, oxide, etc. and clean if necessary. Also check the cable for damage. ⢠Make sure the playerâÂÂs output is not connecte d to the amplifierâÂÂs phono (turntabl e) inputs. â¢C h e c k t h e Audio Output M ode on page 43. If this is set to 5.1 Channel, out put from the AUDIO OUT (2ch) jacks will be incorrect. â¢C h e c k t h e Speaker Setup on page 45. ⢠For copy-protection purposes, some BD-ROM discs only output audio ov er optical/coaxial and HDMI. ⢠W hen Audio CDs containing text files or such data are played back, sound is muted. The analog audio is OK, but there appears to be no optical/coaxial digital audio signal. ⢠Check that the Dolby Digi tal Out an d DTS Out settin gs (page 42) are suitable for your amplifier/ receiver â check the instruction manual th at came with your amplifier/receiv er (also check that the output settings on your ampl ifier/receiver are correct). Cannot play multi-channel audio. ⢠Check the audio options available from the disc menu. ⢠Multi-channel 192 kHz audio is output in 2 channels. ⢠Check that the Dolby Digi tal Out an d DTS Out settings (page 42) are suitable for your amplifier/ receiver â check the instruction man ual th at came with your amplifier/receiver . ⢠If you connected this player to your amplifier/re ceiver using the 5.1 channe l analog outputs, make sure the Audio Output Mode (page 43) and Speaker Setup (page 45) are set correctly . ⢠If you connected this player to your amplifier/re ceiver u sing HDMI, or the optical/coaxial digital outputs, make sure that the outp ut settings on your amplifier/receiver are correct (refer to the instruction manual that came with your amplifier/ receiver). ⢠T o use the 7.1ch setting for Dolby Digital Out , set Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM (page 42). Noise is outpu t when DTS audio is played. ⢠If this unit is conn ected to a non-DTS compatible amplifier or decoder using a digita l audio cable, set DTS Out to DTS ï¤ PCM (page 42). If you do not do this, no ise will be output when you play a DTS disc. Cannot output 96 kHz or 192 kHz digital audio from optical/coaxial digital output. ⢠The player d oes not output digital audio from th e optical/coaxial jacks at this sampling r ate. The digital output is automatically downsampled. Problem Remedy
09 51 En HDMI troubleshooting Disc containing PC fil es wonâÂÂt play . ⢠Make sure the disc is compatible with this player (see Disc/content format pl ayback compatibility on page 9). ⢠T his player is compatible with multi-border discs, but only plays the first border . ⢠Check that the file complies to one of the supported formats, bit rates or profiles (see File compatib ility on page 9). Also check that the file is not damaged. ⢠If the message âÂÂCann ot play this formatâ is displayed when you tr y to play PC files, check the file formats. ⢠This player cannot play DRM-protected content on DVD and DRM-protec ted titles appear in the Disc Navigator with a lock icon () . No picture or High De finition video output when watching a BD. ⢠For copy-protection purposes, composite, S-Vide o and component video output ma y not possible. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13 to connect using HDMI. Image is blurred when you begin playback of a disc. ⢠Certain televisions cause blur e ffects when playback of a disc begins. This is not a malfunction. T racks/files are repeated during random play . ⢠Because tracks/files are selected entirely at random, same tracks /files may be played in quick s uc c e s s i o n. Fo r e x a m p l e , â T ra c k 1 â m a y b e f o l l o w e d b y â T r a c k 5 , â o nl y t o h a v e â T ra c k 1 â p l a y a g a i n n e xt . This is not a malfunction. SlideShows do not play . ⢠If you have selected a single file and select Slideshow from the Photo Options menu, then only that single file is played back. T o play a slideshow you must select All Photos from the browse menu. Images no longer displayed when you change the 24p Direct Out setting to On . ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settings ma y result in the picture disappearing. In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14). CDs cannot be copied on other external components. ⢠The audio signals of a CD output at the jacks of this player are protecte d from copying and cannot be copied on other external components. ⢠T o copy the audio signals recorded on a CD , connect your external components to the AUDIO OUT (2ch) jacks of this player . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy No HDMI video output. (A connected HDMI component doesnâÂÂt work with this player .) ⢠T his unit has been designed to be compliant wi th HDMI (High-Definition M ultimedia Inter face). Depending on the component you have connecte d, unreliable signal transfers may result. ⢠If you connect a DVI devi ce to the HDMI output of this player , ensure that it is compliant with High-bandwidth Digital Co ntent Protection (HDCP). ⢠If the fron t panel HDMI indicator is unlit t hen: â Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using. Y ou may need to refer to the in struction manual of the component to do this. â Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable isnâÂÂt damaged. ⢠If the fron t panel HDMI indicator is lit: â Depending on your display , some of the settings ma y result in the p icture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14). ⢠Depending on the HDMI cable bein g used, 1080p output may not appea r correctly. Colors are too rich or too weak, or black is too deep or appears to âÂÂfloatâÂÂ. ⢠Use a different HDMI Color Space setting (page 41). No HDMI audio output. ⢠If you have connected to an HDCP-c ompatible DVI component, there wonâÂÂt be any audio output from the HDMI terminal. Connect using the optical/ coaxial digital outputs (or the analog outputs). ⢠Verify that the connected HDMI device is compatible with Dolby T rueHD or Dolby Digital Plus (i.e. if bitstream output is allowed). If the HDMI device is not compatible, the audio will be converted into Dolby Digital or Linear PCM.
09 52 En Network troubleshooting HDMI Control does not function. ⢠Verify that the HDMI ca ble is firmly connected. ⢠Make sur e that this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control is set to On (page 43). ⢠Make sure that the HDMI Cont rol for the connected components is se t to On. For more information, refer to the operating manual for the connected component. ⢠T his function may not work properly if you h ave multiple components connec ted to a single plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receive r etc.). For more information refer to the operating manual of your plasma display or AV system. ⢠Y ou can enable HDMI Control by turning the HDMI Control setting to On for all components connected via HDMI cable. Check th e video output from this unit once you have completed making connections and settings for all co mponents. Y ou will need to check the video output each time you change connected components or remove the HDMI cable. ⢠Check whether the connected component supports HD MI Control or not. For more information refer to the operating manual of your plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receiver etc.). ⢠Certain functions are not supported on some plasma display s. ⢠This player does not support HDMI Control-compatible components othe r than those made by Pi o n e e r . ⢠T his unit will not function properly wi th componen ts that do not support HDMI Control, or when connected with components othe r than those made by P ioneer . ⢠T he HDMI Control functions may not operate properly if you do not use an HDMI cable that supports the HDMI 1.3 specification (Category 2) or later . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Home Media Galler y is not available. ⢠LAN indicator i s unlit: â Check the physical connections (hub, 100BASE-TX, or other cable quality). ⢠LAN indicator is lit: â If this player âÂÂs IP address is set automatically , ma ke sure that the media ser ver âÂÂs address is also set automatically . If the IP address of the media server has been set manually , set the IP address of the player manually too (see Network on page 43). â Check the logical connections (IP address setup, DH CP , etc.). Confirm that the IP address is correct if acquired using DHCP or Auto-IP in the Network Config. screen that follows the Initial Setup menu (see page 43). â Confirm that the media ser ver is on and not in standby or sleep mode. â Check the network and other settings on the media ser ver . â Check that this player and the media ser ver are on the same Local Area Network (LAN). â Check if the media serv er (Windows Media Play er 11, Windows Media Connect or DLNA-compliant) is running. Restart if necessary . â Check if the media ser ver is setup correctly for fi le sharing, if t he target folder has been deleted or if one or more folders has become corrupted on the server . â Check if the PC is operating properly. R eboot the PC after confirming its specificat ions and setup. A connected media ser ver does not show up in the source list in the Home Media Galler y . ⢠Confirm that the media server is on and not in standby or sleep mode. ⢠Check the network and other settings on the media server . ⢠Check that this player and the media server are on the same Local Area Network (LAN). ⢠Check if the media server (Windows Media Play er 11, W indows Media Connect or DLNA-compliant) is running. Restart if necessar y . ⢠Check if the media server is setup correctly for file sharin g, if the target folder has been del eted or if one or more folders has become corrupted on the ser ver . ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specifications and setu p. ⢠Check that there are playable files on th e media ser ve r . ⢠After adding a new media ser ver , exit the Home Me dia Galler y then, after a few moments, re-enter it. A media server shows up in the source list but is not available (a lock icon () appears). ⢠Check the media server setup. If a client is re gistered (authorized) manu ally , the setup procedure may have to be run again . ⢠Check that there are playable files on th e media ser ve r . ⢠After adding a new media ser ver , exit the Home Me dia Galler y then, after a few moments, re-enter it. Content different from last time appears on the network (missing items, etc.). ⢠If the player cannot connect to the same ser ver as last time (because it is switched off , for example), the player will connect to another ser ver on the network. T o see cont ent on a particular ser ver , make sure it is running and then select it as the source in the Home Media Galler y (see Movie sources on page 34).
09 53 En Miscellaneous troubleshooting Cannot play or display . ⢠Check th e physical connections (hub, 100B ASE-TX, or other cable quality). ⢠Check if the file complies to the supp orted format, bit rate or profile (see File compati bility on page 9). Also check if the file is damaged. ⢠If the message âÂÂCannot play this formatâ is displaye d when you try to play PC fi les, check the file formats. ⢠It takes time to capture and display a large-sized image; during this time you may have to wait to operate the player . ⢠This player cannot play DRM-protected content stored on a DLNA ser ver (not a Windows Media Player 11 or Windows Me dia Connect ser ver). ⢠Some files that comply with one of the suppo rted formats may not play or be displayed. ⢠Check if there are too many files on the server . ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specification and setu p. Image or sound is interrupted or distorted (block noise appears). ⢠Check the physical connection s (hub, 100BASE-TX, or other ca ble quality). It is strongly recommended to use 100BASE-TX for playback quality and display speed. ⢠When connected by a wireless LAN, check if the bi t rate is sufficient. ⢠Check that the file complies with the supported format, bit rate or profile (see File compatib ility on page 9). Also check if the file is damaged. ⢠Some files that comply with one of the suppo rted formats may not play or be displayed. ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specification and setu p. Genre (movie), Playlist (music), Album (photo) or folder configuration differs from one ser ver to another . ⢠The configuration may change depending on ser ver t ype. This is not a malfunction. An available ser ver is selected but cannot be navigated. ⢠Check if the serv er is correctly set up for file sharing, if the target folder has been deleted, or if one or more folders have been corrupted on the serv er . ⢠Check if there are too many files on the server . âÂÂCannot connect to server.â is displayed when network downlo ading is attempt. ⢠The message is displayed when connection to the ser ver failed. V erify that the network cable is connected properly before retr ying. âÂÂWRT FAILEDâ is displayed on the fron t panel display during network downloading. ⢠The message is displayed when do wnloading failed. As the player may be failed, con tact your local P ioneer Customer Ser vice Center . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy It is taking a long time for the unit to start up. ⢠It can t ake up to one minute for the system to start up once you press the ïµ STAN DBY/ON button . This does not mean that the pl ayer is experiencing problems. The power automatically turns off . ⢠The Auto P ower Off function switches the player into standby if no operation is per formed fo r 30 minutes while the player is stopped or paused (page 43). ⢠This unit âÂÂs power may be turned off when you cont rol this unit from a connected TV . If you do not want this unit to be turned o ff in this way , set this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control (page 43) to Off . Y our TV and AV system automatically change inputs. ⢠T he connected TV and AV system au tomatically may change inputs in response to this unit starting playback or having the GUI screen (ex. Disc Navigator) displayed. If you do not want your TV and A V system to change inputs in this way , set this unit HDMI Control (page 43) to Off . The remote control doesnâÂÂt seem to work. ⢠The CONTROL IN jack on the rear panel is connected: Point the remote control at the connected component to control this player. ⢠The remote control is too far from the player, or the angle with the remote sensor is too wide: Use the remote within its operating range (see Using the remote control on page 8). ⢠The batteries are exhausted: Put in new ones (see Putting the batteries in the remote co ntrol on page 8). ⢠If you are using an external IR receiver , you may need to set the IR RECEIVE R switch (see Using an external IR receiv er with t his player on pa ge 17) . Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut due to power failure or by unpluggi ng the power cord during operation, settings will be canceled. See Moving the player o n page 47 for proper shutdown instructions. After inserting a disc, a âÂÂLoadingâ message is displayed but playback does not begin. ⢠W hen you have inserted a disc containi ng PC files, the time necessar y to load the files contained on the disc varies by how many files are pres ent. The process can take anywhere from a few minutes to upwards of ten minutes. On hybrid discs with BD and DVD layers, the DVD layer cannot be played back. ⢠Change the Set hybrid disc playback layer to DVD (page 43).
09 54 En Glossary Analog audio An electrical signal th at di re ct ly re pr es en ts so un d. Co mp ar e t hi s t o digital audio which can also be an elect rical signal, but is an indirect representation of so und. See also Digital audio . Aspect ratio The width of a TV screen rela tive to its height. Conventional TVs are 4:3 (in other words, th e screen is almost square); widescreen models are 16:9 (the screen is almo st twic e as wide as it is high). BD-J BD-J is the Java specificatio n for BD-ROM, allowing content providers to put interactive material linked to speci fic titles on the disc. BDAV BDAV is one of the application formats used by writable Blu-ray Discs (BD-R or BD-RE). It corresp onds to the VR mode of the DVD standard. BDMV BDMV is one of th e Blu-ray Disc st andards (application standard for BD-ROM). It corresponds to the Video mode of the DVD standard. Default Gateway Default Gateway is a no de on a computer network that serves as an access point to another network. A default gateway (such as a computer and router) is used to forward a ll traffic that is not addressed to a station within the local subnet. DHCP (Dynamic Host Con figuration Protocol) Server A DHCP server is a server that allocates IP addresses to hosts (network devices). In most ca ses, a broadband router serves as a DHCP server in a home network. Digital audio An indirect representation of sou nd by numbers. During recording, the sound is measured at discr ete intervals by an analog-to-digital converter, generating a stream of numbers. On playback, a digital-to-analog converter genera tes an analog signal based on these numbers. See also Sampling freque ncy and Analog audi o . Dolby Digital Plus Dolby Digital Plus is the next-generatio n audio technology for all high-definition programming and media. It com bines the efficiency to meet futu re broadcast d emands with the power and flexibility to realize the full audio potential e xpected in the upcoming high- definition era. Built on Dolby Digital, the multi-channel au dio standard for BD and DVD, Dolby Di gital Plus has been designed for the next-generation AV Systems (a mplifier or AV receiver) but remains fully comp atible with al l current AV Systems . Dolby Digital Pl us delivers multi-c hannel audio p rograms of up to 7.1 channels and supports mult iple programs in a single enco ded bitstream with the maximum bit ra te potential of 6 Mbps and the maximum bit rate perfor mance of 1.7 Mbps on BD, an d it outputs Dolby Digital bitstreams for play back on existing Dolby Digital systems. Dolby Digital Plus can accurately reproduce the sound originally intended by directo rs and producers. It also features multi-chan nel sound with discre te channel output, interactive mix ing and streamin g capability in advanced systems. Supported by HDMI (High-D efinition Mu ltimedia Inter face), a single- cable digital connection is possible for high-definit ion audio and video. Dolby TrueHD Dolby TrueHD is the next-generation lossless encodin g technology developed for high-definition opti cal discs in the upcoming era. Dolby TrueHD deliver s tantalizin g sound that is bi t-for-bit iden tical to the studio master, unlock ing the true high-definition entertainment experience on high-defi nition optical discs in the next generation. When coupled with h igh-definition video, Dolby True HD offers an unprecedented h ome theater experience with stunn ing sound and high-definition picture. It supports bit rates of up to 18 Mbps and records up to 8 full-range channels in dividually wit h 24-bit /96 kHz a udio. It also features extensive metadata including dial ogu e normaliza tion and dy namic range co ntrol. Supp orted by HDMI (Hig h-Definiti on Multime dia Interface), a single-cab le digital connection is possible for high- definition au dio and vide o. BD standards currently limit their maximum number of audio chan nels to eight, wherea s Dolby Digital Plus and Dolby TrueHD support mo re than eight audio channels. DRM (Digital Rights Managem ent) DRM is one of several technolo gies that controls access to and use of digital data, such as m usic, movies and other c opyrighted contents. On hybrid discs with BD and CD layers, the CD layer cannot be played back. ⢠Change the Set hybrid disc playback layer to CD (page 43). When the Set hybrid dis c playback layer is set to DVD and you insert a hybrid disc with BD and CD layers, the BD layer is played back. ⢠W hen the layer set to playback at S et hybrid disc playback layer is not present on an inserted hybrid disc, the BD layer is played back. The Set hybrid di sc playback layer setti ng canno t be cha nged (i t is gra yed out). ⢠Y ou can not chang e the Set hybrid disc playback layer when a disc is inserted. Eject the disc to make changes. A â ï§ â appears in the file name. ⢠A charac ter th at cannot be displayed on this unit is included in the fi le name. Use only alphanumeric characters if you want file name s to be displayed correctly on this player . The power automatically turns on. ⢠T his unitâÂÂs power may be turn ed on when you control th is unit from a connected plasma display . If you do not want this unit to be turned on in this way , set this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control to Off (page 43). Problem Remedy
09 55 En DTS-HD High Resolution Audio DTS-HD High Resolution Audio p rovides sound quality which far outpaces that of the current DVD discs with cons tant data rates from 1.5 Mbps to 6.0 Mbps fo r Blu-ray Disc. DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is capable of up to 7.1 channels of audio at a sampling frequency of 96 kHz/24 bits so the original sound is finely and faithfu lly reprodu ced with le ss disc space compared to DTS-HD Master Audio. The result of usin g DTS-HD High Resolution Audio use is especia lly significan t when watching high definition vi deo as the sound that is clearer than ever creates th e whole new movie experi ence right at home. Dynamic range The difference between the quietest and lou dest sounds possible in an audio signal (without distorting or getting lost in noise). Dolby Digital and DTS soundtr acks are capable of a very wide dynamic range, delivering dramat ic cinema-like effects. Ethernet A frame-based computer netwo rking technology for local area networks (LANs). This pl ayer supports 100BASE-TX. File extension A tag add ed to the end of a filenam e to indicate the type of fi le. For example, âÂÂ.jpgâ indicates an JPEG image file. HDMI HDMI (Hi gh-Definition Multimedia In terface) is a high-speed digital interface w hich has the capa bili ty to s upport standar d or high-defin ition video plus standard to multi-ch annel surround-sound audio on a si ngle digita l connection. Interactive audio Interactive audi o is Linear PCM (LPCM) audio acti vated by a BD-ROM applic ation and mixed with the primary audio. It is ty pically used to provide dyna mic sounds associated with interactive applications, such as button soun ds. Interlaced video A method of displayin g a picture in which odd-numbered lines a re updated in one pass, then even-numbered lines update d in the next. See also Progressiv e scan video . IP (Internet Protocol) addre ss A unique number that devices use in order to iden tify and communic ate with each ot her on a netwo rk utilizi ng the Intern et Protocol standard, such as âÂÂ19 2. 168.0.1âÂÂ. No duplicate numbers are allowed in the n etwork. LAN cable A cable that has an 8-pin modular pl ug on each end and is different from a telephon e plug which has 4-pins. MAC (Media Access Co ntrol) address An address attached to the port of any device. Th e MAC address cannot be chang ed. PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) A common system of encoding digital audio. Excell ent quality, but r e q u i r e s a l o t o f d a t a c o m p a r e d t o f o r m a t s s u c h a s D o l b y D i g i t a l a n d MPEG audi o. For compatibil ity with digi tal audio reco rders and AV amplifiers w ith digital inputs, this u nit can convert Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG audio to PCM . See also Digital audio . Pop-up menu (BD only) A context-sensitive menu that ca n be used without interrupting playback of a BD. Progressive sc an video Also called non-interlac ed video, th is method of displaying a picture updates all th e lines in one pa ss, resultin g in a more stab le, flicker-free image than in terlaced video (for a given scannin g rate). See also Interlaced video . Regions (DVD-Video and BD-ROM) These associate discs and players with partic ular areas of th e world. This unit will only play discs that have a co mpatible region cod e (i.e., the same code as your player). You can find the region code of your unit by looking on the rear panel. Some discs are compatible with more than one re gion (or all regions). Note that th e region systems for DVD and BD are not the same. Sampling frequency The rate at wh ich sound is measured to be turned into digital audio data. The higher the rate , the better the sound quality, but the more digital information is generated. For example, a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz means 44 100 samples (measurements) per second. See also Digital audio . Subnet mask The IP address is divided into the network address part and the host address part. The subnet mask is expressed as âÂÂ255.255.255.0 âÂÂ. In most cases, the subnet mask is automatically assigned by the DHCP server.
09 56 En License [MPEG4IP ] This software is based in part on Mozilla Public License 1.1 see http ://www.mozilla.org/MP L/for information. [OpenS SL] OpenSSL License Copyright é 1998-200 4 The OpenSS L Project. All rights reserved. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the above copyrigh t notice, this list of conditio ns and the following d isclaimer. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. All advertising materials mentioning featur es or use of t his software must displa y the foll owing acknowledgment: âÂÂThis produc t includ es software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the Ope nSSL Toolkit. (htt p://www.openssl.org/)âÂÂ. 4. The names âÂÂOpenSSL Toolkitâ and âÂÂOpenSSL Projectâ must not be used t o endorse or promote product s derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permi ssion, plea se contact openssl- core@openssl.org. 5. Products derived from this so ftware may not be called âÂÂOpenSSLâ nor may âÂÂOpenSSLâ app ear in th eir names without prior written permi ssion of the OpenSSL Proje ct. 6. Redistribut ions of any form what soever must retain th e following acknowledg ment: âÂÂThis product inclu des software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)âÂÂ. THIS SOFTWARE IS P ROVIDED BY THE OpenSS L PROJECT âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY E XPRESSED OR IMP LIED WARRANTIES, I NCLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTAB ILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PA RTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIME D. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTO RS BE LIABLE FOR AN Y DIRECT, INDIRECT , INCIDENTAL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DA MAGES (INCLUDING, BU T NOT LIMITED TO, PROC UREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE G OODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DA TA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPT ION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABIL ITY, WHETHE R IN CONT RACT, STRIC T LIABILITY , OR TORT (I NCLUDING NE GLIGEN CE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING I N ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF T HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This product includes cryptographic softwa re written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includ es software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Original SSLe ay License Copyright é 1995-1998 E ric Young (e ay@cryptsoft .com) All rights reserved. This package is an SSL implement ation written by Eri c Young (eay@c ryptsoft. com). The impl ementation was written so as to confor m with Netscapes SSL. This library is free for commercial and non- commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following co nditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL do cumentation included with th is distribution is co vered by the same copyright terms except that the ho lder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptso ft.com). Copyright remains Eric YoungâÂÂs, an d as such any Copyright notices in the code ar e not to be remove d. If this package is used in a product, Er ic Young should be given attrib ution as the author of the parts of the lib rary used. This can be in the form of a textual m essage at program st artup or in documentation (online or textual) pr ovided with the packag e. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the c opyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. All advertising materials me ntioning features or use of this software must display the follo wing ac knowledgement: âÂÂThis produ ct includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@c ryptsoft.co m)â The word âÂÂcryptographicâ ca n be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related:-) . 4. If you include any Windows specific cod e (or a derivative th er eof) from the apps directory (appli cation code) you must incl ud e an ac knowledgeme nt: âÂÂThis product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh @cryptsoft.com)â THIS SOFTWARE IS P ROVIDED BY ERIC YOUN G âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCL UDING, BUT NOT LIMIT ED TO, THE IMPLI ED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EV ENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUT ORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT , INDIRECT , INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL , EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTI AL DAMAGES (INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOOD S OR SE RVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSI NESS IN TERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF L IABILITY, WHETHER IN CONT RACT, STRICT LIABIL ITY, OR TORT (INCLUDIN G NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE) ARISI NG IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOF TWARE, EVEN IF ADVIS ED OF THE POSSIB ILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. The licence and distribution terms for any publical ly available version or derivative of this c ode cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under a nother distri bution licenc e [including the GNU Public Licence.]
09 57 En [tiff] Copyright é 1988-199 7 Sam Leffler Copyright é 1991-1997 S ilicon Graphics, Inc. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS-ISâ AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERW ISE, INCLUDING WIT HOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MER CHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFF LER OR SILICON GRAP HICS BE LIABL E FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CO NSEQUENTIAL D AMAGES OF ANY KI ND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEV ER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS , WHETHER OR NOT ADVIS ED OF THE POSSIBILI TY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF L IABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR I N CONNECTION WI TH THE USE OR PERFORMANC E OF THIS SOFTWAR E. [Howl] Copyright é 2003, 20 04 Porchdog Software All rights reserved. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVI DED BY THE COPYRIGHT HO LDERS AND CONTRI BU TORS âÂÂAS IS â AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRA NTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AN D FITNES S FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E ARE DISCLAIMED. IN N O EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRI BUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDI RECT, INCIDENT AL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLA RY, OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDIN G, BUT NOT LIMITED T O, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOOD S OR SERVICES; LOSS OF U SE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR B USINESS INTERRUPT ION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILI TY, WHETHE R IN CONT RACT, STRIC T LIABILITY , OR TORT (I NCLUDING NE GLIGEN CE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING I N ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF T HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This software is based in part on Apple P ublic Source License or the recentâÂÂs rights thereunder see ht tp://developer.apple.com/ for information. [UPNPLib/I ntel Stac k] This software is based in pa rt on Intel Licens e see http ://www.intel.com/for information. [JPEG image compression] If only exe cutable code is distributed, t hen the acco mpanyin g documen tation mu st state that âÂÂthi s software is ba sed in part on the work of the In dependent JPEG GroupâÂÂ. [libpng] COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIM ER, and LICENSE: If you modify libp ng you may insert additi onal notices imm ediately following th is sent ence. libpng version 1.2.6, December 3 , 2 004, is Copyright é 2004 Glenn Rander s-Pehrso n, and is dist ribut ed according to the same disclaimer an d license as libp ng-1.2.5 with the follo wing individual added to the list of Cont ributing Authors Cosmin Truta libpng vers ions 1.0.7, Ju ly 1, 2000, t hrough 1.2.5 - October 3, 20 02, are Copyrig ht é 2000-2002 Gl enn Randers -Pehrson, and are distributed a ccording to the same disclaimer and license as libpn g-1.0.6 with the following in dividuals added to the list of Contributing Autho rs Simon-Pie rre Cadieux Eric S. Raymond Gilles Vollant and with the follow ing addition s to the disclaime r: There is no warran ty against interf erence with your en joyment of the library or again st infringement. Th ere is no warranty tha t our efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs. Thi s library is provided with all faults, an d the enti re risk of satisfacto ry quality , performance, accuracy, and e ffort is with the user. libpng versions 0.97 , January 1998, throu gh 1.0.6, March 20, 20 00 , are Copyright é 19 98, 1999 Glenn Ran ders-Pehrson, and a re di stributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpn g-0.96, with the following individ uals added to the list of Co ntributing Authors: Tom Lane Glenn Ra nders-P ehrso n Willem van Schaik libpng versions 0.89, Ju ne 1996, through 0. 96, May 1997 , are Copy right é 1996, 1997 And reas Dilger Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, wit h the following in dividuals added to th e list of Contrib uting Authors: John Bowler Kevin Bracey Sam Bushell Magnus Holmgren Greg Roelo fs Tom Tanner libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0. 88, January 1996, are Copyright é 1995, 19 96 Guy Eric Sc halnat, Group 42, Inc. For the purposes of this copyright and lic ense, âÂÂContributi ng Authorsâ is defined as th e following set of individua ls: Andreas Dilger Dave Mart indale Guy Eric Sch alnat Paul Schmidt Tim Wegner
09 58 En The PNG Reference Library is su pplied âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ. The Contributing Authors and Gr oup 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed o r implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of mer c hantability and of fitness for any purp ose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. assum e no liab ility for direct, indirect , incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damag es, which may result f rom the use of the PNG Reference Librar y, even if a dvised of the possibility of such damage. Permission is hereby grante d to use, copy , modify, and dist ribu te this source code, or portio ns hereof, for any purpose, withou t fee, subject to the followin g restrictions : 1. The origin of th is source co de must not be misrepresented. 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented a s being the original s ource. 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or alt ered from any source or altered source distri bution. The Contributing Aut hors and Group 42, Inc. sp ecif ically permit, wit hout fee, an d encourage the use of this source code as a co mponent to supporting th e PNG file format in commercial products. If you us e this source code in a product, acknowle dg ment is not requ ired but would be appre ciated. A âÂÂpng_get _copyrightâ function i s available, for convenient us e in âÂÂaboutâ boxes and the like: print f(âÂÂ%sâÂÂ,png _get_copyright( NU LL)); Also , the PN G logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the fi les âÂÂpngbar.p ngâ and â pngbar.jpg (88x31)â and âÂÂpngnow.pngâ (98x31). Libpng is OSI Certified Open Sour ce Softwa re. OSI Certified Open Source is a certification mark of the Open Source In itiative. Glenn Ra nders-P ehrso n glennrp at users.sourceforge.net December 3, 2004 [zlib] This software is based in part on zlib see http:/ /www.zlib.n et for information. [FreeType] The FreeType Proj ect is Copyright é 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robe rt Wi lhelm, and Werner L emberg. All rights reserved except a s specified below. THE FREETYPE PROJ ECT IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS â WITHOUT WARRANTY OF AN Y KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIE D, INCLUDI NG, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E . IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLD ERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY D AMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FR EETYPE PROJECT. [GIFLIB] The GIFLIB distr ibution is Copyr ight é 1997 Eric S. Raymo nd THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ, WI THOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND , EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT L IMITED TO THE WARRANTI ES OF MERCHANTABILI TY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE AND NONI NFRINGEMENT. IN NO E VENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR C OPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILIT Y, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHE RWISE, ARISIN G FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DE ALINGS IN THE SOFTWAR E. [libhttp] Copyright é 2000-200 4 Dag-Erling Smørgrav All rights reserved. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the above copyrigh t notice, this list of conditio ns and the following d isclaimer i n this position and unchanged. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. The name of the autho r may not be used to endorse or pro mote products derived fro m this software without specifi c prior writt en permission. THIS SOFTWA RE IS PROVIDE D BY THE AUTHOR âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY E XPRESS OR IMP LIED WARRAN TIES, INCLUDI NG, BUT NOT L IMITED TO, T HE IMPLI ED WARRANTIES OF MERCHAN TABILITY AND FITNES S FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, P ROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GO ODS OR SERV ICES; LOSS OF US E, DATA, OR PROF ITS; OR BUSIN ESS INTERRUP TION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON AN Y THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (I NCLUDING NEGLIGENC E OR OTHERWISE) ARI SING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVE N IF ADVISED OF THE P OSSIBILITY OF S UCH DAMAGE. The following copyright a pplies to the base64 co de: Copyright 1997 Massa chusetts Institute of Technology Permission to use, co py, modify, and distr ibute this softwa re and its docu mentation for an y purpose and with out fee is hereby g ra nted, provided t hat both the above copyrigh t notice and this pe rmission notice ap pear in al l copies, that both the above copyri ght n otice and this permi ssio n notice appear in all supporti ng documentation, and th at the name of M.I.T. not b e used in advertising or publi city pertaining to distribu tion of the software w ithout specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no repre sentations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provid ed âÂÂas isâ with out express or implied warranty. THIS SOFTWA RE IS PROVID ED BY M.I.T. âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ. M.I.T. DISC LAIMS ALL EXP RESS OR IMPLIE D WARRANTIES WITH REGA RD TO THIS SOFT WARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LI MITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ME RCHAN TABILITY AND FITNE SS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO E VENT SHAL L M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, I NDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT N OT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTI TUTE GOODS O R SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PR OFITS; OR B USINESS IN TERRUPTION ) HOWEVER C AUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILIT Y, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRI CT LIABILITY, OR T ORT (INCLUDING NEG LIGENCE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING IN AN Y WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSS IBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
09 59 En [Vera.ttf/ VeraMono.ttf] Copyright é 2003 by Bitstream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream Vera SansBitstreamVeraSan s-RomanReleas e 1.10 Copyright é 200 3 by Bits tream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream Ve ra is a trademark of Bitstream, Inc. [TinyLogin] This software is Copyright 1988 - 1994, Julianne Fran ces Haugh . All rights res erved. [Shadow Utilities] This software is Copyright 1988 - 1994, Julianne Fran ces Haugh . All rights res erved. Bigelow & Holmes Inc and URW GmbH Luxi font license [Luxi fonts] Luxi fonts Copyright é 2001 by Bigelow & Holmes Inc. Luxi fo nt in struction code Copyright é 2001 by URW GmbH. All Rights Rese rved. Luxi is a regis-tered trademark of Bigelow & Holme s Inc. THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ, WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIN D, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE AND NONINF RINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT , PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVEN T SHALL BIGELOW & HOLMES INC. OR UR W GMBH. BE LIABLE FOR AN Y CLAI M, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY G EN-ERAL, SPECIAL, I NDIRECT, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQ UENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONT RACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE TH E FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DE ALINGS IN THE FONT SOFT-WARE. [GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE] Version 2, June 19 91 Copyright é 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth F loor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distri bute verbat im copies of th is license document , but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most softwa re are designed to take away you r freedom to share and change it. By cont rast, the GNU Ge neral Publ ic Li cense is intended to guarante e your freedom to shar e and change free so ftware â to make sure the so ftware is free for all its us ers. This General Public Li cense applies to most of the Free So ftware Foun dationâÂÂs softw are and to any ot her program w hose authors co mmit to usin g it. (Some ot her Free Softw are Fo undation softwar e is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to yo ur programs, too. When we speak of free soft ware, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Pub lic Licenses are designed to make sure t hat you have the freedom to distribute copies of free so ftware (and charge for th is service if you wish), that you rece ive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use piece s of it in new free programs; and th at you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribu te copies of t he software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of su ch a progr am, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the righ ts that you have. You must make sure that they, too, re ceive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rig hts. We protect your rights wi th two steps: (1) copyrig ht the software, and (2 ) of fer you this license whic h gives you le gal permiss ion to copy, distribu te and/or mo dify the software. Also, for each authorâÂÂs prote ction and ours, we wa nt to make certain that everyone und erstands that th ere is no warranty for th is free software. If the softwar e is modif ied by som eone els e and pass ed on, we want its recipien ts to kno w that wha t they h ave is no t the orig inal, so th at any problem s introduced by others will not reflect on the original auth orsâ reputati ons. Finally, any free program is th reatened cons tantly by soft ware patents. We wish to avoid the danger that r edistributors of a fr ee program will individuall y obtain patent license s, in effect making the program proprietary. To pre vent this, we have m ade it clea r that any pa tent must be lice nsed for ev eryoneâÂÂs free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and co nditions for cop ying, distributi on and modificati on follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND COND ITIONS FOR COPYING, DI STRIBUTION AN D MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or othe r work which contains a notice pl aced by the copyright holder saying it may be dis tributed under the terms of this General Public License. The âÂÂProgramâÂÂ, be low, refers to any such progr am or work, and a âÂÂwork b ased on the Programâ means either the P rogram or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing th e Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or w ith modifications and /or translated into anot her language. (Hereinaft er, translation is in cluded without lim itation in the term âÂÂmodificationâÂÂ.) Ea ch li censee is addressed as âÂÂyouâÂÂ. Activities other than copy ing, distribu tion and modifi cation are no t covered by th is License; they are outside its scope. The a ct of runn ing the Program is not restri cted, and the out put from the Pro gram is covered only if its cont ents constitute a work based on th e Program (inde pen dent of ha ving been ma de by running the Prog ram). Whether th at is true depends o n what the Progra m does. 1. You may copy and distribute verb atim copies of the ProgramâÂÂs source code as yo u receive it, in any medi um, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appro priate co pyright notice and discl aimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and t o the absence of any wa rranty; and give any other recipie nts of the Progr am a copy of this Licens e along with the P rogram. You may charge a fee for the physi cal act of transferring a copy, and you may at yo ur option offer warrant y protection in excha nge for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, th us forming a work based on the P rogram, and copy an d distribute such modifications or work under the terms of S ection 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the mod ified f iles to carry prominent notices st ating that y ou changed the f iles and the d ate of any change .
09 60 En b) You must cause any work that yo u distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contai ns or is derived fro m the Program or a ny part ther eof, to be licen sed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the term s of this License. c) If t he modified program normally reads co mmands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such inte ractive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an annou n cement includ ing an appr opriate copyrig ht notice a nd a notice th at there i s no warra nty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and tha t users may redistribute the program under these conditio ns, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License . (Exception: if the P rogram itself is int eractive but doe s not normally prin t such an announcem ent, your work based o n the Progr am is not required to print an announc ement.) These requ irements apply to the modified work as a whole. If id entifiable sections of that work are n ot derived from th e Progra m, and can b e reasonab ly considered independent and separate works in themselv es, then this Lice nse, and its terms, do no t apply to those section s when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distri bute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work ba sed on t he Program , the distrib u tion of the who le must be on the terms of this Li cense, whose permission s for other licensees extend to th e entire whole, and thus to each and every p art regardles s of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest yo ur rights t o work written en tirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivat ive or collective works ba sed on the Program. In addition, mere a ggregation of another work not b ased on the Progra m with the Program ( or with a work based on th e Program) o n a volume of a storage or d istribution me dium does not b ring th e other work under the scope of this Licens e. 3. You may copy and distribute t he Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or exec utable form und er the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided th at you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete correspon ding machine-readable source code, wh ic h must be distr ibuted under the terms of Se cti ons 1 and 2 ab ove on a medium custo marily used for software interchan ge; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your co st of physically performing source distribution, a complete ma chine- readable copy of the correspond ing source code, to be distributed under the terms of Se ctions 1 and 2 abov e on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the informat ion you r eceived as to t he offer to di stribute corresponding source code. ( This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution an d only if you received the program in object code or executable for m with such an offer, in accord with Subsecti on b above.) The source code fo r a work means the preferre d form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, co mplet e source code means all the source code for all mo du les it contains, plus any associated interf ace de finition files, plus th e scripts used to contr ol compilation and installation of the execut able. However, as a special e x ception, the source co de distributed need not include anything that is normally dist r ibuted (in either source or binary for m) with the major co mponents (compi ler, kernel, and so on) of the operatin g system on which the executable ru ns, u nles s that co mponent itself accompanie s t he executable . If distribut ion of executab le or object code is made by of fering access to c opy from a desi gnated place, t hen offering equivale nt access to copy the source code from the same pla ce counts as distribu tion of the source code , even though third parties are not compelled to copy the sou rce along with the object code. 4. You may n ot copy, modify, su blicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distrib ute the Pr ogr am is void, and will auto matically terminate your rights unde r this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have the ir licenses terminated so long as such pa rties remain in full compliance. 5. You are no t required to ac cept this Lic ense, sinc e you have no t signed it. However, no thing else grant s yo u permission to mod ify or distrib ute the Program or its derivative works. The se actions are proh ibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefo re, by modifying or dist ribut ing the Program (or any work based on the Pr ogram), you in dicate your a cceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditio ns for copying, dis trib uting or modif ying the Program or works ba sed on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work b ased on the Program), t he recipie nt automa ti cally receives a license fr o m the original licensor to copy, distribute or mo dify the Progra m subject to these te rms and condition s. You may not impose a ny further restr ictions on the reci pientsâ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not resp onsible for enforcin g compliance by thir d parties to this Licen se. 7. If, as a cons equence of a court judg ment or all egation of pa tent infringe ment or for any other r eason (not limit ed to paten t issues), conditions are imposed on you (whethe r by court order , agreement or othe rwise) that cont radict the conditions of this Li cense, the y do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot dis tribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations un der this License and any other pertinent o bligations, th en as a consequence y ou may not distribute the Progra m at all. For example, if a patent licens e would not permit royalty-free redistrib ution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way yo u cou ld satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain e ntirely from distribution of th e Program. If any portion of this section is held in valid or unenfor ceable under any particular c ircumstance, the balance of the section i s intended to apply and the section as a wh ole is intend ed to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this se ction to induce you to infring e any patents or other propert y right claims or to conte st validi ty of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the in tegrity of th e free software distribution system, which is implemented by public licen se practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of so ftware distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to de cide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any othe r system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to ma ke thorough ly clear what is believe d to be a consequen ce of the rest of th is License. 8. If the distributio n and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by pa tents or by copyrighted interfac es, the original copyright hold er who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geogr aphical dist ribution limitation excluding those countries, s o that distrib ution is permitte d only in or a mong countries not th us excluded. In suc h case, this License incorporates the limitat io n as if writte n in the body of this Li cense.
09 61 En 9. The Free Software Fou ndation ma y publish revise d and/or ne w versions of the General P ublic Li cense from t ime to tim e. Such ne w versions will b e similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new p roblems or concerns. Each version is give n a distinguishing version nu mber. If the Program spec ifies a version number of th is License which applies to it and âÂÂa ny later versionâÂÂ, you have the option of following th e terms and conditio ns either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Softwa re Foundation . If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever pu blished by the Free Software Found ation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of t he Program into other fr ee programs whose distribution co nditions are differen t, write to the au thor to ask for permi ssion. For software which i s copyrighted by t he Fr ee Soft ware Foundation , write to the Free So ftware Foundat ion; we sometimes make exc eptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all deriv atives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of soft ware generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PR OGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARG E, THERE IS N O WARRANTY FOR THE P ROGRAM, TO THE EXTE NT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERW ISE STATED IN WRITING T HE COPYRIGHT HO LDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PRO VIDE THE PROGRAM âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YO U. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME TH E COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERV ICING, REPAIR OR CORR ECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UN LESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED T O IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROG RAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING AN Y GENERAL, SP ECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILIT Y TO USE T HE PROGRAM ( INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMI TED TO LOS S OF DATA OR DATA BEI NG RENDERED INACCUR ATE OR LOSSES SUSTAI NED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF TH E PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE PO SSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAG ES. END OF TERMS AND C ONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your Ne w Programs If you develo p a new program , and you want i t to be of the gr ea test possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and cha nge under these terms. To do so, attach the following no tic es to the program. It is safest to attach the m to the start of each so urce file to most eff ectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the âÂÂcopyrightâ line and a pointer to where the full not ice is found. <one line to give th e programâÂÂs name an d a brief idea of wha t it does.> Copyright é <year> <name of author > This program is free software; you c an redi stribute it and/or modify it under the terms of th e GNU General Public Li cense as pu blished by the Free Soft ware Foundation; either ve rsion 2 of the Licens e, or (at your option) any later ve rsion. This program is distributed in the hope th at it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WA RRA NTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PAR TICULAR PURPOSE. S ee the GN U General Public License for mo re details . You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License alo ng wi th this program; if not , write to the Free Software F oundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fi fth Floor, Bo ston, MA 0211 0-1301 USA. Also add information on how to co nt act you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short no tice like this whe n it starts in an inte ractive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyri ght é year name of author Gnomovisio n comes with ABS OLUTELY NO WAR RANTY; for deta ils type âÂÂshow wâÂÂ. This is free software , and you are welcome t o redistr ibute it under certain conditions; type âÂÂshow câ for details. The hypothetical commands âÂÂshow wâ and âÂÂsho w câ should show the appropriate parts of th e General Public License. Of co urse, the commands you use may be called something other than âÂÂshow wâ and âÂÂshow c âÂÂ; they could even be mouse- clicks or menu items â whatever suits you r program. You should also get your employer (if yo u work as a programer) or your school, if any, to sign a âÂÂcopyright disclaimerâ for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program âÂÂGnomovisionâ (which makes passes at compilers) written by Jam es Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, Presiden t of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your pr ogram into pro prietary programs. If your pr ogram is a subr outi ne library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If t his is what you want to do , use the GNU Lesser General Public Li cense instead of this License. [GNU LESSER GEN ERAL PUBLIC LICENSE ] Version 2.1, Februa ry 1999 Copyright é 1991, 19 99 Free Software Foun dation, Inc. 51 Franklin Stre et, Fifth Floor, Bosto n, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distri bute verbat im copies of th is license document , but changing it is not allowed. [This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GN U Library Public License, versi on 2, hen ce the version number 2.1 .]
09 62 En Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away you r freedom to share and ch ange it. By contrast , the GNU General Publ ic Licenses are intended to guarantee your f reedom to share and change free s oftware â to make su re the software is free for all its us ers. This license, the Lesser General Pub lic License, applies to some specially de signated software pac kages â typically libraries â of the Fr ee Software Fo undation and other authors wh o decide to use it . You can use it too, but we sugge st you first think care fully about whethe r this license or the ordinary General Public License is the b etter strategy to us e in any particular case, based on the explanations below. When we speak of free so ftware, we are ref erring to freed om of use, not price. Our Ge neral Public Licen ses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free soft ware (a nd charge for this service if y ou wish); that you receive source code or c an get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pie ces of it in new free programs; and tha t you are informed t hat you can do these things. To protect you r rights, we need to make restrict ions that forbid distributor s to deny you these righ ts or to ask you t o surrend er these rights. T hese restriction s translate to ce rtain responsibil ities for you if you di st ribute copies of the li br ary or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute cop ies of th e library, whether gratis or for a fee, yo u must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You mus t make sure that they, too, receive or ca n get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object f iles to the recipie nts, so that they can relink them with the library af ter ma king changes to the library and recompiling it. And yo u must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your ri ghts with a two-step method: (1) we co pyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you le gal permission to copy, dis tribute and/or modi fy the libra ry. To protect each distrib utor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty f or the free library. Also, if the library is modifi ed by someo ne else and p assed on, the reci pients should know that what th ey have is not t he o riginal version, so t hat the or ig inal authorâÂÂs re putation will n ot be af fected by pro blems that migh t be introdu ced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant thre at to th e existence of any free pro gram. We wish to make sure that a co mpany cann ot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obta ining a restricti v e license from a patent ho lder. Theref ore, we insist that any patent license obtaine d for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU Gene ral Public Licens e. This license, the GNU Lesse r General Public License, applies to cer tain designated libraries, and i s quite differen t fr om the ordinary General Public Li cense. We use this licens e f or certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, wh ether statically or using a shared library , the combination of the two is legally sp eaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary Genera l Public License theref ore pe rmits such linking only if the entire co mbination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax crite ria for linking other co de with the lib rary. We call this license the âÂÂLesserâ Genera l Public License be cause it does Less to protect th e userâÂÂs free dom than the ordin ary G eneral Public Lice nse. It also provides other free software deve lopers Less of an advantage over co mpeting non-free programs. T hese disadvanta ges are the reas on we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides a dvant ages in cert ain special circumstances. For example, on rare occasions, there may b e a special need to encourage the widest possible us e of a certain libra ry, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve th is, non-free pr ograms must be allowed to use th e libra ry. A more frequent case is th at a free library does the sam e job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free lib rary to free software only, so we u se the Lesser Ge ner al Public License. In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs ena bles a gr eater number of people to use a large b ody of free software . For example, permission to use the GNU C Libra ry in non- free programs enable s many mo re people to use the whole GNU operating system, a s wel l as its variant, the GNU Linux operating system. Although the Lesser General Pub lic License is Less protective of the usersâ freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is l inked with the Libr ary has the free dom and the wher ewithal to run tha t program using a mo dified version of the Library. The precise terms and conditions for co pying, distri bution and mo dificatio n follow. Pay close attent ion to th e difference betwe en a âÂÂwork based on the libr aryâ and a âÂÂwork that uses the libraryâÂÂ. The f ormer contains code de rived from th e library, whereas th e latter must be comb ined with the library in order to run. GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND COND ITIONS FOR COPYING, DI STRIBUTION AN D MODIFICATION 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or othe r program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distribu ted under the t erms of this Lesser Ge neral Public Li cense (also called âÂÂthis Lice nseâÂÂ). Each licensee is addre ssed as âÂÂyouâÂÂ. A âÂÂlibraryâ means a collection of so ftware functions and/or da ta prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application prog rams (which use some of those functions an d data) to form exec utables. The âÂÂLibraryâÂÂ, below, refe rs to any such software li brary or work which has been distributed under the se terms. A âÂÂwork based o n the Libraryâ means either the Library or any derivative work under copy right law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, eithe r verbatim or with modifications and/or tr anslated straig htforwardly in to another la nguage. (Hereina fter, transla tion is include d without limit ation in the t erm â modificationâÂÂ.) âÂÂSource codeâ for a work means th e preferred form of the work for making modif ica tions to it. For a library, co mplete source co de means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associ ated int erface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and i nstallation of the library. Activities other than copying, distributio n and modificatio n are not covered by th is License; they are ou tside its scope. T he a ct of running a program usin g the Library is n ot restricted, and output from su ch a program is covered only if its contents co nstitute a wor k based on t he Li brary (independent of the use of the Library in a t ool for writing it) . Whether that i s true depends on wha t the Library does an d what the progr am that uses the Lib rary does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copie s of the LibraryâÂÂs complete source code as you rece ive it, in any medium, provided t hat you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appro priate co pyright notice and discl aimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and t o the absence o f any warranty; and dis tribute a copy of this Licen se along with the L ibrary. You may charge a fee for the physi cal act of transferring a copy, and you may at yo ur option offer warrant y protection in excha nge for a fee. 2. You may modify you r copy or copies of th e Library or any portion of it, t hus forming a work based on th e Library, and copy an d distribute such modifi cations or work under the terms of Se ction 1 above, provid ed that you also meet all of these c onditions:
09 63 En a) The modified work must it self be a software library. b) You must cause the files modifi ed to carry prominent notices st atin g that you cha nged the file s and the date o f any change. c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licens ed at no charge to all third parties under the te rms of this License. d) If a facility in th e modified Li brary refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application pro gram that u ses the facility, other than a s an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good fa ith effort to ensure that , in the event an applicatio n does not supply such function or table, the facility still operat es, and performs whatever part of it s purpose remains meaning ful. (For example, a f unction in a li brary to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined ind ependent of the ap plication. Therefore, S ubsection 2d requ ires that any application-supplied function or table used by t his function must be optional: i f the applicatio n does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identi fiable sections of that work are not derived from the Librar y, and can be rea sonably considered independent and separate works in themselv es, then this Lice nse, and its terms, do no t apply to those section s when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute th e same sections as pa rt of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribu tion of the whole must be on the terms of this Li cense, whose permission s for other licensees extend to th e entire whole, and thus to each and every p art regardles s of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest yo ur rights t o work written en tirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivat ive or collective works based on the Library. In addition, m ere aggregation of another wor k not based on the Librar y with the Librar y (or with a wo rk based on the Lib rary) o n a volume of a storage or distributi on medium does not bring the other work unde r the scope of this License. 3. You may opt to apply the terms o f the ordinary GNU General Publ ic License instead of this License to a given copy of the Libr ary. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU Gene ral Public Licens e, version 2, instead o f to thi s License. (If a newer v ersion than versio n 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public Licen se has a ppeared, th en you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices. Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordi nary GNU General Publ ic License applies to all subsequent co pies and derivative works made from t hat copy. This op tion is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of th e Library into a progra m that is not a library. 4. You may copy and distrib ute the Library (or a portio n or derivati ve of it, under Section 2) in object code or execut able form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompan y it with the complete corresponding ma chine-re adable source code, which mu st be distributed under th e terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium cust omarily used for so ftware interchange. If distribution of object code is made by offer ing access to copy f rom a designate d place, then o ffering equival ent access to c opy the source code fro m the same place satisfies th e requirement to dist ribute the source code, even though t hird parties ar e not compel led to copy the sou rce along with the obje ct code. 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of t he Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being com pil ed or linked with it, is called a âÂÂwork that uses the L ibraryâÂÂ. Such a work, in isol ation, is not a deri vative work of the Library, and there fore falls out side t he scope of this License. 6. However, l inking a âÂÂwork that us es the Libraryâ with the Librar y creates an executab le that is a derivative of the Lib rary (b ecause it contains portions of the Library), rathe r than a âÂÂwork tha t uses th e libraryâÂÂ. The executab le is therefor e covered by this Licen se. Section 6 states ter ms for distr ibution of such executable s. When a âÂÂwork t hat uses the Li braryâ uses mate rial from a h eader file that is part of th e Library, the ob ject code for th e work may be a derivative work of th e Library even th ough the source code is not. Whether th is is true is especi ally sign ificant if t he work can be li nked withou t th e Library, or if the work is itself a library. T he threshold f or this to be t rue is not preci sely defined by law. 7. I f s uch an obj ect fi le use s on ly nu me rical parameters, data struct ure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inlin e functions (ten lines or less in length) , then the use of the object file is unrestricted, reg ardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Execu table s containing this object code plus portions of the Library wi ll still fall under Section 6.) Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distrib ute the object cod e for the work u nder the terms of Secti on 6. Any executables containi ng that work also fall unde r Section 6, whether or not they are linked direct ly with the Library itself. 8. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a âÂÂwork that uses th e Libraryâ with the Library t o produc e a work containing portions of the Library, and distribu te that work under terms of your choice, provide d that the terms permit modif ication of the work fo r the custome râÂÂs own use and reverse engi neering for debugg ing such modificati ons. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Libra ry and its use are c overed by this Licens e. You must supply a copy of this Lice nse. If the work during execution displays copy right notices, yo u must include the co pyright not i ce for the Lib rary among them, as well as a reference di recting the user to the copy of this L icens e. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corre sponding machine-readable source code fo r the Library includin g whatever c hanges we re used in the work (which must be distri buted under Se ctions 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an execut able linked with the Li brary, with the c omplete machine-readable âÂÂwork that use s the LibraryâÂÂ, a s object code and /or source code , so that the us er can modify th e Library and the n relink to pro duce a modi fied executable containing the mod ified Library. (It is unde rstood that the user who changes the content s of definitions files in the Library w ill no t necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Use a suitab le shared libra ry mechanis m fo r linking with the Library. A suitab le mechan ism is one that (1 ) uses at ru n time a copy of the li brary already present on the userâÂÂs computer system, rath er than copying library functions into th e executable, and (2) will oper ate properly with a modified ve rsion of the library, if the user installs one, as lo ng as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work w as made with. c) Accompany t he work with a written offer, valid for at least th ree years, to give the same user th e materials specified in Sub section 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performi ng this distributi on. d) If distribution of the work is made by offering a ccess to copy fro m a designated place, offer equivalent acc ess to copy the a bove specified materials from the same plac e. e) Verify that the user has alre ady received a copy of the se materials or that you have a lready sent this user a copy.
09 64 En For an executab le, the required form of the âÂÂwork that uses th e Libraryâ must inclu de any data and utility progr ams needed for reproducing the execut able from it. However, as a special ex ception, th e materials to be distribute d need no t incl ude anyth ing that is no rmally distribut e d (in either source or binary form) with the m ajor components (c ompiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which th e executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies th e executable. It may happen that this require ment contradicts the license rest rictions of other propri etary libr aries that d o not normally ac comp any th e operati ng system. Such a contradiction mean s you cannot use both them an d the Library together in a n ex ecutable that you distribute. 9. You may place library facilities that are a work b ased on the Library side-by-side in a single library to gether with other li brary facilities not covered by this License, and dist ribute such a combine d library, provided th at the separate distri bution of the work base d on the Library and o f the other library facilities is otherwise permitte d, and provided that you do these tw o things: a) Accompany the comb ined library with a copy of the same work based on th e Library, uncombi ned with any oth er library facilitie s. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections abov e. b) Give prominent notice with the combined l ibrary of the f act that part o f it is a work base d on the Libra ry, and explaini ng wh ere to find the accomp anying uncombined f orm of the sam e work. 10. Yo u may not co py, modif y, sublice nse, link with, or distribute the Library exce pt as expressly provided under this License . Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and wi ll automatically t erminate your rights under this Lice n se. However, pa rties who have received copies, or rights, from yo u un der this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such pa rties remain in full comp liance. 11. You are not required to accept this License, since yo u have no t signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to mo dify or distribute the Library or its derivativ e works. These acti ons are prohibite d by law if you do not accept this License. Th erefore, by modifying or distrib uting the Library (or any work based on the Librar y), you indicate your a cce ptance of this License to do so, and a ll its terms and conditio ns for co pying, dis tributin g or modifying the Libr ary or works based on it. 12. Each ti me you redistribu te the Library (or a ny work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license fr om the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or mo dify the Library subje ct to these te rms and conditions. You may not impose any furt her restrictions on the recipientsâ exercise of the rights gran ted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compli ance by third parties with this License. 13. If, as a consequen ce of a court judgment or allegation o f patent inf ringement o r for any ot her reason ( not limited to patent issues), condit ions are imposed on you (whethe r by court order , agreement or othe rwise) that cont radict the conditions of this Li cense, the y do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot dis tribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations un der this License and any other pertinent o bligations, th en as a consequence y ou may not distrib ute the Library at all. For e xampl e, if a patent lic ense would no t permit ro yalty-free redistrib ution of the L ibrary by all those who receive copies directly or i ndirectly through you, th en the only way you co uld satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain enti rely from distr ibution of the Library . If any portio n of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under a ny particular circumstanc e, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this se ction to induce you to infring e any patents or other propert y right claims or to conte st validi ty of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free soft ware distribution system which is implemen ted by public licens e practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of so ftware distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute soft ware through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice . This section is intended to ma ke thorough ly clear what is believe d to be a consequen ce of the rest of th is License. 14. If t he distribution and/or use of the Libr ary is restricted in certain countries ei ther by patents or by copyrighted interfa ces, the original copyr ight holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding th ose countries, so th at di stribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case , this License incorporates the limitat ion as if written in the body of this Lice nse. 15. The Free Software Foundation may publ ish revised and/or new v e rsions of the Lesser Ge nera l Public Lice nse from tim e to time. Such new vers ions will be similar in spirit to the present versi on, but may diff er in detail t o address new p roblems or conce rns. Each version is given a distinguis hing version number. If the Library specifies a version numbe r of th is License which appli es to it and âÂÂany later versionâÂÂ, you have the option of following th e terms and conditio ns either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Softwa re Foundation . If the Library does not specify a license ve rsion number, you may choose any version ever publ ished by the Fr ee Software Foun dation. 16. If you wish to incorpora te parts of th e Library into other f ree programs wh ose di stribution conditions are incompatible wit h these, write to the auth or to ask for permi ssion. For softwar e which is co pyrighted by the Free Soft ware Foundation, write to the Fr ee Software Foundation; we so metimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by th e two goals of preserving the fr ee status of all derivatives of our free software an d of promoting th e sharing and reuse of softwa re generally. NO WARRANTY 17. BECA USE THE LIBRAR Y IS LICENSE D FREE OF CHARG E, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE L IBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCE PT WHEN OT HERWISE ST ATED IN WRITI NG THE COP YRIGHT HOL DERS AND/OR OT HER PART IES PROVIDE THE LIBR ARY âÂÂAS IS â WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PART ICULAR PURPOSE . THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO TH E QUALITY AND PERFOR MANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASS UME THE COST OF ALL NE CESSARY SERVICIN G, REPAIR OR CORREC TION. 18. IN NO EVENT UN LESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED T O IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRAR Y AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLU DING ANY GENERAL, S PECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CO NSEQUENTIAL DA MAGES ARISING OUT OF T HE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBR ARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LO SS OF DATA OR DATA BEING REND ERED INACCURATE O R LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAIL URE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERAT E WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PA RTY HAS BEEN AD VISED OF THE POS SIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND C ONDITIONS
09 65 En How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a ne w library, and you want it to be of the grea te st possible use to the public, we recommend making it fre e sof tware that everyone can redis tribute and change. Y ou can do so by permitti ng redistributio n under th ese term s (or, alternativel y, under the term s of the ordinary Ge neral Public License). To apply these terms, a ttach the following no tices to the librar y. It is safest to attach th em to the start of each source file to most effect ively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file shou ld have at least the âÂÂcopyrightâ line and a po inter to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the libraryâÂÂs nam e and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright é <year> <name of author> This library is free software; you can redi str ibute it and /or modify it under the te rms of the GN U Lesser General Pu blic Licen s e as pu blished by the Free Software Foundation; either ve rsion 2.1 of the Licen s e, or (at your option) an y later version. This library is distributed in the hope th at it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRAN TY; without even the implied war ranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FI TNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public Lice nse for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public Lic ense along with this library; if not, writ e to the Free Sof tware Foundation, Inc. , 51 Franklin Street, Fi fth Floor, Bo ston, MA 0211 0-1301 USA Also add information on how to co nt act you by electronic and paper mail. You should also get yo ur employer (if you work as a prog ramer) or your school, if any, to sign a âÂÂcopyrigh t disclaimerâ for the library, if nece ssary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims a ll copyright intere st in the library â Frobâ (a library for tweaking knobs ) written by James R andom Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 Ty Coon, Presiden t of Vice ThatâÂÂs all th ere is to it! [Linux Source Notice] The software programs used on this product include the Linux op erating system. The Linu x contains software licensed for use bas ed on the terms of a GNU General Public License. The machin e readable copy of the corresponding source co de is available fo r the cost of distribu tion. For more information or to obtain a copy, cont act your local Pioneer Customer Service center. Details of the GNU General Public License can be found at the GNU website (http://www.gnu.org). Specifications General System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blu-ray Disc PLAYER (BD-ROM, DVD-Video, DVD-R/-RW, CD, network file playback) Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 120 V, 60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 W Power consumption (standby) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 W Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 kg (14 lb 9 oz ) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 103 mm (H) x 353 mm (D) (16 9/16 in. (W) x 4 1/16 in. (H) x 13 15/16 in. (D)) Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ðC to 35 ðC ( 41 ðF to 95 ðF) Operating humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 % to 85 % (no condensation) HDMI output HDMI output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-pin Component Video output (Y, P B , P R ) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y: 1.0 Vp-p (75 é ) P B , PR : 0.7 Vp-p (75 é ) Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jacks S-Video output Y (luminance) - Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Vp-p (75 é ) C (color) - Output level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mVp-p (75 é ) Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-Video jack Video output Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Vp-p (75 é ) Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio output (1 stereo pair) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output 200 mVrms (1 kHz, âÂÂ20 dB) Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio output (multi-channel/L, R, C, SW, LS, RS) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output 200 mVrms (1 kHz, âÂÂ20 dB) Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio characteristics Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 22 kHz S/N ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 dB Dynamic range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 dB Total harmonic distort ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 % Wow and flutter . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (0.001 % W. PEAK) or lower Digital output Optical digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical digital jack Coaxial digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Other terminals LAN terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet jack (100BASE-TX) Control in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minijack (3.5 ø) IR in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minijack (3.5 ø) Accessories Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6P dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Stereo audio cable (red/white p lugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LAN cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Warranty card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Operating instructions The specifications and design of this prod uct are subject to change without notice.
Should this product require ser vice in the U.S.A. and you wish to locate the nearest P ioneer Authorized Independent Ser vice Company , or if you wish to purchase replacement parts, operating instructions, ser vice manuals, or accessories, please call the number shown below . 1 â 8 0 0 â 4 2 1 â 1 4 0 4 Please do not ship your product to P ioneer without first calling the Customer Support at the above listed number for assistance. P ioneer Electronics Ser vice, Inc. P .O . BOX 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. F or warranty information please see the Limited W arranty sheet included with your product. Should this product require ser vice in Canada, please contact a P ioneer Canadian Authorized Dealer to locate the nearest P ioneer Authorized Ser vice Company in Canada. Alternatively , please contact the Customer Satisfaction Department at the following address: P ioneer Electronics of Canada, Inc. Customer Satisfaction Department 300 Allstate P arkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2 1-877-283-5901 905-479-4411 F or warranty information please see the Limited W arranty sheet included with your product. Si ce produit doit être réparé au Canada, veuillez vous adresser àun distributeur autorisé P ioneer du Canada pour obtenir le nom du Centre de Ser vice Autorisé Pioneer le plus près de chez-vous. V ous pouvez aussi contacter le Service àla clientèle de Pioneer: P ioneer ÃÂlectroniques du Canada, Inc. Ser vice Clientèle 300, Allstate P arkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2 1-877-283-5901 905-479-4411 P our obtenir des renseignements sur la garantie, veuillez vous reporter au feuillet sur la garantie restreinte qui accompagne le produit. S018_C_EF Printed in Japan <07I000001> <VRB1478-A> Register Your Product on http://www.pioneerelectronics.com (US) http://www.pioneerelectronics.ca (Canada) PIONEER, ELITE, SOUND .VISION.SOUL, and the Pioneer , Elite and sound.vision.soul logos are trademarks of Pioneer Cor poration. Published b y Pioneer Cor poration. Cop yright é 2007 Pioneer Cor poration. All rights reserved. PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel A vila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Me xico,D .F . 11000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En
2 En The exclamation point within an equilate ral t riangle is intended to ale rt the use r to the pr esence of imp or tant op er ating and maintenance (se r vicing) inst ructions in the lite ratu re accom panying the a ppliance. The lightning flash with a rrowhead symbol, within an equilate ral t riangle, is intended to ale rt the use r to the presence of uninsulated "dange rous voltage" within the product's enclosu re that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of elect ric shock to pe rsons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A IMPORT ANT NOTICE î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî D1-4-2-6-1_En NOTE: îÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"î !"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂ%îÂÂ"î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!îÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî !!îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî $îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ# !#î îÂÂ"îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî "î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î #î îÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂî î îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î î !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î "î !î îÂÂ#!î !î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî "î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂ#î îÂÂî 'îÂÂî îÂÂî î 'îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂ!" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ#! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!" # îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'î îÂÂîÂÂ#! îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ#îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂî î îÂÂ%î $î î îÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî #î î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî # îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂî #îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!"î îÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî !î îÂÂî #!î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî #îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"î îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂî $îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî "î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 'îÂÂ"# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ#!î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ" 'îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ" î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ!# îÂÂ! î îÂÂ( î îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ" îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ( î î îÂÂî îÂÂî !î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂ!î îÂÂî î "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî "%îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î î îÂÂ( î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî "îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ#"îÂÂî "îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î #îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî "îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ%î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî " îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ( î î îÂÂîÂÂ!#îÂÂ"îÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî &îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î D8-10-1-2_En îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!$ ! -.6îÂÂîÂÂ)*9.( *îÂÂ( 3140.*6îÂÂ:.7-îÂÂ4& 57îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ3 îÂÂ7-*îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 80*6î îÂÂî 4*5& 7.32îÂÂ.6îÂÂ68' /*( 7îÂÂ73îÂÂ7-*î 3003:.2,îÂÂ7:3îÂÂ( 32).7.326î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! -.6îÂÂî )*9. (*îÂÂ1 &;îÂÂ237î (&86*îÂÂ- &51 80îÂÂ.27*5 *5*2 (* îÂÂî &2)î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ7-.6îÂÂ)*9. (*îÂÂ1867î &((*47î &2;îÂÂ.27*5 *5*2 (*îÂÂ5* (*.9*) îÂÂîÂÂ.2 (08).2,î .27*5 *5*2 (*îÂÂ7- &7îÂÂ1 &;î (&86*îÂÂ82)*6.5*)îÂÂ34*5 &7.32 î î 53)8 (7î îÂÂ&1* îÂÂî îÂÂ08 î 5 &;î îÂÂ.6 (î îÂÂî î $îÂÂî î 3)*0îÂÂî 81' *5î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î *64326.' 0*î îÂÂ& 57;îÂÂîÂÂ& 1*î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ#î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î ))5*66î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ% î ! î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"î îÂÂîÂÂî î -32*î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ# îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî CAUTION: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î D8-10-3a_En Information to User îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî D8-10-2_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so you will know how to operate your model properly . After you have finished reading the instructions, put them away in a safe place for future reference. CAUTION : USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MA Y RESUL T IN HAZARDOUS RADIA TION EXPOSURE. CAUTION : THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL INCREASE EYE HAZARD. D6-8-2-1_En
3 En CAUTION This product is a class 1 lase r product, but this pr oduct contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. T o ensu re continued safety, do not remove any cove rs o r attem pt to gain access to the inside of the product. Ref e r all ser vicing to qualified p er sonnel. D3-4-2-1-8_B_En The following caution label a ppea rs on you r unit. Location: inside of the unit î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î "îÂÂ#%îÂÂ)îÂÂ!'îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ% îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ%îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂ!"'îÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!*îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ&"(%îÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ&(îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"!îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$(îÂÂ# îÂÂ!'îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$!) îÂÂ%) ./îÂÂ''%)# îÂÂ/$% .îÂÂ0)% /îÂÂîÂÂ(îÂÂ&! îÂÂ.0-! îÂÂ/* îÂÂ'!î 1! îÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂ! î î -* 0) îÂÂ/$! îÂÂ0)% /îÂÂ"* -îÂÂ1!) /%'î /%*) îÂÂ/* îÂÂ%( - * 1! îÂÂ$!î /î - î %îÂÂ/ %*)îÂÂî îÂÂ/î '!îÂÂ./î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(î îÂÂ/îÂÂ/ * îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(î îÂÂ/îÂÂ- !î -î î îÂÂ) î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ( îÂÂî /îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂ.% ! îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ'* /.îÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ* !)%)# .îÂÂ%) îÂÂ/$! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%)! /îÂÂî -! î - * 1% ! îÂÂ"* -î 1 !)/ %'îÂÂ/ %*)îÂÂ/ *î !).0- ! îÂÂ- !'%îÂÂîÂÂ'! îÂÂ* ! -î /%*) îÂÂ*" îÂÂ/$! î -* 0î /îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ/* î - * /!î /îÂÂ% /îÂÂ" -*( îÂÂ* 1! -$!î /%)# îÂÂî îÂÂ* î -! 1!) /îÂÂ"% - ! îÂÂ$î 4î - îÂÂîÂÂ/$! îÂÂ* !)%)# .îÂÂ.$* 0' îÂÂ)! 1! -îÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂ'*îÂÂ&! îÂÂ* -îÂÂîÂÂ* 1! -! îÂÂ2% /$ îÂÂ% /!( .îÂÂîÂÂ.0îÂÂ$ îÂÂî .îÂÂ)! 2. î ! -.îÂÂî / îÂÂîÂÂ'!î îÂÂ'*/ $.îÂÂî îÂÂ0-/ îÂÂ%).îÂÂî *-î îÂÂ3î * !- îÂÂ/ %)#îÂÂ/ $!î ! ,0% (!) /îÂÂ*) îÂÂ/$%îÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂî - ! /îÂÂ* -îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! î î îÂÂî î î î î î î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ) Operating Environment îÂÂ#îÂÂ$îÂÂ&îÂÂ!î îÂÂîÂÂ!(îÂÂ$"! îÂÂ!& îÂÂ&î #îÂÂ$îÂÂ&'$î îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&* î î î î î îÂÂ&" îÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂ&" îÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ%% îÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂ""îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂ(îÂÂ!&% îÂÂ!"& îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ" îÂÂ!"& îÂÂîÂÂ!%&îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ&îÂÂîÂÂ% îÂÂ'!îÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂ#""$îÂÂ* îÂÂ(îÂÂ!&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"$ îÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ&îÂÂ"!% îÂÂîÂÂ)#"%îÂÂî îÂÂ&" îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&* îÂÂ"$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$îÂÂîÂÂ& îÂÂ%'!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ& îÂÂîÂÂ"$ î %&$"!î îÂÂîÂÂ$&îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ&î D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o pr event a fire or shock hazard, do not place any container filled with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_B_En î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂî î !îÂÂîÂÂ!î îÂÂ%$,îÂÂ' îÂÂ(*%%!- îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ'( î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$'î #î îÂÂ)$ îÂÂîÂÂ$*#)'- îÂÂ$' îÂÂ' îÂÂî $# îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ(*'î îÂÂ)îÂÂîÂÂ) îÂÂ)îÂÂî î %$,îÂÂ' îÂÂ(*%%!- î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ'îÂÂî îÂÂ,îÂÂîÂÂ' î îÂÂ)î ( îÂÂ*# ) î , !! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ*(îÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂ)( îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂ&* ' îÂÂî î $!)îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î $' îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ,' ))îÂÂ# îÂÂ$# îÂÂ)îÂÂî îÂÂ'îÂÂîÂÂ' îÂÂ%îÂÂ#îÂÂ! îÂÂî îÂÂî î î î î î î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ# î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ
4 En îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ! îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî î !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. CAUTION The îÂÂîÂÂST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not com pletely shut off all powe r f rom the AC outlet. Since the powe r co rd se r ves as the main disconnect device fo r the unit, you will need to un plug it f rom the AC outlet to shut down all powe r . The refo re, make su re the unit has been installed so that the p ower cor d can be easily unp lugged fr om the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fi re haza rd, the powe r co rd should also be un plugged f rom the AC outlet when left unused fo r a long pe riod of time (fo r exam ple, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ$î îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ"îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî !îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ$ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂ"îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂî îÂÂ!îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî î W ARNING: î î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î D36-P4_A_En W ash hands after handling î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ
5 En S001_En Selecting fine audio equi pment such as the unit youâÂÂve just pu rchased is only the sta rt of you r musical enjoyment. Now itâÂÂs time to conside r how you can maximize the fun and excitement you r equi pment offe rs. This manufactu re r and the Elect ronic Indust ries AssociationâÂÂs Consume r Elect ronics G rou p want you to get the most out of you r equi pment by playing it at a safe level. One that lets the sound come th rough loud and clea r without annoying bla ring o r disto rtion-and, most im po rtantly , without affecting you r sensitive hea ring. Sound can be deceiving. Ove r time you r hea ring âÂÂcomfo rt levelâ ada pts to highe r volumes of sound. So what sounds âÂÂno rmalâ can actually be loud and ha rmful to you r hea ring. Gua rd against this by setting you r equi pment at a safe level BEFORE you r hea ring ada pts. T o establish a safe level: ⢠Sta rt you r volume cont rol at a low setting. ⢠Slowly inc rease the sound until you can hea r it comfo rtably and clea rly , and without disto rtion. Once you have established a comfortable sound level: ⢠Set the dial and leave it the re. T aking a minute to do this now will hel p to prevent hea ring damage o r loss in the futu re. Afte r all, we want you listening fo r a lifetime. We W ant Y ou Listening For A Lifetime Since hea ring damage f rom loud noise is often undetectable until it is too late, this manufactu re r and the Elect ronic Indust ries AssociationâÂÂs Consume r Elect ronics G rou p recommend you avoid pr olonged exp osur e to excessive noise. This list of sound levels is included fo r you r protection. Decibel Level Example 30 Quiet lib ra r y , soft whis pe rs 40 Living room, ref rige rato r , bed room away f rom t raffic 50 Light t raffic, no rmal conve rsation, quiet office 60 Ai r conditione r at 20 feet, sewing machine 70 V acuum cleane r , hai r d r ye r , noisy restau rant 80 Ave rage city t raffic, ga rbage dis posals, ala rm clock at two feet. THE FOLL OWING NOISES CAN BE DANGEROUS UNDER CONST ANT EXPOSURE 90 Subway , moto rcycle, t ruck t raffic, lawn mowe r 100 Ga rbage t ruck, chain saw , pneumatic d rill 120 Rock band conce rt in f ront of s peake rs, thunde rcla p 140 Gunshot blast, jet plane 180 Rocket launching pad Info rmation cou rtesy of the Deafness Resea rch F oundation.
6 En Contents 01 Before you start Featur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 WhatâÂÂs in the box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Putting the batteries in the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Using the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Disc/content form at playback compatibil ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 File c ompatibil ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Titles and chapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 DVD-Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 BD-ROM regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 02 Connecting up Rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Easy connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Using other types of video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Connecting for HDMI outp ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Connecting using the component vide o output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Changing the output video resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Connecting using an S-Video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Connecting for surround sou nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Network connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Controlling this player via another Pioneer compon ent . . . . . . . 16 Using an external IR re ceiver with this player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 03 Controls and displays Front pan el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Front panel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 04 Getting Started Switchin g on and setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Setting up for network use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Playing movies, music an d photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Playbac k control s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 05 Using the Disc Navigator Introduc tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Movie Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Photo Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Music Navigato r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 06 Using the Home Media Gallery Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About network playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Using the Home Media Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Movie Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Photo Navi gator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Music Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect . . . . 38 07 Video/Audio Adjust menu Video Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Audio Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 08 Initial Setup menu Using the Initial Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 About the audio output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Speaker Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Software updatin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 09 Additional information Taking care of your p layer and discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Screen sizes and disc form ats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Resetting the pla yer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Setting up the remote to control your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 TV Preset code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 BD/DVD language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 BD/DVD country/area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Troubleshootin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
01 7 En Chapter 1 Before you start Features BD-ROM playback Blu-ray Disc is a next-generation video disc format featuring far higher disc capacity than conven tional DVD. The higher ca pacity makes a whole range of new and e nhanced features possible, such as support for high-definition vi deo up to 1920 x 1 080 pixels, high quality, surround sound audio, gr eater interactivity and richer content. BD-ROM discs are commercially prod uced discs (Video Distribution format) that can contain movi e and other video content, in teractive content, enhance d menu features su ch as pop-up menus (p ress POPUP MENU/MENU during playback fo r these), full-colo r, high-defin ition animated b uttons and anim ated menu transi tion effects, button soun ds (sound s ar e played when menu button s are selected or activated), hig h-definitio n bitmap sub titles suppo rting full-color images with frame- accurate ani mation effec ts up to full video frame rate, and so on. While BD cap acity is enou gh for most ap plications, th e BD-ROM standard allows for content to be spread across several discs, removing the limit of one physical disc. F ollow the on-screen instructions during playbac k wh en using these special kinds of discs. BD-J application The BD-ROM spec ification sup ports Java for interactive content. The Java specificatio n for BD-ROM is known as BD-J. This a llows content providers to put games and other interactive materia l linked to specific titles on to BD-ROM di scs. (This pl ayer does not support downloadable BD-J content, direct connection to the Intern et or the retrieval of content through the Internet.) ⢠J ava and all Java-based trademar ks and logos are tr ademarks or registered tradem arks of Sun Micr osystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. ⢠é 2000-2007 Esmertec AG Esmertec and Jbed are trademarks and/or regist ered trademarks of Esmertec AG. Connect to a loca l area net work Connect this player to one or more computers in your house via Ethernet and use them a s media servers, streaming audio, video and still image files for p layback on your TV and/o r audio system. HDMI digital interface The HDMI (High-D efinition Mu ltimedia Interfa ce) interconnec t provides high quality digital aud io and video, all from a single user-friendly connector. HDMI is the first consumer electronics interface to s upport unco mpre ssed standa rd, enhanced, or high-definition video plus stan dard to multi-channel surround sound audio, all using one int erfac e. You can ea sily connect to an HDMI-equipped AV receiver or audi o-visual device for high quality audio and video. ⢠HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Inte rface are trademarks or registered tr ademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC. HDMI Control By connecting this unit to a Pionee r plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receiver etc.) with an HDMI cable, you can control this unit from the connected plasma display, as well as have the connected plasma display or AV system automatically change inputs in respo nse to this u nit st arting playba ck or having the GUI screen (ex. Disc Navigator) disp layed (known as the Auto-select function). The connected plasma display can thereby have its power turned from off to on by this function. You can also have th is unit turn on auto matically when you control this unit fro m a connected plasma d isplay that is turned on (Simultan eous po wer function). Additionally, when the language informat ion from a co nnected plasma display is received, you can have this unitâÂÂs on-screen display language cha nge automaticall y to that of the plasma display (only when playback is stopped an d GUI screen is not displaye d). Refer to your plasma displayâÂÂs operating m anual for more information regarding ho w your plasm a displa y transmit s language information. For more information about which oper ations can be carrie d out by connecting via HDMI cable, refer to th e operating manual for your plasma display or AV system. PureCinema When you playback film material (24 frames/second) on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc, the progressive s can line automa tically convert s the film material to optimum qua lity (see PureCinema on page 39). 1080/60p and 1 080/24p output video This player supports a variety of ou tput video resolution s, up to 1080 lines/60 frames per seco nd, progressive (HDMI only), makin g it ideal for playing hig h-definition Blu-ray Discs.
01 8 En High quality audio This player is compatible wit h Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS-HD High Resolution Au dio, Dolby Digital and DTS. To enjoy Dolb y TrueHD, Dolby Di gital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolut ion Audio at the maximum pe rformance, connect this player to a Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Pl us or DTS-HD High Reso lution Audio-comp atible AV amplifier using an HD MI cable. Then, a fter placing a Blu-ray Disc record ing a material with Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, open the disc menu and select âÂÂDolby TrueHDâÂÂ, âÂÂDolby Digital Plusâ or âÂÂDTS-HD High Resolution Audioâ from the menu. For the output conditions of var ious audio types, see About the audio output settings on page 44. ⢠Manufactured under license from Dolby Lab oratories. âÂÂDolbyâ and the double-D sym bol are tradem arks of Dolby Laboratories. ⢠âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surr oundâ are registered trade marks of DTS, Inc. Movie file playback Video files encoded in the Windo ws Media⢠Video (WMV), MPEG-1/ 2 formats ar e playable f rom DVD-R/-RW, or from a connecte d media server. Music file playback This player supports various au dio formats, including Windows Media Audio (WMA), MP3 and WAV. You can play files stored on DVD-R/-RW, or from a con nected media server. Photo file playback PNG, GIF and JPEG image files â including the popu lar EXIF format used by most digital cameras t o store picture shooting information together with the JPEG image â ar e playable from DVD-R/- RW, or from a connected media server. ⢠Windows Media⢠is a tradem ark of Microsoft Corporation. ⢠This product includes technology owned by Micros oft Corporation and cannot be used o r distributed without a l icense from Microsoft Licensi ng, Inc. WhatâÂÂs in the box Please confirm that the following accessories are in th e box along with these operating instructions when you open it: â¢R e m o t e c o n t r o l ⢠AA/R6P dry cell batte ries x2 ⢠Stereo audio cable (red/white plugs) ⢠Video cable (yellow plugs) â¢L A N c a b l e â¢P o w e r c a b l e ⢠W arranty card Putting the batteries in the remote control ⢠Insert two AA/R6P batteries in to the battery compartment following the in dications ( ï« ,ïª ) insid e the com partment. Important Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards such as leakage and bursting. Please ob serve th e following: ⢠DonâÂÂt mix new and old batteries together. ⢠DonâÂÂt use differen t kinds of batteries together â although they may look similar, different batte ries may ha ve different voltages. ⢠Make su re that the plus and minu s ends of each battery match the indications in the battery com partment. ⢠Remove batteries from equipment that isnâÂÂt going to be used for a month or more. ⢠Wh en disposin g of used ba tteries, pl ease comply with governmental regulations or envi ronment al public ins tructionâÂÂs rules that apply in your country/area. ⢠WARNING Do not use or store batteries in direct sunlight or other excessively hot place, such as inside a car or near a heater. This can cause batteries to lea k, overheat, explode or catch fire. It can also reduce the life or performance of batteries. D3-4-2 -3-3_E n Using the remote con trol Please keep in mind the follo wing when using the remote control: ⢠Make sure tha t there are no obstacles between th e remote and the remote sensor on the unit. ⢠The remote has a range of abo ut 23 feet (at an angle of 30ú from either side of the sensor). Use within this range in front of the remote control sensor on the front p anel. ⢠Remote opera tion may become unrel iable if strong sun light or fluorescent light is shining on the unitâÂÂs r emote sensor. ⢠Remote co ntrollers for different devices can interfere with each other. Avoid using remotes for oth er equipment located close to this unit. ⢠Replace the batteries when you no tice a fall off in the operating range of the remo te. ⢠When the batteries run down or you chan ge the batteries, the TV preset codes are automatically reset. See Resetting the player on page 47 to reset them.
01 9 En Disc/content format playback compatibility General disc compatibility This player is compatible with a range o f disc types (media) and formats. Compatib le discs will us ually feature one of th e following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable BD, D VD or CD, may be in a n unplayable format â see below fo r further compatibility information. ⢠âÂÂBlu-ray Discâ and are trademarks. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. ⢠This player may not be able to play perfectly every disc that features one of the logos listed above. Please cont act Pioneer if you find a disc th at wonâÂÂt play prop erly. BD compatibility ⢠This player can pl ay BD -ROM discs. â BD-ROM discs shoul d conform to BD-ROM Profile 1. ⢠This player can play BD -R discs. â This player is compatible w ith Blu-ray Disc Rec ordable forma t Ver. 2 1 . â This player is not compat ible with Blu-r ay Disc Recordab le format Ver. 1 2 . ⢠This player can play BD -RE discs. â This player is compatible w ith Blu-ray Dis c Rewritabl e format Ver. 3 1 . â This player is not compat ible with Blu-r ay Disc Rewri table format Ver. 1 3 and Ver. 2 2 . ⢠This player can play 1 2 cm disc s, but cannot play 8 cm discs. DVD compatibility ⢠This player can play D VD-RO M (DVD-Video)/-R/-RW discs. â This player can play DVD-R /-R W discs recorded as DVD-Video format. â This player cannot play unf inalized DVD di scs and VR m ode DVD discs. â This player can also p lay DVD discs containing PC data . See below for the file compat ibility. ⢠This player ca nnot play DVD-Audio a nd DVD-RAM discs. CD compatibility ⢠This player can play CD-DA dis cs. ⢠PC files stored on CDs canno t be played back. ⢠Regarding copy protected CDs: This product is designed to conform to the specifications of the Audio CD format. This player does not support the playback o r f u n c t i o n o f d i s c s t h a t d o not conform to these specification s. ⢠The au dio signals of a CD output at th e DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) jacks of this player are protected from copying and can not be copied on other exte rnal components. DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc , one side of which contains DVD content â video, audio, etc. â whil e the other side contains non-DVD content such as dig ital audio m aterial. The DVD side of a DualDisc will pl ay in this product (excluding any DVD-Audio content). The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compatible with this player. It is possible tha t when loading or ejecting a DualDisc, the opposite side to that being played will be s cratched. Scratched discs may not be playable. For more detailed information on th e DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufa cturer or disc retailer. PC-created disc compatibility Discs recorded using a persona l computer may not be playable in this unit due to the settings of the application software used to create the disc. Check with the soft ware publisher for more detailed information. Important ⢠This play er cannot play discs other than the ones listed in this chapter. ⢠Do not use 8 cm disc adapters wi th this pl ayer. 8 cm dis cs can be played directly by placing then in the 8 cm disc depression in the center of the disc tray. File compatibility ⢠Comp atible media: DVD-R, DVD-RW , media server on netwo rk (some formats may not be supported depending on the media server type). ⢠Even when they are in a supported format, some files m ay not play or display depending on the con tent. ⢠Even when playing a supported format, some function s may not operate properly depending on the conte nt. ⢠DRM-pr otected contents on DVD-R/-RW discs or on media servers that do not supp ort WMDRM, and oth erwise incompatibl e files are skip ped. Note 1 The standard for recording of BDMV format data. 2 The standard for recording of BDAV format data. 3 The standard that uses the provided cartridge. DVD-Video DVD-R Blu-ray Disc (BD) DVD-RW DVD-R DL
01 10 En ⢠Please note, the following file naming structu re needs to be adhered to when creating/renaming any digita l media to be played on the unit (either throug h computer-created disc me dia, or the Home Media Gallery connectio n). This disclaimer does not apply to any media purchased at retail loca tions: Due to the coding system used, this player wi ll only read/play files named using standard alphan umeric characters. An y other characters or symbols (e.g. characters with accents) used in nam ing the file will render it unreadable/unplayable by the unit. If yo u encounter any difficulties with playback of media, please rename the file in accordance to this stand ard. Supported video formats ⢠Windows Medi a Video 9 (WMV9) 1 â MP@HL ⢠Windows Media Vi deo 9 (WMV9) Advanced Profi le (VC-1) â AP@L3 ⢠MPEG-2 (PS/TS) â MP@HL ⢠MPEG-1 Supported audio formats ⢠Windows Medi a Audio 9 (WMA9) â Bit rate: up to 192 kbps (constant bit-rate (CBR) ); up to 384 kbps (variable bit-rate (VBR)) â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz ⢠Windows Media Audio 9 Professional (WMA9 Pro) â Bit rate: up to 768 kbps â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz â Channels: up to 5.1c h ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) â Sampling rates: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz â Bit rate: up to 320 kbps ⢠Linear PCM (WAV) â Sampling rates: 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz Supported image formats â¢J P E G â File format: JFIF or Exif â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4 096 pixels Baseline JPEG and progressive JPEG are supported â¢P N G â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4096 pixels â¢G I F â Resolution: up to 4096 x 4096 pixels File extensions The following file extensions shou ld be used with this player: â¢V i d e o âÂÂ.wmvâ âÂÂ.mpgâ âÂÂ.mpegâ â¢A u d i o âÂÂ.wmaâ âÂÂ.mp3â âÂÂ.wavâ â¢I m a g e âÂÂ.jpgâ âÂÂ.jpegâ âÂÂ.pngâ âÂÂ.gifâ Even when files have a supported file exten sion, some files may not play or display depending on the content or media server type. Titles and chapters BD and DVD movie discs are divided into o ne or more titles. Titles may be further subdivided into chapters. DVD-Video regions All commercially produced DVD mo vies (DVD-Video discs) carry a region mark on the case somewher e that indi cates which reg ion(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. This player also has a region mark, whic h you can find on the rear pane l. Discs from incompatibl e regions will not play i n this player. Discs marked ALL will play in any player. The diagram below shows the various DVD regions of the world. This player is region 1 . BD-ROM regions Like DVD movies, BD movie discs (BD-ROM ) also carry a region mark that in dicates wh ich region( s) of the world the disc is compat- ible with. This pla yer also has a region mark, which you ca n find on the rear panel. Di scs from incom patible region s will not play in this player. Discs marked ALL will play in any player. The diagram below shows t he variou s BD-ROM regions of the world. This player is region A . Note 1 This player is not compatible with WMV9 Complex Profile. Title 1 Title 2 Title 3 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 2 Cha pte r 3 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 1 Cha pte r 2 1 2 2 5 5 6 3 2 1 4 4 Region A Region B Region C
02 11 En Chapter 2 Connecting up Rear panel 1A C I N Connect the supplied power co rd here, then plug in to a power outlet. 2 CONTROL IN Use to control th is player from the remote sensor of a nother Pioneer component with a CONTROL OUT terminal and bearing the ï± mark. Connect the CONTROL OUT of th e other component to the CONTROL IN of this player using a mini-plug cord (page 16). 3 HDMI OUT HDMI output providing a high quality interface for digital audio and video (page 13). 4 LAN (100) Ethernet port for 100BASE-TX (100 M bps) network connection (page 16). 5 VIDEO OUT and S-VIDEO OUT Video output (composite) that you can connect to you r TV or AV receiver using the supplied video cable (page 12). S-Video output that you can use instead of the VIDEO OUT jacks (page 14). 6 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT High quality video output for co nnection to a TV, monitor or A V receiver that has component video inpu ts. Connect using a commer cially available three-way componen t video cable (page 13) . 7 DIGITAL A UDIO OUT (CO AXIAL/OPTICAL) Digital audio outputs for connection to a PCM, Dolby Digital, and/o r DTS-compatible AV receiver (page 15 ). 8 AUD IO OUT (5.1ch ) Multi-channel (5.1ch) analo g audio outputs for conn ection to an AV receiver with multi-chann el analog au dio inputs (page 15 ). 9 AUDIO OUT (2ch) Stereo analog audio outputs for connection to your TV, AV receiver or stereo system (page 12). 10 IR IN Jack for an external IR (infra red) remote control receiver (pa ge 17). 11 IR RECEIVER switch Switch to the setting compatible with your external IR remote control receiver (page 17). Tip ⢠When conn ecting this player to your TV, AV receiver or other equipment, make sure that all compon ents are âÂÂswitched offâ and âÂÂunpluggedâ . ⢠You may find it useful to have the manuals supplied with your other components handy when co nnecting this player. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN AC IN 1 10 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
02 12 En Easy connections This is a basic set up that allows you to watch discs on your TV using just the cables supplied. Important ⢠This pla yer is equipped with co py protection tech nology. Do not connect this player to your TV via a VCR using AV cables, as the picture from this player will not ap pear properly on your TV. (Thi s player may also not b e compatible with some combinati on TV/ VCRs for the same reason; refer to the manufacturer for more information.) ⢠D o not unplug the player from the power outlet while it is switched on. ⢠Do not plug this player into a switched power supply found on some amplifiers and AV receivers. 1 Connect the VIDEO OUT and one pair of AUDIO OUT (2ch ) jacks to a set o f audio/video inpu ts on your TV. Use the supplied red/white stereo audio and yellow video cables. Make sure you matc h up the left and right audio outputs with their corresponding inputs for corre ct stereo sound. See Using other type s of video output below if you want to use a different type of connectio n. 2 Connect the supplied AC powe r cord to the AC IN inlet, then plug into a powe r outlet. Using other types of video output This player has standard (composi te), S-Video and component vi deo outputs, as well as an HDMI co nnector (for digital video/audio). In order to be able to watch HD (h igh definition) BDs at their full resolution, you should connect the player to your TV using eithe r the component video output, or (even better) the HDMI output. An HDMI connection will additi onally give you HD output when watching DVDs. If your display has neither of these conn ection types, an S-Video jack is also provided, which should give slightly better video quality than using the standard video output. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN AC IN To power outlet TV To video input To audio input
02 13 En Connecting for HDMI output If you have an HDMI or D VI (with HDCP) equipped monitor or display, you can connect it to this player u sing a commercially available H DMI cable that supports t he HDMI 1.3 spe cificatio n (Category 2) or later. The HDMI connector outp uts uncompre ssed digital video, as well as most digital audio formats. Important ⢠This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-Definition Multim edia Interface). Depending on the component you have co nnected, using a DVI co nnection may result in unreliable si gnal transfers. ⢠If yo u change the display connected to the HDMI output, you will also need to cha nge the outp ut video resol ution settin gs to match the new display (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14 to do this). ⢠The HDMI connection is compatib le with 8-channel linear PCM signals (44.1 kHz to 192 kHz 1 , 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit), Dolby Digital, Dolby TrueHD, D olby Digital Pl us, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio and DTS (5.1 c hannel signals) bitstream s. ⢠Depending o n the HDMI cable being used, 1080p output ma y not appear correctly. ⢠If yo u connect a DVI device to the HDMI outpu t of this player, ensure that i t is compliant with High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP). If yo u choose to connect to a DVI connector, you will need a separate adaptor (DVI ï¤ HDMI) to do so. A DVI connection, however, does not supp ort audio signals. Consult your local audio dealer for more info rmation. ⢠Use an HDMI cable (not supp lied) to connect the HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to an HDMI interconnect on an HDMI-compatible di splay. ⢠The arrow on the ca ble connector body should be face up for correct alignment with the con nector on the player. After switching on the player you ma y need to set the output video resolution an d HDMI color space for c ompatibility w ith your dis play. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14 and HDMI Color Spa ce in Using the Initial Setup menu on page 41. About HDMI HDMI supports both standard an d high-definition vi deo, plus standard and multi-chan nel surroun d-sound audio. HDMI features include uncompressed digital vi deo, one connector (instead of several cables and connecto rs), and communica tion between the AV source and AV devices such as DTVs. HDMI was developed to provide the technologies of High-bandwidth Digital Conten t Protection (HD CP) as well as Digital Vis ual Interface (DVI) in one specificatio n. HDCP is used to protec t di gital content transmitted and received by DVI-c ompliant displays. About HDMI Control You can enable HDM I Control by turning the HDMI Control setting to On for all components connecte d via HDMI cable. Check the video output from this un it once you have comp leted making connections an d settings for all co mponents. Y ou will need to check the video output each time you cha nge connected components or remove the HDMI cable. The HDMI Control functions may not opera te properly if you do not use an HDMI cable that supports the HDMI 1.3 specification (Category 2) or later. Connecting using the component video output You can use the component video ou tput instead of the standard video out jack to connect this player to your TV (or other equipment). ⢠Use a component video cab le (not supplied) to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks to a component video inpu t on your TV, mon itor or AV receiver. Be careful to match up the colors of the three jacks for correct connection. Note 1 There are some restrictions depending on the sampling rate. For more information see Abou t the audio ou tput settin gs on page 44. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN HDMI-com patible dis play To HDMI interconnect AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To component video input TV
02 14 En Changing the output video resolution Use the OUTPUT RESOLUTION button located on both the front panel and the remote control to s witch the out put video r esolution for the HDMI and comp onent video outputs. The table below shows the output settings. Note ⢠Depending o n your display, some of the settings may result in the picture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until th e picture re-appears. ⢠1080/60p an d 1080/24p output is only compatible with HDM I displays. They are not compatible with the com ponent video output. ⢠When output video resolu tion is set to 720p, 1080i or 108 0p , video is output in 16:9 format even if TV Aspect Ratio (page 41) is set to 4:3 (Standard) . ⢠If the contours of the displayed subjects look jagged or blurred, try settin g the output video reso lution to 480i . (If you connecte d this player to your TV with the HDMI connection and the picture disappears when you switch the output video re solution to 480i , use the component connection with the 480i output video resolution or S-Video, the stan dard composite connec tion instead.) ⢠No te that when using a Com ponent Video connection with a TV or other A V component ( not using HDMI), 480/60i video may be output in 480/60p. 24p output For smooth presentation of 1080/24p or 720/24p video with an HDMI-equipped display compatib le with 1080/24 p input, set 24p Dir ect Ou t (page 41) on this player to On . This player will outp ut 1080/24p video over HDMI in the following cases: ⢠1080/24 p video: When the output video resolution is set to Auto or Source Direct . ⢠720/24p video: Wh en the output video resolution is set to Auto . Note ⢠Even when 24p Direct Out is set to On , if a TV not compatible with 1080/24p video is connected, the actual fram e frequency of the video output will be 60 Hz. ⢠The video output will be inte rrupted when switching the video output from 1080/24p or 720/24p to other output video resolutions, or when switchi ng to 1080/24 p or 720/24p from other output video resoluti ons. Connecting using an S-Video output You can use the S-Video output instead o f the VIDEO OUT jack to connect this player to your TV (or other equipment). ⢠Use an S-Video cable (n ot supplied) to connect the S-VIDEO OUT to an S-Video input on your TV, monitor or AV recei ver. Line up the small triangle a bove th e jack with the same mar k on the plug before plugging in . Setting HDMI output Component output Video/S-Video output AUTO TVâÂÂs preferred resolution 1,2 1. Refer to 24p output below for conditions. 2. The vide o output will be interrupted when switching the v ideo output. TVâÂÂs preferred resoluti on 3 3. For resolutions that cannot be output by comp onent output, video is outp ut in the following resolutions: 480 /60i 480/60i 480i 480/60i 480/60i 480/60i 480p 480/60p 480/60p 480/60i 720p 720/60p 720/60p 4 ,5 4. Video output is 480i du ring copy protecte d DVD-Video playback. 5. Video output during BD-ROM playba ck is 480i dependi ng on the disc. 480/60i 1080i 1080/60i 1080/60i 4,5 480/60i 1080p 1080/60p 480/60i 480/60i Source Direct Dependent on source 1,2 Dependent on source 2,5,6, 6. The frame frequency for 1080/24p is still 60 Hz. 480/60i AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To S-video input TV
02 15 En Connecting for surround sound This player offers both an alog and digital connections for surround sound. The digital outp uts (coaxial and optical) provide a con venient way to connect this player to an AV re ceiver with built-in Dolby Digital and/or DTS deco ders. The 5. 1ch analog outputs can be used to connect to an AV receiver with multi-channel analog audio inputs. Check the operating instructions that came with your AV receiver for more on these connections. Digital connections ⢠Connect one of the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/ OPTICAL) ja cks on this player to a digital inp ut on your A V receiver. Optical connecti on: Use an optical cable (not supplied) to connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT OPTICAL ja ck to an opti cal input on your AV receiver. ⢠W hen inserting the plug, the protective shutter will open an d you should hear the plu g click into position when fully inserted. Take care not to force the plug as this may damage th e shutter, the cable and/or the player. Coaxial connection: Use a coaxial cable (not sup plied) to connect the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT COAXIAL jack to a coaxial input on your AV receiver. Note ⢠L inear PCM audio output over the DIGITAL AUDIO OU T (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) jacks is limited to 2c h, 48 kHz. Analog connections ⢠Connect the AUDIO OUT (5. 1ch) jacks on this playe r to the multi-channel analog inpu ts on your A V receiver. Use a dedicated six-way cable (not su pplied), or three sets of stereo cables (not supplied) to connect the six channels. Check careful ly that each channel is c onnected to it s corresponding channel on the AV receiver. After connecting, you can make sett ings for the number of speakers connected to your system â see the Speakers section of the In itial Setup menu on page 43 and Speaker Setup on page 45. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To coaxial/optical digital input AV r eceiver AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To multi-channel input AV r eceiver
02 16 En Network connection This player can be connected to a local area netwo rk (LAN) via the Ethernet port on the rear p anel. After making the physical connection the player needs to be set up for network c ommunicati on. This is don e from the Init ial Setup menu â see Setting up for net work use on page 21 for detailed instructions. For best performance, we recommend u sing a 100BASE-TX compatible PC and Ethernet hub. Connecting via an Ethernet hub If you already operate one or more PCs on a local area network, you can integrate this player by con nec ting it to the Ethernet hu b using the included LAN cable. In the example c onfiguration below, th is player would be able to access content from either of the PCs. Connecting directly to a PC If you only need to use o ne PC to act as a media server, you can connect this player directly t o th e PC using the included LAN cable. Controlling this player via anoth er Pioneer component The CONTROL IN jack allows y ou to control this player via the remote control sensor of another Pioneer component â typica lly an AV receiver â that has a CONTROL OUT jack. Remote control signals are passed through to the player from the remote sensor of the other component, allo wing you greater freedom in the placement of your player. ⢠Use a minipl ug cord (not su pplied) to connect the CONTROL IN jack of this player with the CONTROL OUT jack of your other Pioneer com ponent. ⢠You will also need to connect a coax ial digital ca ble, analog audio cable, or video c able. ⢠When conn ected via System Control, point the remote control toward the connected compon ent (such as an AV receiver). The remote will no t work correct ly when pointed at this unit. ⢠You cannot connect use System Control with components that do not have a System Con trol jack or with components manufactured by com panies other than Pioneer. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN LAN(10/100) PC 1 PC 2 Ethe rnet hub ( route r with hub functionality) LAN(10/100) 12 34 AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN LAN(10/100) PC AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN To CONTROL OUT AV Receive r
02 17 En Using an external IR receiver with this player If you prefer to keep your AV equi pment in a closed cabinet, you can use an external IR receiver conn ected to the IR IN jack . You can thus have just the receiver outside of the cabinet a nd still be able to control the player. Tip ⢠Y ou may need to set the IR RECEIVER switch (located under the IR IN jack) for this pla yer to recognize the IR receiver correctly. ⢠Th is player does not supply power to the external IR receiver . Please see the operating instructio ns of the IR receiver for the power requirements. AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT (2ch) CENTER SUB WOOFER FRONT SURROUND L L R R COAXIAL OPTICAL COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT LAN(100) HDMI OUT Y S P B P R SETTING 2 SETTING 1 IR RECEIVER IR CONTROL IN IN IR receive r
03 18 En Chapter 3 Controls and displays Front panel 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Press to switch the player on (the power indicator and indicator in the middle of the unit light up when the power is on) or into standby. 2 Disc tray 3 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Press to open or close the disc tray. 4 Indicators ⢠FL OFF â Lights when the displa y and other indicators are switched off. ⢠HD â Lights when the video output is 7 20p, 1080i or 1080p (HDMI), or 720p or 1080i (component). ⢠LAN â Lights when there is an active local ar ea network (LAN) connection. ⢠HDMI â Lights when a device is connected via HDMI. 5D i s p l a y Shows disc status and playbac k information. 6 ï¤ (p lay) Press to start or resume playback. 7 ï§ (stop) Press to stop playback (you ca n resume playback by pressing ï¤ ). 8 ïÂÂ¥ (pause) Press to pause playb ack. Press again to restart. 9 Skip/scan buttons ⢠ï®ï° â Press to jump to the next chapter, track, etc . Press and hold for fast forward sca nning. ⢠ï¯ï â Press to jump back to the beginning o f the current chapter, track, etc . then to pr evio us chapters, tracks, etc. Press and hold for fast reverse scanning. 10 OUTPUT RESOL UTION Press to switch the output resolu tion over HDMI and com ponent video outputs. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14. Front panel display 1 ï¤ Lights du ring playback of a disc. 2C h a r a c t e r d i s p l a y Shows various playback informatio n â disc time, chapter and title number, etc. 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 L 2 1
03 19 En Remote control 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Press to switch the player on or into standby. 2 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Press to open or close the disc tray. 3 FL DIMMER Press to change the brightness of the display. When the display and other indicators are off, the FL O FF indicator (page 18) lights. 4 Number buttons Use to enter title, chapter or track numbers, etc. CLEAR : Press to clear a numeric entry, etc. ENTER : Pre ss to select an option or execute a c ommand. 5 HOME MEDIA GALLERY Press to display the Home Media Gallery screen (see page 32). 6 OUTPUT RESOLUTION Press to switch the output resolu tion over HDMI and component video outputs (see pages 14 and 25). 7 AUDIO Press to select the audio c hannel or language (se e page 25). 8S U B T I T L E Press to s elect a subtit le display (se e page 25). 9D I S P L A Y Press to display information (see page 25). 10 ANGLE Press to change the ca mera angl e during BD-ROM or DVD-Video movie multi-angle scene playback (see page 25). 11 DISC NAVIGATOR / TOP MENU Press to display the top menu of a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc. When playing a DVD-R/- RW disc, pr ess to display/exit the D isc Navigator. 12 POPUP MENU/MENU BD-ROM: Press to display/ hide th e pop-up menu. DVD-Video: Press to display th e disc menu (if there is one). 13 ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTE R Use to navigate on-screen displa ys and menus. Press ENTER to select an option or execute a command. 14 HOME MENU Press to display the playerâÂÂs Home Menu , from which you can access most of the playerâÂÂs functions. 15 RETURN Press to return to a previous screen. 16 Red/Green/Blue/Yello w Use to navigate BD-ROM menus. 17 Playback control s ïÂÂï® : Press to start reverse/forward scannin g. ï¤ : Press to start or resume playback. ïÂÂ¥ : Press to pause playback; pr ess again to restart. ï§ : Press to stop playback (you can resume playback by pressing ï¤ ). ï¯ï° : Press to jump to the start of the previous/next chapte r/ track. ï± ï²/ : Use for slow motion and step frame (see page 24). 18 PLAY MODE Press to change the Play M ode (repeat play, for example) (see page 24). 19 PHOTO ZOOM Press to zoom the screen when displaying a still image (see page 25). 20 VIDEO ADJUST Press to display the Video Adjust screen (see page 39). 21 TV CO NTROL buttons See also Setting up the remote to control your TV on page 48. ïµ : Press ïµ to turn the TV on or into standby. VOLUME /â : Use to adjust the volume. CHANNEL /â : Use to s elect TV channel . INPUT SEL ECT : Press to change the input function of the TV. BD PLAYER STANDBY/ON RED GREEN BLUE YELLOW OPEN/CLOSE TOP MENU RETURN DISC NAVIGA TOR POPUP MENU HOME MENU AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE DISPLA Y OUTPUT RESOLUTION HOME MEDIA GALLERY ENTER PHOTO ZOOM ENTER ïµ ï¨ ïµ TV CONTROL CHANNEL VOLUME INPUT SELECT FL DIMMER CLEAR VIDEO ADJUST PLAY MODE MENU 2 5 6 10 9 12 15 19 20 7 13 17 4 11 14 16 18 21 8 1 3
04 20 En Chapter 4 Getting Started Switching on and setting up When you switch the player on for the first time the Setup Navigator screen appears. We recommend using this to make a few basic player settings. 1 Switch on your TV and set th e video input to this player. 2 Press the ïµ STANDBY/ON button on th e remote control or the front panel to switch on. ⢠It can take up to one minute for the unit to turn on. ⢠When you switch on for the first time, your TV should display the Setup Navigator screen. (If the Se tup Navigator doesnâÂÂt appear, you can also access it from the Initial Se tup menu; see page 43). ⢠When you have th is unit connected to a plasma display tha t is compatible with HDMI C ontrol, language setti ngs are imported from the plasma displayâÂÂs OSD settings before Setup Navigator begins. 3U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to choose a language, then p ress ENTER. 4 Press EN TER to start setting up using the Setup Navigator. If you donâÂÂt want to use the Setup Na vigator, press ïª to select Cancel , then p ress ENTER to exit the Setup Navigator. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select the output video resolution then pres s ENTER . If you connected this player to you r TV using the HDMI connector, select from Auto , 480i (interlaced), 480p (progressive), 720p , 1080i , 1080p , or Source Direct , then skip to step 7 ( t h e a s p e c t r a t i o will automatica lly be set to 16:9 (Widescreen) ). Generally, the Auto setting is recomm ended. If youâÂÂre using an S-Video or c o mposite video connection, select S- Video/Vide o only . If youâÂÂre using a compo nent video connection, ma tch the output setting with the capabilities of your TV. Select from: 480i , 480p , 720p , 1080i or DonâÂÂt Know . If you select 720p or 1080i , skip the next step since the aspect rati o will a utomati cally be se t to 16:9 (Wid escreen) . 6U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select the as pect ratio of y our TV then pres s ENTER . If you have a widescreen TV, select 16:9 (Wide screen) ; if you have a standard size TV, select 4:3 (Stan dard) . STANDBY/ON ENTER ï¨ ïµ Setup Navigator Language English f r ançais Es p añol Setup Navigator Befo re using, make some sim ple settings fo r the BD playe r . Sta r t Cancel Please use the Initial Setu p if you want to make mo re detailed settings. Setup Navigator Auto 480i 480 p 720 p 1080i 1080 p Sou rce Di rect Out p ut Video Resolution Setup Navigator S-V ideo/Video only 480i 480 p 720 p 1080i Don't Know Out p ut Video Resolution Setup Navigator 16:9 (Widesc reen) 4:3 (Standa rd) TV As pect Ratio
04 21 En 7 Sel ect âÂÂFinish Setupâ to acce pt the settings and ex it the Setup Navigator, or âÂÂGo Backâ to go through the settings agai n. You can run the Setup Naviga tor at an y time by selecting it from the Optio ns menu â see page 43. About the screen saver If the player is stopped or paused for mo re than five minutes with no other operation, the screen saver starts. Once the screen saver ha s started, pressing any button on the front panel or remo te will clear it and return the p layer to normal operati on. The screen saver starts for CDs and music files after five minutes pass without any commands input, whether or not playback has been paused or stopped. Using the on-screen displays This player makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). You should get used to the wa y these work as youâÂÂll need to use them when setting up th e player, using some of the pla yback features, and when making m ore advanced settings for audio and video. All the scree ns are navigated in basically the same way, using the cursor butt ons ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTE R to select it . Tip ⢠Info rmation at the bo ttom of an OSD screen explains the currently selected menu item and shows which buttons can b e used for that screen. Setting up for network use If youâÂÂve connected this player to a local area network (LAN) you may need to make a few settings before you can use the Home Media Gallery feature over the network. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂInitial Setu pâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂNetworkâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDevice Nameâ then âÂÂNext Screenâ . 4 Use the on-screen keypad to enter a name for the player. This is how the player will appear to connected devices on the loca l area network. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ butt ons and ENTER to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the name field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the name field. 5 Select âÂÂDONEâ to regi ster the name and exit th e input screen. Select CANCEL to close the keypad with out registering the name. 6 Select âÂÂIP Configurationâ then âÂÂNext Screenâ to display the IP configuratio n screen. 7 Set âÂÂAuto set IP Addressâ to âÂÂOnâÂÂ. If there is a DHCP server o n the local area network (LAN), this player will automatically be all ocated an IP address. If youâÂÂre using a broadband router or broadband modem that has a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protoco l) server function, select On . The IP address will automatically be determined. If there is no DHCP server on the network a nd you select On , this player will use its own Auto IP fu nction to determine the IP address. ⢠If you wa nt to set the IP address manually, selec t Off then set the IP Address, Subnet mask an d Default gateway: Use th e ï©/ ïª/ï«/ï¬ buttons to select a fi eld; use th e number but tons to enter a value. Press ENTER to finish and exit the screen. 8 Pre ss HOME ME NU to exit the Initial Setup menu . You should now be able to use the Home Media Gallery (accessible from the Home Menu). See Using the Home Media Galler y on page 32 for mor e. ⢠For informa tion on DHCP refer to the network deviceâÂÂs opera ting instructio ns. ⢠You may need to contact your service provider or network administrator when manually entering an IP address. Button What it does HOME MENU Display/exit the on-screen display ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the previous me nu or screen without saving changes Setup Navigator Finish Setu p Go Back Setu p is com plete! Enjoy using you r BD playe r! SHFT DEL CLR SPC Device name input Initial Setup IP Configuration Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Speakers Options Auto set IP Address IP Address Subnet mask Default gateway Off 192 255 255 0 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 . . . . . . . . . Set the IP address.
04 22 En Playing movies, music and photos Using this player, you can enjoy wa tching movies, listening to music and browsing photos, from DVD discs o r from a media server on the network. How you navigate, browse and play con tent varies according to the format o f the content a nd the media: ⢠To play a DVD movie disc (i .e., o ne containing DVD-Video application f ormat), see Playing BD/DVD m ovies and Audio C D below. ⢠To play a DVD-R/-RW disc recorded with m ovie, music or photo files, turn to Us ing the Disc Navigato r on page 27. ⢠To play content from a media server, please refer to Using the Home Media Gall ery on page 32. Playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD The basic playback controls for playing BD/DVD movies and Audio CD discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in the next chapter. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch it on. Also turn on your TV and make su re that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray. 3 Load a disc. Load a disc with the la bel side facing up, using the disc tr ay guide to align the dis c (if youâÂÂre load ing a double- sided DVD-Video di sc, load it with the side you want to play face down). The player will take a sh ort while to read the disc, after which the disc type will show up i n the front p anel display . 4 Press ï¤ to start playback. â¢U s e t h e ïÂÂ¥ (pause) and ï§ buttons to pause or stop pla yback. You can resume playback in either case by pressing ï¤ . See a lso Resuming playback on page 23. ⢠See Playback controls on page 23 for other controls a vailable during playb ack. When playing BD-R OM discs: ⢠Commer cially produced BD-R OM movie discs often go straight to the disc menu when playback is started (sometimes preceded by an opening sequence). Na vigate through the disc menu using the cursor keys ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) and the ENTER button. You can also use the nu mber buttons to select numbe red items in some menus. ⢠To get back to the top menu, press TOP MENU . ⢠Some BD-ROM discs feature pop-up menus that do not interrupt playback; press POPUP MENU/MENU to access these. When playing DVD-Vid eo discs: ⢠Commer cially produced DVD mo vies often go straight to the disc menu when playback is started (sometimes preceded by an opening sequence). Navigate th e disc menu using the cursor ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) and ENTER b uttons. You can also us e the numbe r buttons to select numbered items in some menus. ⢠To get back to the top menu, press TOP MENU . ⢠To get back to the disc me nu, press POPUP MENU/MENU . When playing A udio CDs: ⢠For more information see Play back controls on page 23. 5 When youâÂÂve finished usi ng the player, eject the disc and switch the player back into standby. ⢠To open/close the disc tray, press ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE . Remove the disc before putting the player into standby. ⢠Press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the player into standby. MENU STANDBY/ON OPEN/CLOSE TOP MENU POPUP MENU ENTER ï¨ ïµ
04 23 En Playback controls Resuming playback ï¤ The resume function of fers a con venient way to resta rt playback from where you stopped it previously. Resuming playback of BD/DVD movies and Audio CDs If you st op playbac k before th e en d of the disc, the playback stop position is stored so that you can resume watching the disc from the same place later. â¢T o r e s u m e p l a y b a c k , p r e s s ï¤ . Playback will start from the stored resume position. For Audio CDs, playback resumes from the beginning of the track. ⢠Press ï§ again to cancel the resume function. Note In the follow ing case, th e resume pos ition is cleared : â¢E j e c t t h e d i s c . ⢠Use Home Med ia Gallery/Disc Navigator. ⢠Switch the pla yer off (DVD re sume position remains saved). ⢠Certain BD-ROM discs cannot be restarted from the position in which they are paused. Resuming playback of movie, music a nd photo files Movie and music files are resumed fro m the start of the title/track (rather than the stop position with in the title/track): phot o slideshow playback is resumed from the ph oto file within the sl ideshow. ⢠If you interrupt pl ayback of a movie or slideshow by pressing RETURN to display the Disc Navigator or Home Me dia Gallery screen, you can still resume playback of the same titl e/ slideshow photo using the ï¤ bu tton, regardless of what is highlighted on the screen. (Use the ENTER button to start playback of the currently highligh ted item in the Disc Navigator/ Home Media Galle ry.) ⢠Some a ctions in the Disc Navi ga tor/Home Media Gallery (such as changing the Browse category) will cause the resume position to be lost. Scanning video and audio You can fast-scan BD/DVD movies or A udio CDs, forward or backward at various speeds. 1 Du ring playback, pr ess ï or ï® to start scanning. There is no sound while scanning video and audio. 2 Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed. The scanning speed is shown on-screen. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . Depending on the disc, normal pl ayback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a BD/DVD movie disc. Selecting titles, chapt ers and tracks direct ly You can select titles , chapters an d tracks directly with BD, DVD movies and Audio CDs 1 . ⢠Use the number buttons to sele ct a title, chapter or track. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title or track. ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected chapter or track. Skipping content You can skip over content during playba ck of BD and DVD movies, Audio CDs, movie and song files, and photo slideshows. ⢠During playb ack, press ï¯ or ï° t o skip conten t. 1 ⢠When playin g a BD or DVD movie, playback jumps to the start of the previous/next title, chapter or track. (If the disc is stopped, playback will star t.) ⢠During movie or song file playback , the previous o r next file will start playing. ⢠During photo slideshow playback, you can skip to the previous or next photo. AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE DISPLAY OUTPUT RESOLUTION ENTER PHOTO ZOOM CLEAR PLAY MODE Note 1 With some titles on BD-ROM or DVD-Video discs it is not po ssible to jump to the start of the selected title or chapter. ENTER CLEAR
04 24 En Playing video in slow motion You can play BD and DVD movies at different forward slow motion speeds. 1 During playback, press ï² to start sl ow motion playba ck. ⢠The slow motion speed is shown on-scree n. ⢠There is no sound dur ing slow motion p layback. 2 Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . Depending on the disc, normal pl ayback may auto matically resume when a new chapter is reached. Video step forward and step reverse ï¤ You can use step forward and step rever se when playing a BD o r DVD movie. 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause) . 2 Press or to move the video forward or back o ne step. 3 To resume normal playback, press ï¤ . When playing a BD or DVD movie, norma l playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reach ed. Changing the Play Mode Use the PLAY MODE button on the remote control to select one of the various playback modes for BD a nd DVD movie discs, Audio CD discs, movie and music files and photo slideshows . You canâÂÂt select a Play Mode while a BD or DVD disc m enu is being displayed , or while playing som e BD /DVD movie titles, Audio CD, or movie and music files and photo slideshows. ⢠During playback, press PLAY MODE to change the Play Mode. See Play Mode o ption comp atibility b elow for the op tions avai lable with the disc/file youâÂÂre playing. ⢠Time Se arch (see Using time search below) ⢠Title Search (see Using titl e search below) ⢠Repeat Chapter (repeats the current chapter) ⢠Repeat Title (repeats th e current title) ⢠Repeat Track (repeats the current track) ⢠Repeat All (repeats the cur rent browse list) ⢠Random (play tracks from an Audio CD, music files, or photo fil es in a random orde r) ⢠Repeat Off (cancels the repe at and random mod es) The current Play Mode is displayed on-screen. Pre ss CLEAR to resume normal playback. Play Mode option compa tibility The available o ptions depend o n what kind of d isc/file is playing ( ï± =available/ ï³ =unavailable) : 1 Using time search You can navigate directly to a certai n point in a BD or DVD movie, or in a movie file. 1,2 1 During playback, press PLAY MODE and select âÂÂTime SearchâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to en ter a time in hours, minutes and seconds for pla yback to resume from. For a BD or DVD movie, the time you enter should be the time into the currently playing title. For a movie file it will be the playback time into the file. ⢠For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback sta rt from 45 minutes into the title/file. For 1 hour, 20 minutes, press 1 , 2 , 0 , 0 , 0 . ⢠Press CLEAR to clear the input. 3 Press EN TER to start playback from the time you entered. Using title search You can dire ctly jump to the st ar t of any ti tle on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video. 1,2 1 Du ring playback, pr ess PLAY MODE and sele ct âÂÂTitle SearchâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to select a title. Press CLEAR to clear the input. 3 Press EN TER to start playback of the title you selected. PLAY MODE T 1 Play Mode Option Disc/file type BD-ROM DVD -Video PC File (Music) PC File (Movie) PC File (Photo) Audio CD Time Search ï±ï± ï³ ï± ï³ ï³ Title Searc h ï± ï± ï³ï³ï³ï³ Repeat Chapter ï± ï± ï³ï³ï³ï³ Repeat Title ï±ï± ï³ ï± ï³ ï³ Repeat Tr ack ï³ï³ ï± ï³ï³ ï± Repeat All ï³ï³ ï± ï³ ï± ï± Random ï³ï³ ï± ï³ ï± ï± Repeat Off ï±ï±ï±ï±ï±ï± Note 1 With some BD-ROM and DVD-Video titles, it is not possible to select any Play Mode op tions. 2 This function may not be supported depend ing on the content or server software. ENTER CLEAR ENTER CLEAR
04 25 En Switching camera angles Some BD and DVD movies feature scen es shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. ⢠During playback, press ANGLE to switch the ang le. ⢠There may be a short delay after pressing the button before the angle changes. ⢠Pla yback resumes if the angle is changed wh ile paused. Zooming the screen During playback of a p hoto slides ho w you can zoom the screen to 2x view or 4x view. 1 During playback, press PHOTO ZOOM to change the zoom. Press repeatedly to cycle through: normal ï¤ 2x zoom ï¤ 4x zoom . 2 Use the cursor keys ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to move the zoomed area of the screen. The zoom mode is canceled when you stop playback. Switching subtitles Some BD and DVD movie discs have subtitles in o ne or more languages; the disc box will us ually tell you whic h subtitle languages are availa ble. 1 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle o ption. 1 The current subtitle language/op tion is displayed on-screen and in the front panel disp lay. 2 To switch the subtitle displ ay off, press SUBTITLE then CLEAR. There may be a short delay after pressing the button before the subtitle s change. Tip ⢠To set subtitle language prefer ences, see page 42. Switching audio streams/channels Some BD and DVD movie discs contain multiple audio streams t hat you can select on playback. These might be di fferent audio languages and/or diff erent audio formats (su ch as a DTS 5.1-channel sou nd track and a Dolby Digital 2-channel sound track). ⢠Press AUDIO repeatedly to sel ect an audio channel/ stream opti on. 2 The current opti on is shown on-screen. ⢠There m ay be a short delay after pressin g the button for the audio channel to change. Tip ⢠Even when m ultiple audio stream s a re included in a movie file , you cannot select from amon g them while playing back of a movie file. ⢠To set audio langua ge preferences, see page 42. Displaying disc or file information Various track, chapter an d title inform ation, as well as the vi deo transmission rate for DVD and BD movies, can be displayed on-screen. The information available depends on the type disc or file, and whether itâÂÂs playing or stop ped. ⢠Press DISPLAY to show/switc h the informat ion displayed. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to change the displayed information. 3 Switching the output video resolution You can switch the outpu t video resoluti on for HDMI and component outp ut. ⢠Press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly to select an output video resolution. The current source and ou tput video resolution are shown on-screen. Note ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settin gs may result in the picture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTIO N repeatedly until the picture re-appears. â¢S e e Changing the output video resolution on page 14 for more informatio n. Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change the su btitle language from the disc menu. Press POPUP MENU/ MENU to access. 2 Some discs only allow you to change the audio language from the disc menu. Pres s POPUP MENU/MENU to access. ANGLE PHOTO ZOOM SUBTITLE Subtitle 1/2 English AUDIO Audio: 1/2 Dolby Digital 2/0ch English Switching audio languages on a BD/DVD movie 3 There may be instances with some disc s where no information can be displayed. DISPLAY 0 . 03 . 10 12 1h 28m 03s Repeat Chapter Play DVD-VIDEO 1âÂÂ2 Chapter Title T otal 0 . 03 . 12 0 . 02 . 43 0 . 03 . 16 Repeat Chapter Play DVD-VIDEO 1âÂÂ2 Chapter Time Chapter T otal DVD-V ideo Play dis play 1 DVD-V ideo Play dis play 2 10 . 08 Mbps OUTPUT RESOLUTION Output Video Resolution : Sour ce Direct Source: 1080 / 24p (1080 / 24p)
04 26 En Frequently Asked Questions ⢠Why wonâÂÂt the disc I loaded play? First check that you loaded the di sc the right way up (label side up), and that itâÂÂs clean and not damaged. See Taking care of your player and discs on page 46 for information on clean ing discs. If a disc loaded correctly wonâÂÂt play, itâÂÂs pro bably an incompatible format or disc type. Se e Disc/conte nt format playback com patibility on page 9 for more on disc compatib ility. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no picture! Your TV is probably not compatible with the selected vid eo output resoluti on. Check your TV fo r compatibilit y with progressive scan video and hi gher resolutions. Press the OUTPUT RESOLUTION button to switch the video output. See also Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14. ⢠I canâÂÂt see any picture, or get high definition vi deo output when playing some BDs! When playing some discs, there may be no composite video, S-Video and/or compo nent video output, or high-defin ition content may be converted to st andard-definition 480i or 480p component output. This is for co ntent protection. To view the disc, connect the player to an HDM I-compatible display. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13. ⢠I have a widescreen TV so why ar e there black bars at the top and bottom of the scre en when I play some disc s? Some movie formats are such that even whe n played on a widescreen TV, black bars appear at the top and bottom of the screen. This is not a malfunctio n. ⢠IâÂÂve connected to a HDMI/DVI co mpatible component but I canâÂÂt get any signal and the front panel HDMI i ndicator wonâÂÂt light! Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using. You may need to refer to the in struction ma nual of the c omponent to do this. An HDMI connection can only be made with other HDMI components, or a High -bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP)-compatible DVI com ponent. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13 for m ore on HDMI comp atibility. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no picture from the HDMI outp ut! Make sure the output resolution of this player matches that of the component you ha ve connected using HDMI. See Changing the output video resolution on page 14. ⢠Why is the pl ayback sample rate of the DVD only 48 kHz instead of 96 kHz? Playback sample rate of the audio is downsampled to 48 kHz. ⢠My AV receiver is definite ly compatible with 96 kHz Linear PCM audio, but it does nâÂÂt seem to work with this player. WhatâÂÂs wrong? 192 kHz/96 kHz BD and 96 kHz DVD discs o nly output digital audio down sampled to 48 k Hz through the optical a nd coaxial outputs. 96 kHz 7.1ch BD discs only output digital audio downsampled to 48 kHz through HDMI output when video output is 480i or 480p over HDMI. These are not ma lfunctions. ⢠Why is the mono audio on some discs rather quiet compared to other discs? When mono audio is split into the L and R channels, th ere may be a small lo ss of volum e. ⢠ThereâÂÂs no sound when connected using HD MI! You wonâÂÂt hear any sound fro m the HDMI output if your component is onl y DVI/HDCP-co mpatible. ⢠I canâÂÂt connect to my local area networ k! First of all check the settings of the media server youâÂÂr e using. Make sure that if you made the network settings autom atically on this player then yo u also select auto setup on the server . (Likewise, if you made the settings manually on the server, yo u should set up this player man ually.)
05 27 En Chapter 5 Using the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the PC files on a DVD-R/ -RW disc to find what you want to play. You can use th e Disc Navigator when a disc is playing or stopped. Important ⢠ItâÂÂs not possible to use the Disc Navigator with DVD-Video discs, or with Audio CDs. Introduction Most of the features described in this chapter make use of on-screen displays. Navigate these usin g the ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . To go back to the previous menu or screen, use the RETURN button. The button guide at the bo ttom of every screen shows which buttons do what. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen display . Alternatively, press DISC NAVIGATOR . 2 Sel ect âÂÂMovi esâÂÂ, âÂÂPhotosâ or âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. See the sections below for more informa tion on each of these. 3 Press HOME MENU to exit the Disc Navigator screen. Movie N avigat or The movie section of the Disc Na vigator allows you to browse and play all the compatible movie files stored on the lo aded DVD-R/-RW disc (non-movie files are not displayed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so , select âÂÂDisc Navigato râ from the Home M enu, then âÂÂMovie sâÂÂ. You should see a list of all the mov i e files found on the disc, toge ther with their playing times. ⢠Wh en the movie length ca nnot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the genre, date and file format, for the curren t selection. 3 Press ENTER to play the currently highl ighted movie. Press ï¤ to start or resu me playback from the last title played. Displaying the Movie Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display the Mov ie Options menu : ⢠Play from Beginning : Play the selected movie from the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected movie to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to o rganize movie fi les for han dy selection and playback. The Quickli st can contain up to 25 movies. 1 ENTER TOP MENU RETURN DISC NAVIGAT OR HOME MENU Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Home Menu Movies Photos Music Disc Navigator Note 1 Quickl ists are lost when you exit Mo vie Navigator. All Movies Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Movie Options Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer All Movies Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Play from Beginning Add to Quicklist
05 28 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Movies : Display all movie files found on the disc. ⢠Browse : Browse movies by Genre , Quicklist, or Folders . See also Browsing movies below. ⢠Search : Find a movie by entering a nam e (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching movies below. ⢠Sort : Sort movies by date (oldest first or most recent first) or alphabetically by titl e or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). Browsing movies The browse sub-menu gives you th ree ways to browse movies. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Genre : Display all movie genres and how many mov ies are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of movies in that genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a li st of all th e movies currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to displ ay the Movie Options menu, where you can start pla yback or remove movies from the Quicklist : ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and movie files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of subfolders/movies files in that folder. Searching movies From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a movie title or genre. As ea ch character is en tered into the search field the search results ar e dynamically updated, narrowing down the list of movies until you can see the one youâÂÂre lookin g for. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER buttons to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the search field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the search field. â¢S e l e c t DONE to close the keypad and select movies o r genres from the search results; select CANCEL to close the keypad and clear the search results. Photo Navigator The photo section of the D isc Na vigator allows you to browse and display all the c ompatible photo files fo und on the loaded DVD-R/ -RW disc (non-photo f i les are not displayed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so , select âÂÂDisc Navigato râ from the Home Menu, then âÂÂPhotosâÂÂ. You should see a list of fold ers/ph oto files from the disc. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). 3 Select a folder and press ENTE R to see the list of photos and subfolders with in the folder. All Movies Browse Search Sort Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 20 items All Movies Go back Genres Quicklist Folders Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 20 items Movie Options Quicklist Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Date: 2006 Genre: Action Format: WMV 20 items Play from Begining Remove Enter Select S _ Search Results Home Menu Exit Loading ... 4 items Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 6 items Folders Folder1 Folder2 File1 File2 File3 File4 Folder1 30 items Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009
05 29 En 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). ⢠Press ENTER to start fu ll-screen slideshow playback from the currently selected p hoto. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume slideshow playback from the last photo disp layed. Displaying the Photo Options menu ⢠Press ï¬ to display the Photo Opti ons menu. ⢠Press ENTER to displa y the Photo Options menu when displaying pho tos in th umbnail view. ⢠Slideshow : Start full-screen slideshow playback from the currently selected photo. During the slideshow, press ï° to advance to the next photo; ï¯ to go back to the previous photo; ïÂÂ¥ (pause) to pa use the slideshow; ï§ to sto p and exit the slideshow; PHOTO ZOOM to enlarge th e picture on the screen. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected ph oto to your Quicklis t. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to organize photos for handy selection and slideshow playback. The Quicklist can contain up to 25 photos. 1 Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu. ⢠From the left-most column, press ï« to display the browse menu when displaying photos in thu mbnail view: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Photos : Display all photos f ound on the disc as thumbnail files. ⢠Browse : Browse photos by Date , Quicklist or Folders . See also Browsing photos below. ⢠Search : Find a photo by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching photos on page 29. ⢠Sort : Sort photos by date (oldest first or most recent first), or alphabetically by name (â Aâ first or âÂÂZâ first). Browsing photos The browse sub-menu gives you several ways to bro wse photos. ⢠Go back : Return to the previous menu. â¢D a t e : Browse photos as thum bnails by date (year and month). Select a year then press ENTER to fu rther browse by month. Select a mo nth and press ENTER to see the phot os taken that month. ⢠Quick list : Display thumbna ils of all the photos currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ENTER to display the Photo O ptions menu, from where you can start slideshow playback or remove photos from the Quic klist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and photo files on the disc. Select a folder a nd press ENTER to se e the subfold ers/photos. Searching photos From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a photo title. As each character is entered into the search field the search results are dynamically upda ted, narrowing down the list of photos until you can see the one youâÂÂre looking for. See Searching movies on page 28 for h ow to use the screen keypad. Note 1 Quickl ists are lost when you exit Photo N avigator. Folder1 30 items Date: 1/23/2006 Resolution: 196 x 298 Format: JPEG Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 Photo Options Slideshow Add to Quicklist Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 All Photos Browse Search Sort Folder1 30 items Go back file_001 file_002 file_003 file_004 file_005 file_006 file_007 file_008 file_009 Go back Date Quicklist Folders Folder1 30 items Quicklist 25 items Photo Options Slideshow Remove File: sample.jpg Date: 1/23/2006 Resolution: 196 x 298 Format: JPEG Enter Options Home Menu Exit Search Results 5 items R _
05 30 En Music Navigator The music section of the Disc Na vigator allows you to browse and play all t he compati ble music file s found on the loaded DVD-R/-RW disc (non-m usic files ar e not displaye d). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already don e so, select âÂÂDisc Naviga torâ from the Hom e Menu, the n âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. You should see a list of th e artist names on the disc. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). 3 Press ENTER to display the album list. 4 Select the album you want to listen to and press ENTER to display the song list. ⢠When the song length cann ot be determine d, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file info rmation, such as the artist and album name, genre and file format, for the current selection. 6 Press ENTER to play the currently high lighted music. The display shows the Now Playing screen. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume playback from the last track played on the Now Playing screen. Displaying the Song Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display Song Options menu : ⢠Play Song : Play the selected song fr om the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected son g to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feat ure is a useful wa y to organize m usic files for handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 songs. 1 Displaying the browse menu â¢P r e s s ï« to display the browse menu: Depending on the bro wse menu, certain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Songs : Di splay all son gs (files/tracks ) found on the disc . ⢠Br owse : Browse songs b y Artists , Albums , Genres, Quicklist or Folde rs . See also Browsing songs on page 31. ⢠Search : Find a song by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed do wn as you enter more letters. See also Searching songs on page 31. ⢠Sort : Sort songs b y date (o ldest fi rst or most rec ent first), or alphabetically by song title, artist , album or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZ â first). ⢠Now Playing : Display song inform ation (track nam e, artist, album, genre, etc.) and pl ayback information. S ee also Now playing song in formation on page 31. 20 items 1 Album 2 Albums 4 Albums 1 Album 1 Album 1 Album 4 Albums 2 Albums 5 Albums Artists Black Papper s David Jack Eric Gilberto King Michael Beck Pioneer All Stars Rock'n Roll Brothers The Fishes T reetop All Artists 20 items 20 Songs 13 Songs 10 Songs 12 Songs 18 Songs 11 Songs 18 Songs 10 Songs 13 Songs Pioneer All Stars Acoustic Guitar Best of Pioneer All Sta rs Cooking Or Eating Family Good!! Morning Glory Poker Face Song for Y ou T okyo All Albums 20 items 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Note 1 Quicklists are lost when you exit Music Navigator. Artist:Depeche Mode Album: Remixes 81-04 Genre: Alternative Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar 20 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Add to Quicklist All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Acoustic Guitar 20 items Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time
05 31 En Browsing songs The browse sub-menu gives you va rious ways to browse songs. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Artists : Display a list of artists, and how many albums are associated with each. Sele ct an art ist and press ENTER to see the album list by tha t artist. ⢠Albums : Display a list of albums, and how many songs are associated with each. Se lect an album and press ENTER to see the list of songs on that album. ⢠Genres : Display all music genres, and how many songs are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of artists in th at genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a list of all th e songs currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to display the Song Optio ns menu, where you can start pla yback or remove songs from the Q uicklist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and song files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of subfolders/songs. Searching song s From the Search sub-menu you can enter a few characters (up to 20) of a song title, genre, artist, or album. As each cha racter is entered into the search field the search results are dynam ically updated, narrowing down the list until you ca n see the one youâÂÂre loo king for. See Searchi ng movies on page 28 for how to use th e screen keypad. Now playing song information The Now Playing screen shows detailed information about the song playing, inclu ding: ⢠Artist and song title ⢠Pro gress bar ( elapsed time a nd song leng th) â¢A l b u m n a m e â¢G e n r e â¢F i l e f o r m a t ⢠Browse menu â¢P l a y s t a t u s â¢P l a y m o d e ⢠Next/Previous so ng names All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Acoustic Guitar 20 items Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Quicklist 20 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play Song Remove Ente r Select S _ Search Results Home Men u Exit Loading ... 4 items Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Pioneer All Stars Real Sound Now Playing Genre: Rock Format: MP3 3:10 / 5:51 Previous Song Pictures Of My Next Song Rush Street ïÂÂ¥ Acoustic Guitar
06 32 En Chapter 6 Using the Home Media Gallery Introduction The Home Media Gallery allows yo u to browse and play movies, music and photos stored on media servers connected on an identical Local Area Network (LAN) as the player. This unit allows for the playing of files stored on the following: ⢠PCs r unning Microsoft Wind ows XP with Win dows Media Connect installed ⢠PCs r unning Microsoft Window s Vista or XP with Windows Media Player 11 instal led ⢠DLNA-compatible digital media servers (on PCs or ot her components) About network playback The network playback fun ction of this unit uses the following technologies: Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect See About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect on page 38 for details. Windows Media DRM Microsoft Windows Media Digital Rights Management (WMDRM) is a platform to protect and securely deliver content for playback on computers, portable devices and network devices. Hom e Media Gallery functions as a WMDRM 10 for networked devices. WMDRM-protected content can only be played on media servers supporting WMDRM. ⢠Content owners use WMDRM technology to protect t heir intellectual pro perty, including copy rights. This device us es WMDRM software to access WMDR M-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protec t the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the softwareâÂÂs ab ility to use WM DRM to play or copy pro tected cont en t. Revocation does not affect unprotected content. When you downlo ad licenses for protec ted content, you agree t hat Microsoft may includ e a revocation l ist with the licens es. Content owners may re quire you to upg rade WMDRM to acce ss their content. If you de cline an upgrade, you will not be able to access co n tent that requires the upg rade. ⢠This product is protected by certai n intellectual prop erty rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft. DLNA ⢠DLNA CERTIFIED TM Audio/Video/Image Player The Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) is a cross-industry organization of consumer electronics, compu ting industry and mobile device companies. Digital Living provides consumers with easy sharing of digital media throug h a wired or wireless network in the home. The DLNA certification lo go makes it easy to find products that comply with the DLNA Interoper abili ty Guidelines. This unit complies with DLNA Interop era bility Guidelines v1.0. When a PC running DLNA server software or other DLNA-compatible d evice is connecte d to this player, some setting changes of software or other devices may be required. Please refer to the operatin g instruction s for the software or device for more information. â¢D L N A a n d D L N A C E R T I F I E D TM are trademarks and/or service marks of Digital Livi ng Network Alliance. Content playable over a network Even when encoded in a compatible format, some files ma y not play correctly. See F ile compat ibility on page 9. Some functions ma y not be supported depending on the server type or version used. Supported file formats vary by ser ver. As such, files not supported by your server are not displayed on this unit. For more information check with the man ufacturer of your server. About playback behavi or over a network ⢠Playback may sta ll when the PC is switched off or a ny media files stored on it are deleted while p laying content. ⢠If the re are problems within the network en vironment (heavy network traf fic, etc.) content ma y not be displayed or played properly (playback may be inter rupted or stalled). For best performance, a 10 0BASE-TX conn ection between player and PC is recommended. ⢠Playback perfor mance will vary with the power and condition (seek time of the hard disk, etc.) of the PC being u sed. ⢠If several clients are playing simultaneously, as the case m ay be, playback is interrupted or stal led. ⢠Depending on the security software installed on a connected PC and the setting of such softwa re, network connection may be blocked. ⢠Problems with the PC may cause malfunctions. Pioneer is not responsible for a ny malfunction of the player a nd/or the Home Media Gallery fe atures due to communica tion error/ malfunctions associated with your network connection and/or your PC, or other connected equipment. Please con tact your PC manufacturer or Inter net service provider. About the network settings This unit uses DH CP and Auto IP fun ctionality to ma ke all the network settings automaticall y. If you are using a broadband router or a broadband modem with a DHCP server function, setup shoul d be comple tely auto matic with no manual settin gs required.
06 33 En Using the Home Media Gallery Before using the Home Media Gallery, ma ke sure that you have connected the player to the network and made the n ecessary settings. See Network connection on page 16 and Setting up for network use on page 21 for more in formation. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂHome Media Ga lleryâ from the on-screen disp lay. ⢠A lternatively, press HOME MEDIA GALLERY . ⢠The Home Media Ga llery is only available when the network or server contains movies, photos or music files. 2 Sel ect âÂÂMovi esâÂÂ, âÂÂPhotosâ or âÂÂMusicâÂÂ. ⢠On selecting an opti on, a list of movies, photos or music files that the player finds on the sele cted server is displayed. From here you can browse, play and sort network files. ⢠See the sectio ns below for more informatio n on each part of the Home Media Galle ry. 3 Press HOME MENU to exit the Home Media Gallery screen. Movie N avigat or From the movie section of the Ho me Me dia Gallery you can browse and play all the compatible movie files found on your local a rea network (non-movie fi les are not displa yed). See also File compa tibility on page 9 fo r more on compa tible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Media Galleryâ from the Home Menu , then âÂÂMoviesâÂÂ. You should see a list of all the movie files found on the selected server, together with their playing times. ⢠Wh en the movie length ca nnot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the genre, date and file format, for the curren t selection. 3 Press ENTER to play the currently highl ighted movie. Press ï¤ to start or resu me playback from the last title played. Displaying the Movie Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display the Mov ie Options menu : ⢠Play from Beginning : Play the selected movie from the beginning. ⢠Add to Qui cklist : Add the selected movie to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feature is a u seful way to organize movie files fo r handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 movies. 1 ENTER RETURN HOME MENU HOME MEDIA GALLERY Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Home Media Gallery Movies Photos Music Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Movie Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. All Movies 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV 1214 items Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Movie Options Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer All Movies 1214 items Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV Play from Beginning Add to quicklist
06 34 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Movies : Display all movie files foun d on the selected server. ⢠Browse : Browse movies by Genre , Quicklist or Folders. See also Browsing movies below. ⢠Search : Find a movie by entering a nam e (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching movies below. ⢠Sort : Sort movies by date (oldest first or most recent first), or alphabetically by titl e or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠Movie Sources : Display servers on the network. See also Movie sources below. Browsing movies The Browse sub-menu gives you three wa ys to browse movies. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Genres : Display all movie genres and how man y movies are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of movies in that genre. ⢠Quicklist : Display a li st of all th e movies currently in your Quicklist. Press ï¬ to displ ay the Movie Options menu, where you can start pla yback or remove movies from the Qu icklist: ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and movie files. Selec t a folder and press ENTER to see the list of movi es and subfolders within the folder. (The fo lder configurat ion may change depending on the server type.) Searching movies From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a movie title or genre. As ea ch character is en tered into the search field the search results ar e dynamically updated, narrowing down the list of movies until you can see the one youâÂÂre lookin g for. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER buttons to select characters from the keypad. â¢S e l e c t SHFT to toggle between upper and lower case. â¢S e l e c t SPC to insert a space. â¢S e l e c t DEL to delete the character at the current cursor position in the search field. â¢S e l e c t CLR to clear the search field. â¢S e l e c t DONE to close the keypad and select a movie or genre from the search results; select CANCEL to close the keypad and clear the search results. Movie sources From the movie sources window you can see all the servers found on the ne twork and cha nge the sele cted server . ⢠Some servers fo und on the network may not be available for the following r easons: â The player is collecting file in formation from the server. â There are no playable movie files on the server. â This player is not authorized for the server. See also Authorizing this player on page 38. ⢠Servers no t currently available appe a r w i t h a l o c k i c o n ( ) i n t h e server list. All Movies Browse Search Sort Movie Sources Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 1214 items Go back Genres Quicklist Folders Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 1:33 1:26 1:57 1:36 1:18 1:18 All Movies 1214 items Movie Options Quicklist 24 items Date: 12/01/2006 Genre: Adventure Format: WMV Scallop-man 3 Closer Discount store School of legend Advance in the future part-2 The EEL World Baseball Dream on the way Finding a southpaw Dear Customer Play from Beginning Remove Search Results Scallop-man 3 Say No School of legend Seesaw 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:33 Home Menu Exit 4 items S _ Pause SomeSongTil 3:30 Family Room Media Center Living Room DVD Recorder Den Computer WMC DLNA WMC Home Menu Exit Movie Sour ces 3 items Microsoft Windows Media Connect 2.0 192.168.11.2 Authorized Current server
06 35 En Photo Navigator The photo section of the Hom e Media Gallery allows you to browse and display a ll the compat ible photo fil es found on you r local area network (non -photo file s are not displa yed). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Medi a Galleryâ from the H ome Menu , then âÂÂPh otosâÂÂ. You should see a list of albums from the selected server. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlighte d in yellow). 3 Press EN TER to display the selected photo list. 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ buttons to change the current thumbnai l selection (highlig hted in yell ow). Press ï¤ to start or resume slideshow playback from the last ph oto displayed. Displaying the Photo Options menu ⢠Press ENTE R to display the Photo O ptions menu : ⢠Slideshow : Starts full-screen slid eshow playback from the currently selected photo. During the slideshow, press ï° to advance to the next photo; ï¯ to go back to the previous photo; ïÂÂ¥ (pause) to pa use the slideshow; ï§ to sto p and exit the slideshow; PHOTO ZOOM to enlarge th e picture on the screen. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected ph oto to your Quicklis t. The Quicklist feature is a useful way to organize photos for handy selection and slideshow playback. The Quicklist can contain up to 25 photos. 1 Displaying the browse menu ⢠From the left-most column, press ï« to display the Browse menu: Depending on the bro wse menu, certain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Photos : Displa y all photos found on the server. ⢠Br owse : Browse photos by Albums , Date , Quicklist or Folders . See also Brows ing photos below. ⢠Search : Find a photo by e ntering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed do wn as you enter more letters. See also Searching photos on page 36. ⢠Sort : Sort photos by date (old est first or most rec ent first), or alphabetically by name (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠P hoto Source s : Display servers on the network. See also Photo sources on page 36. Browsing photos The Browse sub-menu gives you severa l ways to browse photos. ⢠Go back : Return to the previous men u. ⢠Albums : Display a list of server albums. ⢠Date : Bro wse photos by date (year and mo nth). Select a year then press ENTER to further browse by month. S elect a mont h and press ENTER to see the photos taken tha t month. ⢠Quick list : Display thumbna ils of all the photos currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ENTER to display the Photo O ptions menu, where you can start slideshow playback or remove photos from the Quicklist: Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Photo Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. Family My_Fav orite School Sports Summer_Vacation Winter_Vacation Albums 6 items Summer_V acation File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG 1214 items Summer_V acation 1214 items File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG Photo Options Slideshow Add to Quicklist All Photos Browse Search Sort Photo Sources Summer_V acation 1214 items Go back Albums Date Quicklist Folders Summer_V acation 1214 items Quicklist 24 items File: sample.jpg Date: 12/06/2006 Resolution: 2196 x 1298 Format: JPEG Photo Options Slideshow Remove
06 36 En ⢠Folders : Display a list of folders and photo files. Select a folder and press ENTER to see a list of photos and subfolders within the folder. (The fo lder configurat ion may change depending on the server type.) Searching photos From the Search sub-menu you can enter a few (up to 20) characters of a photo title. As each character is entered into the sea rch field the search results are dynamically upda ted, narrowing down the list of photos until you can see the one yo uâÂÂre looking for. See Searchi ng movies on page 34 for how to use th e screen keypad. Photo sources From the photo sources window you can see all the servers found o n the network and change the selected serve r. See Movie sources on page 34 for more information. Music Navigator From the music section of the Home Media G allery you can browse and play all the compatible s ong files fo und on your loca l area network (no n-music files are not disp layed). See also File compatibility on page 9 for more on compatible file types. 1 If you havenâÂÂt already done so, select âÂÂHome Medi a Galleryâ from the H ome Menu , then âÂÂM usicâÂÂ. You should s ee a list of all the ar tist names found on the selected server. 2U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). 3 Press EN TER to disp lay the al bum list . 4 Select the album you want to listen to and press ENTER to display the song list. ⢠Wh en the song leng th cannot be determined, it is displayed as âÂÂ-:--âÂÂ. 5U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to change the current selection (highlig hted in yellow). On the left side of the screen you can see file information, such as the artist and album name, genre and file for mat, for the current selection. 6 Press ENTER to play the cu rrently highlighted music. The display shows the Now Playing screen. ⢠Press ï¤ to start or resume p layback from th e last track playe d on the Now Playing screen. Displaying the Song Options menu â¢P r e s s ï¬ to display Song Options menu : ⢠Play Song : Play the selected song fr om the beginning. ⢠Add to Quicklist : Add the selected son g to your Quicklist. The Quicklist feat ure is a useful wa y to organize m usic files for handy selection and p layback. Th e Quicklist can cont ain up to 25 songs. 1 Home Menu Exit Search Results Loading... 5 items R _ 1214 items 1 Album 2 Albums 4 Albums 1 Album 1 Album 1 Album 4 Albums 2 Albums 5 Albums Artists Black Papper s David Jack Eric Gilberto King Michael Beck Pioneer All Stars Rock'n Roll Brothers The Fishes T reetop All Artists Note 1 Quicklists are lost in the following instances: ⢠When you exit Music Navigator. ⢠When you change the server to which y ou are connected. 20 Songs 13 Songs 10 Songs 12 Songs 18 Songs 11 Songs 18 Songs 10 Songs 13 Songs Pioneer All Stars Acoustic Guitar All Albums Best of Pioneer All Stars Cooking Or Eating Family Good!! Morning Glory Poker Face Song for Y ou T okyo 1214 items 1214 items 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Artist:Depeche Mode Album: Remixes 81-04 Genre: Alternative Format: WMA 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Gohe Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Add to Quicklist Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA
06 37 En Displaying the browse menu ⢠Press ï« to display the browse m enu: Dependin g on the browse menu, c ertain opti ons may not be selectable. ⢠All Songs : Display all songs (files/tra cks) found on the server. ⢠Browse : Browse songs by Artists , Albums, Genres, Playlists, Quicklist or Folders . See also Browsing songs below. ⢠Search : Find a song by entering a name (or a few letters) to search for. The search results are narrowed down as you enter more le tters. Se e also Searching songs below. ⢠Sort : Sort song s by date (oldest fi rst or most recent first), or alphabetically by song title, artist , album or genre (âÂÂAâ first or âÂÂZâ first). ⢠Now Playing : D isplay song info rmation (tr ack name, arti st, album, genre, etc.) and playback information . See also Now playing song information on page 37. ⢠Music Sources : Display servers on the network. See also Music sources on page 37 . Browsing songs The browse sub-menu gives you va rious ways to browse songs. ⢠Go back : Return to th e previous menu . ⢠Artists : Display a list of artists, and how many albums are associated with each. Sele ct an art ist and press ENTER to see the album list by tha t artist. ⢠Albums : Display a list of albums, and how many songs are associated with each. Se lect an album and press ENTER to see the list of songs on that album. ⢠Genres : Display all music genres, and how many songs are in each one. Select a genre and press ENTER to see the list of artists in th at genre. ⢠Playlis ts : Display the server Playlists. ⢠Quick list : Display a list of all the songs currently in your Quicklist. Pr ess ï¬ to display th e Song Options menu, where you can start playback or remove songs from the Quicklist: ⢠Folders : D isplay a list of folders and song files. Select a folder and press ENTER to see the list of song s and subfolders within the folder. (The folder configuratio n may change depending on the server type.) Searching songs From the Search sub-menu yo u can enter a few chara cters (up to 20) of a song title, genre, artist or album. As each character is entered into the search field the search results are dynamicall y updated, narrowing down the list of songs until yo u can see the one youâÂÂre looking for. See Searching movies on page 34 for h ow to use the screen keypad. Now playing song information The Now Playing screen shows detailed information about the song playing, including: ⢠Artist and song title ⢠Pro gress bar ( elapsed time a nd song leng th) â¢A l b u m n a m e â¢G e n r e â¢F i l e f o r m a t ⢠Browse menu â¢P l a y s t a t u s â¢P l a y m o d e ⢠Next/Previous so ng names Music so urces From the music sources window you can see all the servers found on the ne twork and cha nge the sele cted server . See Movie sources on page 34 for more inf ormation. All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Music Sources 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Browse men u Go back Artists Albums Genres Playlists Quicklist Folders 9:31 8:00 7:31 3:55 6:33 5:26 4:57 9:36 6:18 6:18 1214 items Acoustic Guitar Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Browse sub-menu Quicklist 24 items Artist: Pioneer All Stars Album: Acoustic Guitar Genre: Rock Format: WMA Electrified End Of The Road Into The Arena Keep On Running Never Let Y ou Go Open Your Eyes Pictures Of My Life Real Sound Rush Street T ake The Time Song Options Play song Remove Search Results Reason Real Sound Rolling Dice Rush Street 1:31 1:02 1:31 1:25 Home Menu Exit Loading÷÷÷ 4 items R _ All Songs Browse Search Sort Now Playing Music Sources Now Playing Genre: Rock Format: MP3 Previous Song Pictures Of My Next Song Rush Street ïÂÂ¥ Pioneer All Stars Real Sound Acoustic Guitar 3:10 / 5:51
06 38 En About Windows Media Player 11/Windows Media Connect Windows Media Player 11/Win dows Media Connect is software to deliver music, photos and movies from a Microsoft Windows XP computer to home stereo systems and TVs. The same function is also available in Windows Media P layer 11. With this software, you can play ba ck files stored on the PC through various devices wherever you like in your ho me. At this time you cannot download the W indows Media Connec t software from Microsof tâ s website. If your server currently does not have Windows Media Connect inst alled, install Windows Media Player 11 (for Windows XP) instead. This software can be downloaded from MicrosoftâÂÂs website. For more information chec k the official Microsoft website. Authorizing this player In order to be able to browse and pl ay files from a server t his player must be authorized o r registered. This happens automatically when the player makes a connectio n over the network to the server. I f not, please authorize or r egister this player man ually on the server. For more information o n authorizing this player, r efer to the instruction manual of your ser ver. FAQ ⢠Some files donâÂÂt show up. Where are they? â File names that donâÂÂt end with one of the permitted extensions wonâÂÂt be recognized by this player. See also File compatibility on page 9. â Supported file fo rmats vary by server. As such , files not supported by your server are not di splayed on th is unit. For more information check with the man ufacturer of your server. First entering M ovie, Photo or Music N avigator After powering on this player and ente ring the Movie, Music or Photo Navigator, you may be presented with the Folders screen. This is due to this playe r compiling a l ist of the ava ilable media o n your media servers. This list wi ll vary depe nding on the media sharing software you are using, bu t you will be ab le to navigate through the li st using the ï©/ïª buttons, the ENTER key to select a folder, or the ENTER key on the Go back selection found i n each folder. If you come to a folder co ntaining content that you wish to play, you may press ï¬ to display the Movie Options , Phot o Options , or Song Optio ns as illustrated in pages 33, 35 and 36). Pressing ï« to display th e browse menu (a s illustrat ed in, pages 34, 35 and 37) will may a bro wse menu with the All Movies , All Photos or All Songs options grayed out. If this is the case, this means that this player has no t finish ed compiling the l ist of available media, and you may continue to browse thr ough the folders and play media while this list completes. When this player has finished compiling this l ist, the All Movies , All Ph otos or All Songs options will no longer be grayed out, and yo u will be able to select these a nd continue navigating as de scribed in this chapter: If you are not presented with a fold ers menu as described above, this means that th is player has fin ished compiling a list of available media on your media ser vers, and you can navigate throu gh the Movie, Photo or Music Navigator screens as described in this manual. Changing content on your Media Server If you change the ava ilable content on your media server (by adding or removing shared files) while you are in the Movie, Photo or Music Navigators, the Movie, Photo or Music Navigator screen you are on will change to the Folde rs menu. From here, you can browse the folders and play content as describe d in the first secti on. Once this player has finished compiling a new list of available media, the All Movies , All Photos or All Songs options of the browse menu will become hi ghlighted an access ible.
07 39 En Chapter 7 Video/Audio Adjust menu From the Vi deo/Audio Adjust menu you can make various settings that affect how video is presented on your TV and how the sounds. Items in the Video/Audi o Adjust menu can only be changed during playback. Video Adjust ⢠Default setting: Standard From the Vi deo Adjust screen you can select the Standard or Cinema video presentation or define presets of your own in Memory 1 to Memory 3 . 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVid eo/Audio Adjustâ from the on-screen disp lay. You can press VIDEO ADJUST on the rem ote to dis play the Video Adjust screen. 2 Sel ect âÂÂVideo Adju stâÂÂ. 3U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to select a preset. ⢠Standard â Standard setting ⢠Cinema 1 â Optimized for watching movies ⢠Memory 1/Memory 2/Memory 3 â Use for saving your own presets (see Creating your own presets below) 4 Press ENTER or RETURN to make the setting and exit the Video Adjust screen. PureCinema There are two types of video signals: Video inte rlace material, with a frame rate of 30 frames/second; and film progressive material, that has a frame rate of 24 frames/second. In PureCinema mode film progressi ve material is converted to 60 frames/second progressive, which ma tches more closely the picture quality of a cinema screen. (24 fram es/second source is converted to 60 frames/second.) When you have Video Adjust set to Standard , Cinema , or Memory 1 , Memory 2 or Memory 3 and play a BD-R OM or DVD disc video that c an be identified as film progressive or video interlace material, PureCinema mode is automatically activated. If you notice problems with the images projected when set to Cinema (images appear to motion-blurred, or jagged), set the Video Adju st to Stand ard or Memory 1 , Memory 2 or Memory 3 . Creating your own presets You can create up to three presets of your own. 1 Select one of the Memory presets. 2P r e s s ïª to select âÂÂDetailed Settingsâ then press ENTER. 3 Ad just the picture quality setti ngs. â¢U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select a setting. â¢U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to adjust the current setting. Select a setting t hen pres s ENTER to display just that setting. This gives you more screen area in which to see the effects of changes you make. ⢠Press ENTER or RETURN to go back to full- screen display. You can adju st any or all of the followin g picture qua lity settings: ⢠White Level 1 â Adjusts the intensit y of white. ⢠Black Level 1 â Adjusts the intensity of black. ⢠Hue 1 â Adjusts the overall color balance between red and green. ⢠Chroma Level 1 â Adjusts how sat urated colors appear. 4 Press RETURN to save the preset and exit the Detailed Settings screen. Note 1 Effe ctive only for video output from HDMI OUT or COMPONENT VIDEO OUT connections (sett ings do no affect video output from VIDEO OUT or S-VI DEO OUT ). Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Standard Detailed Settings Memory 1 Detailed Settings Memory 1 Hue Min Max White Level Max Black Level Max Chroma Level Green R ed Min Min Memory 1 Min Max White Level
07 40 En Audio Adjust From the Audio Adjust menu you can set the Audio DRC (Dynamic Range control). Audio DRC ⢠Default setting: Off When watching Dolby Digital BD and DVD discs, as well as PC files with Dolby Dig ital audio, at lo w volume, itâÂÂs easy t o lose the quieter sounds comp letely â includ ing some o f the dialog. Swi tching Audio DRC to On can help by bringing up the quieter sounds, while controlling l oud peaks. How much of a difference you hear depends on the m aterial youâÂÂre listening to. If the material do esnâÂÂt have wide variations in volume, you may not notic e much change. Important ⢠Audio DRC is effective with t he following t ypes of audio: â Analog audio from the AUDIO OUT (2ch) and AUDIO OUT (5. 1ch) jacks. â PCM audio f rom the DIG ITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/ OPTICAL) and HDMI OUT jacks (see also About the audio output settings on page 44). 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVid eo/Audio Adjustâ from the on-screen disp lay. 2 Select âÂÂAudio Adjustâ . 3 Highlight Audio DRC, then us e the ï«/ï¬ button s to change to âÂÂOffâÂÂ, âÂÂLevel 1âÂÂ, â Level 2â or âÂÂMaxâ as requir ed. 4 Press ENTER or RETURN to make the setting and exit the Audio Adjust screen. Home Menu Disc Navigator Home Media Gallery Video/Audio Adjust Initial Setup Video/A udio Adjust Video Adjust Audio Adjust Audio Adjust Audio DRC Off Max
08 41 En Chapter 8 Initial Setup menu Using the Initial Setup menu The Initial Setup menu is where you ca n set various player options for sound, pi cture, langu age and so on. N ote that settings can only be changed when the player is stopped. If you disconnect th e player from the wall outlet befo re switching the player off, an y new settings made during that session wi ll be l ost. ⢠Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂIn itial SetupâÂÂ. In the table below, the default option i s marked with a ⢠Setting Options Explanation Video Out TV Aspect Ratio 4:3 (Standard) Select if you have a standard 4:3 TV . See Changing the output video resolution . When the output video resolution is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p , video is output in 16:9 widescreen format even if TV Aspect Ratio is set to 4:3 (Standard) . When connected to a 4:3 TV, set the output video resolution to 480i or 480p . See also Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14. 16:9 (Widescreen) ⢠Select if you have a widescreen 16:9 TV . 4:3 Video Out Full 4:3 video material is output without black ba rs on either side of the picture if the TV Aspect Ratio (above) is set to 1 6:9 (Widescreen) . Normal ⢠4:3 video material is output with black ba rs on either side of the picture if the TV As pect Rat io setting (above) is set to 16:9 (Widescreen) . DVD 16:9 Video Out Letter Box ⢠If the TV Aspect Ratio setting (above) is set to 4:3 (Standard) , select this if y ou prefer letterbox presentation of 16:9 format DVDs. Pan & Scan If the TV Aspect Ratio setting (above) is set to 4:3 (Standard) , select this if y ou prefer P an & Scan presentation of 16:9 format DVDs. Some discs contain only Letter Box or Pan & Scan presentation so the vide o outp ut will depend on the disc. HDMI Color Space YCbCr ⢠This is the standard setting for HDMI-compatible devices. RGB (16-235) Use this setting if color s appear overly rich and the black too deep on the RGB (0-255) setting. RGB (0-255) Use if color s are weak and black appears to âÂÂfloatâ on the RGB (16-235) setting. When using an HDM I monitor that accepts only RGB input, this player outputs RGB video even if this setting is set to YCbCr . If the monitor is DV I-compatible, the pl ayer outputs RGB (0-255) color space. If however the pictur e looks unnatura l, set it to R GB (16-235) . 24p Direct Out On Gives smooth movement in BD film material video. This setting is only ef fective when the player is connected to a 1080/ 24p-compatible TV using HDMI. Off ⢠Choose this setting if you notice picture dist urbance when the video switches between video and film material. When 24p D irect Ou t is On , you may experience some picture disturbance when the video switches between vi deo and film material. See also Changing the ou tput vid eo resolution on page 14.
08 42 En Audio Out Dolby Digital Out Dolby Digital ⢠Outputs a Dolby Digital signal when a Dolby Digital source is being played. Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM Converts Dolby Digital sources to Linear PC M output. Use if your connected equipment doesnâÂÂt support Dolby Digital audio. This setting is effectiv e in digital audio outputs. DTS Out DTS ⢠Outputs a DTS signal when a DTS source is being played. DTS ï¤ PCM Converts sources with DTS audio to Linear PCM outpu t. Use if your connec ted equip ment doesnâÂÂt support DTS audio . This setting is effectiv e in digital audio outputs. DTS Downmix Stereo ⢠If youâÂÂve selected DTS ï¤ PCM in DTS Out above, you can choose th e way the DTS signal is downmixed PCM audio. Stereo downmixes the signal to 2-channel stereo . Lt/Rt Downmixes to a 2-channel signal compatible with Dolby surround ma trix decoders. (This allows you to hear surround sound if your A V receiver or amplifier has Dolby Pro Logic capability .) HDMI Aud io Out Auto ⢠Outputs a bitstream of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus, Dolby Digital, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio or DTS. Howeve r , if the player is connected to an HDMI device that is incompatible with the output of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, it outputs the Dolby Digital or DTS bitstream. Depending on the HDMI device connected and the content being played, Linear PCM audio may be output. See About the audio output settings on page 44 for details. PCM All audio signals are converted to Linear PCM. Th is player can output up to 7.1 ch Linear PCM if the connected HDMI devices are capable of th e output of Dolby T rueHD, Dolby Digital Plus or DTS-HD High Resolution Audio . See About the audio output settings on page 44 for details. Language OSD Language English ⢠Sets the language of the on-screen displays to English. available languages Choose from the languages displa yed for the on-screen displays. Audio Language Engl ish ⢠Sets both the BD-ROM and DVD-Video default audio language to English. available languages Choose from the languages displayed to set the default audio language for BD-ROM and DVD-V ideo playbac k. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defa ult audio language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc playback. Y ou can select the langu age na me or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necessarily have a udio in your se lected language. Also, so me discs override the Audio Language pre ference. Subtitle Language English ⢠Sets the default subtitle language for BD-R OM and DVD-Video playback to English. available languages Choose from the languages displayed to set th e default subtitle language for BD-ROM and DVD-V ideo playbac k. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defaul t subtitle language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc playback. Y ou can select the langu age na me or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necessarily have subt itles in your selected language . Also , some discs override the Subtitle Language preference. BD/DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Language ⢠Sets the language of BD-ROM and DVD-Video menu s to the same as that set for the subtitle language. available languages Choose from the displayed languages to set th e default language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video menus. Other Continue to the next screen to set the defa ult menu language for BD-ROM and DVD-Video disc menus. Y ou can select the language name or enter the code number (see on page 49 for the code list). Discs do not necess arily have menus in yo ur selected menu language. Subtitle Display On ⢠Select to have BD-ROM and DVD-Video discs display subtitles. Off Select to switch off subtitle display. Some discs may override these settings. Setting Options Explanation
08 43 En Parental Lock Change Password (Set Password) Next Screen Set or change the password necessary to pl ay BD or DVD discs that have level/age restrictions. In order to change the password, youâÂÂll need t o first enter your existing one. DVD Parental Lock Change Level Enter your password and then set the parental lo ck level. Discs with a lock level h igher than that set in the player will require the password to play . DVD Country Code Enter your password and then se t a countr y/area code. This ensures that you see the scenes intended for your countr y or area. See BD/DVD co untry/area code list on page 49. BD Parental Lock Change Age Restriction Enter your password and then set the age rest riction. âÂÂ255â indicates no parental control. BD Count ry Code Enter your password and then se t a country/area code. This ensures that you see the scenes intended for your countr y or area. See BD/DVD co untry/area code list on page 49. Only certain discs have parental lock featur es. Check the di sc packaging to see wh at features the dis c has. If you for get your passwor d you can reset it by res etting the player to its factory setti ngs. See BD/DVD language code list on page 49. Network IP Configuration Next Screen Continue to the next screen to input IP address details. See Setting up for network use on page 21 fo r more detail ed informatio n. Device Name Next Screen Continue to the next screen to set the name of th is player as it will appear to other devices on the network. See Setting up for network use on page 21 for more detailed information. Display Network Config. Next Screen Continue to the next screen to s ee a summary of your network settings . Speakers Audio Output Mode 2 Channel ⢠Set if you connected this player to an amplifier using only the front lef t/right chann els of the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) outputs. 5.1 Channel Set if you connected this player to an amplifier using all 5.1 channels of the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) outputs. On this setting the audio output from the AUDIO OUT (2ch ) jacks will be incorrect. Speaker Setup Next Screen Continue to the next screen to specify wh ich speakers are connected to your system. This setting affects how audio is output fr om the multi-channel analog outputs. See Speaker Setup on page 45 for more detailed information. Options On Screen Display On ⢠The player displays operation displays (âÂÂStopâÂÂ, âÂÂPlay âÂÂ, etc.) on-screen. Off Switches off the on-screen operation displays. Auto Power Off On ⢠If the player is stopped or paused for more th an 30 minutes with no operation by the user , the player automatically switches itsel f off . Off No automatic power off . Setup Navigator Start Select to start the Setup Navigator . See also Switc hing on and setting up on page 20. HDMI Control On ⢠Select when using the HD MI Control func tion. See HDMI Control on page 7. Off Select when not using the HDMI Control function. See HDMI Control on page 7. Set hybrid disc playback layer BD ⢠Playback the BD portion . DVD Playback the DVD portion. When no DVD portion is present, the B D portion is played back. CD Playback the CD portion. When no CD portion is present, the BD portion is played back. This setting cannot be changed when a disc is inserted in the disc tray. Software Update Start The Software Update function can check for an d download updated system software from the network ser ver . See Software updating on page 45. Setting Options Explanation
08 44 En About the audio output settings The table below s hows how the audio s ettings you mak e in the Initial Setup m enu (page 41) affect th e output to the analog (2ch/5 .1ch), digital and HDMI outputs with various types of disc/files. Note ⢠Output sam pling rate is 48 kH z through th e digital audi o outputs. ⢠MPEG audio is always ou tput as linear PCM. Disc audio format Analog outputs Digita l outputs HDMI output 1 1. If the connected HDMI device is compatible with fewer channels o f Linear PCM audio than this playe r, the ou tput will b e adjus ted to b e compa tible wi th the H DMI dev ice. 2ch 2 2. When Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel or 5.1 Channel (see Audio Output Mode on page 43). 5.1ch 2 PCM convert 3 3. Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM or DTS ï¤ PCM setting (see Dolb y Digital Out and DTS Out on page 42). Bitstream 4,5 4. Dolby Digi tal or DTS setting (see Dolby Digital Out an d DTS Out on page 42) . 5. Even if t here is in teractiv e audio, i nteractiv e audio i s not mixe d. PCM 6 6. When HDMI Audio Out is set to PCM or Auto (see HDMI Audio Out on page 42). Auto 5,6,7 7. If the connected HDMI device is not compat ible with Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD or D T S- HD Hi gh R es ol ut i on Au di o, th e si g nal will be output as Dolby Digital or DTS. If the HDMI device is not compat ible with Dolby Digital or DTS, the signal is output as Linear PCM. If Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digi tal Plus or DTS-HD Hi gh Resolution A udio is converted and ou tput as Linear PCM, the output sign al is Linear PC M of each source signal. BD-ROM Dolby Digital 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 5.1ch PCM Dolby Di gital Dolby Digital Plus 8 8. AUDIO OUT (2ch) , AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) and DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) output Dolby Digi tal. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 7.1ch PCM 9 9. Audio is output in 7.1ch/6.1ch with Surro und Back output sources only. W ith other sources, audio is output in 5.1ch. Th e 6.1 Su rround Back au dio is outp ut in 7.1ch. Dolby Digital Plus Dolby T rueHD 8 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 7.1ch PCM 9,10,11,12,13 10.Interactive audio is not mixed whe n the sampling rate is 192 kHz or 96 kHz. 11.Outputs 2ch downmix PCM when the sampling rate is 192 kHz. 12.Outputs max. 5.1ch audio when the disc contains 96 kHz audio and the resolutio n is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p . 13.Outputs 2ch audio when the disc contains 96 kHz audio and the resolution is set to 480i or 480p . Dolby T rueHD 14 14.Outputs a Dolby Digital bitstream whe n the resolution is set to 480i or 480p . DTS 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM 10,15, 16 15.Outputs 48 kHz audio when the disc contains 96 kHz aud io and the reso lution i s set t o 480i or 480p . 16.Outputs 7.1ch audio when the source is the DTS-ES 6.1 Discrete audio. DTS DTS-HD High Res o lu t i on Audio 17 17. AUDIO OUT (2ch) , AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) and DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (COAXIAL/OPTICAL) output DTS. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 7.1ch PCM 9,10,12,15 DTS-HD Hi gh Reso l uti on Au di o DTS-HD Master Audio 18 18.DTS sound is output. 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM 10,15, 16 DTS Linear PCM 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch downmix PCM 11 2ch downmix PCM 2ch downmix PCM 7.1ch PCM 10,11, 15 7.1ch PCM DVD-Video Dolby Digital 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM Dolby Digital 5.1ch PCM Dolby Di gital DTS 2ch downmix PCM 5.1ch PCM 2ch downmix PCM DTS 5.1ch PCM DTS MPEG 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM Linear PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM 2ch PCM
08 45 En Speaker Setup You only need to make th is settin g if you connected this player to your amplifier using the 5.1 channel analog outputs. This sett ing does not affect any di gital aud io output. Use the Speaker Setup screen to tell the player what kinds of speakers you have connected. 1 Press H OME MENU and select âÂÂInitial Setu pâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSpeakersâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂSpeaker Setup âÂÂ, then âÂÂNext Scre enâÂÂ. 4U s e t h e ï©/ïª buttons to select a speaker. 5U s e t h e ï«/ï¬ buttons to change the speaker setup. Specify which speakers you have in your setup: ⢠C (Center): Yes or No ⢠Ls/Rs (Surround): Yes or No ⢠L/R (Mai n): Small or Large (This setting i s only appl icable if the C and Ls/Rs speakers are present.) 6 Press ENTER to save the settings and exit the Speaker Setup screen. Software updating The software of the player can be updated by connecting it to the Internet using a LAN cable. Important ⢠Dep ending on the Internet connec tion conditions, softwa re updating may take a certain p eriod of time (certain time is a lso required for downlo ading of software). Other op erations are defeated during so ftware updating. ⢠As the disc tray opens automati cally when software updating starts, it is recommended to open the r ack door if the player is installed in a rack with front doors. Whe n the disc tray is open, never attempt to push close it by force (leave the disc tray open). ⢠Do not unplug th e power cord during software updating. Otherwise, the updating will be aborted and malfunction may occur with the player. Note â¢S t e p s 1 to 3 are the operations performed by the user (the y are intended to download the software from the Internet). â¢S t e p s 4 to 6 are the operations performed (automatic ally) by the player (they are intended to update the software). 1 Press HOME MENU and se lect âÂÂInitial SetupâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂSoftware UpdateâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂStartâÂÂ, then âÂÂYesâÂÂ. ⢠Th e player turns of f automati cally. ⢠If the player is already ru nning the latest software, a help message will be displayed. ⢠Dependin g on the Internet connection conditio ns, software updating ma y take a certa in period of ti me (certain time is als o required for downloading of software). Other op erations are defeated during software updating. 4 Do wnloading a nd updati ng of the softw are start. The front panel display sho ws the follo wing messa ges, and the player produces an operatin g sound (it does not ou tput audio or video). 5 Updating starts. ⢠The front panel display shows messages such as âÂÂDATA CHECKâ , âÂÂWRT FLASH 1â , âÂÂWRT DRIVEâ and âÂÂWRT SUBCONâ . ⢠Do not un plug the power cord during sof tware updating. 6 The disc tray opens automatically when updating completes. ⢠The front panel display shows âÂÂDL OKâ and the player turns off automatically. ⢠When the disc tray is open, never attempt to push close it by force (leave the disc tray ope n). 7 Verify that the software is u pdated properly. â¢S t e p 7 is the operation perfor med by the user. ⢠Turn th e player on. If the front panel display shows âÂÂDL OKâ , the software has been up dated successfully. Initial Setup Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Spekaers Options C Ls/Rs L/R Speaker Setup Ye s Ye s Large Initial Setup Video Out Audio Out Language Parental Lock Network Spekaers Options Software Update Do not unplug the power cord during downloading. The disc tray will open. Do not touc h it. Wait awhile. Start downloading? Ye s N o âÂÂPOWER OFFâ ï¢ âÂÂPOWER ONâ ï¢ âÂÂNETâ ï¢ âÂÂNET-DWLDâ ï¢ âÂÂDOWNLOADâÂÂ
09 46 En Chapter 9 Additional information Taking care of your player and discs Handling discs When holding discs of any type, take care not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on the disc surfa ce. Hold the disc by its edge or by the center hole and edge. Damaged or dirt y discs can affect playba ck performance. Take ca re also not to s cratch the label side of the disc. Al though not a s fragile as the recorded side, scratches ca n still result in a disc becoming unusable. Should a disc become marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry clot h, wiping the di sc lightly from the center to the outside edge as shown in the diagram below. Wipe lightly fr om the center of the disc using straight strokes . DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surf ace using circ ular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a co mmercially available DVD/BD cleani ng kit to clean a dis c more thoro ughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents, inclu ding products design ed for cleaning vinyl records. Storing discs Although BD and DVD discs a re more durable than vinyl records, you should still t ake care to handle and store discs correctly. When youâÂÂre not using a disc, return it to its case and store upright. Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold , humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point p en or other sha rp-tipped w riting instrument . These could all dama ge the dis c. For more detailed care informatio n see the instructions that come with discs. Do not load more than one disc into the player at a time. Damaged and odd-shaped discs Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If you can see that a disc is cracked, chipped, warp ed, or ot herwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk usin g it in your player â you c ould end up damaging it. This player is designed for use with convention al, fully circular discs only. Use of shaped discs is not recommended for this product. Pioneer disclaims a ll liability ari sing in connect ion with the use of shaped discs. Do not use any kind of adapter wh en playing 8 cm DVD discs. This s i z e d i s c c a n b e p l a y e d i n t h i s p l a y e r w i t h o u t a n a d a p t e r ; j u s t u s e t h e smaller disc guide in the disc tray. Cleaning the pickup lens The playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malf unction du e to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer-author ized service center. Although lens cleaner s for DVD players are comm ercially av ailable, we advise against using them since some may dama ge the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the pla yer if it is brought i nto a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the roo m rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt dam age the player, it may temporarily impair its perform ance. For this reason you should leave it to adjust to the warmer te mperature for abo ut an hour befor e switching on and using.
09 47 En Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this pr oduct for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a suitable lo cation for it: Do... ⢠Use in a well -ventilated ro om. ⢠Pla ce on a solid, flat, level surf ace, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack. DonâÂÂt... ⢠U se in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-gene rating appliances. ⢠Pla ce on a window sill or other pla ce where the player will be exposed to direct sunlight. ⢠U se in an excessively dusty or damp environment. ⢠Place directly on top of an amp lifier, or other component i n your stereo system that becomes hot in use. ⢠P l a c e t h e p l a y e r o n t o p o f o r i m m e dia tely next to the television or monitor as you may experience in terference. ⢠Use in a kitchen or other roo m where the player ma y be exposed to smoke or steam. ⢠U se on a thick rug or carp et, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of th e unit. ⢠Pla ce on an un stable surface, or one tha t is not large enough to support all four of the unitâÂÂs feet. Moving the player If you need to move this unit, first rem ove the disc, if thereâÂÂs one loaded, and close the disc tray. Next, press ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the power to standby, checking that the power off indication in the display goes off. Wait at least 10 seconds. Lastly, disconnect the power cord. Never lift or move the unit during pla yback â discs rotate at a h igh speed and may be damaged. Caution for when the unit is installed in a rack with a glass door Do not press the ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE button on the remote control to open the disc table while the gla ss door is closed. The do or will hamper movement of the disc tabl e, and the disc table could be damaged. Screen sizes and disc formats BD-ROM and DVD-Video discs come in several different screen aspect ratios, r anging from TV p rog rams, which a re generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies, wi th an asp ect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions, too, come in differen t aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and âÂÂwidescreenâ 16:9. Widescreen TV users If you have a widescreen TV, the TV Aspect Ratio setting (page 41) of this player should be set to 16:9 (Widescreen) . When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 form at, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. Please note that some movie a spect ratios are wider th an 16:9, so even though you have a widescreen TV , these discs will still play in a âÂÂletter boxâ style with black bars at the t op and bottom of the screen. Standard TV users If you have a standard TV, the TV Aspect Ratio setting (page 41) of this player s hould be se t to 4:3 (Standard) . Resetting the player Use this procedure to reset all the playerâÂÂs settings to the factory default. 1 Make sure that the pl ayer is turned on. 2P r e s s ï§ to stop playback when a di sc is being played back. 3 Press and hold ï§ and press ïµ STANDBY/ON. ⢠Use the control buttons on the front panel. ⢠The player turns off with all settings reset.
09 48 En Setting up the remote to control your TV 1 Input the manufacturer code. While hold ing down th e TV CONTROL ïµ button, input the two digit code from the table belo w that corresponds to the make of yo ur TV. For exam ple, if you ha ve a Pioneer TV, press and hold TV CONTROL ïµ , then press 0 , 0 on the remote control. 2 Con firm that the T V is responding to the prog ramed code. On the remote, press the TV CONTROL ïµ button. If the TV switches on (or into standby if it was on previously), then you have the correct code. If nothing happens when yo u press the TV CONTROL ïµ button, start again from step 1 using a di fferent code. Some manufacturers have several codes. Try each one until you find the on e that works. TV Preset code list Please note that there are cases where on ly certain functions ma y be controllable after assigning the proper preset code, or th e cod es for the manufacturer in the list will not work for the model th at you are using. Manufacturer Co de(s) ACURA 44 ADMIRAL 31 AIWA 60 AKAI 32, 35, 42 AKURA 41 ALBA 07, 39, 41 , 44 AMSTRAD 42, 44, 47 ANITECH 44 ASA 45 ASUKA 41 AUDIOGONIC 07, 36 BASIC LINE 41, 44 BAUR 31, 07, 42 BEKO 38 BEON 07 BLAUPUNKT 31 BLUE SKY 41 BLUE STAR 18 BPL 18 BRANDT 36 BTC 41 BUSH 07, 41, 42, 44, 47, 56 CASCADE 44 CATHAY 07 CENTURION 07 CGB 42 CIMLINE 44 CLARIVOX 07 CLATRONIC 38 CONDOR 38 CONTEC 44 CROSLEY 32 CROWN 38, 44 CRYSTAL 42 CYBERTRON 41 DAEWOO 07, 44, 56 DAINICHI 41 DANSAI 07 DAYTON 44 DECCA 07, 48 DIXI 07, 44 DUMONT 53 ELIN 07 ELITE 41 ELTA 44 EMERSON 42 ERRES 07 FERGUSON 07, 36, 51 FINL ANDIA 35, 43, 54 FINLUX 32, 07, 45, 48, 53 , 54 FIRSTLINE 40, 44 FISHER 32, 35, 38, 45 FORMENTI 32, 07, 42 FRONTECH 31, 42, 46 FRONTECH / PROTECH 32 FUJITSU 48 FUNAI 40, 46, 58 GBC 32, 42 GE 00, 01, 08, 07, 10, 11, 17 , 02, 28, 18 GEC 07, 34, 48 GELOSO 32, 44 GENERAL 29 GENEXXA 31, 41 GOLDSTAR 10, 23, 21, 02, 07 , 50 GOODMANS 07, 39, 47, 48, 56 GORENJE 38 GPM 41 GRAETZ 31, 42 GRANADA 07, 35, 42, 43, 48 GRADIENTE 30, 57 GRANDIN 18 GRUNDIG 31, 53 HANSEATIC 07, 42 HCM 18, 44 HINARI 07, 41, 44 HISAWA 18 HITACHI 31, 33, 34, 36, 42, 4 3, 54, 06, 10, 24, 25, 18 HUANYU 56 HYPSON 07, 18, 46 ICE 46, 47 IMPERIAL 38, 42 INDIANA 07 INGELEN 31 INTERFUNK 31, 32, 07, 42 INTERVISION 46, 49 ISUKAI 41 ITC 42 ITT 31, 32, 42 JEC 05 JVC 13, 23 KAISUI 18, 41, 44 KAPSCH 31 KENDO 42 KENNEDY 32, 42 KORPEL 07 KOYODA 44 LEYCO 07, 40, 46 , 48 LIESENK & T TER 07 LOEWE 07 LUXOR 32, 42, 43 M - ELECTR ONIC 31, 44, 45 , 54, 56, 07, 36, 51 MAGNADYNE 32, 49 MAGNAFON 49 MAGNAVOX 07, 10, 03, 12, 29 MANESTH 39, 46 MARANTZ 07 MARK 07 MATSUI 07, 39, 40, 42, 44, 47, 48 MCMICHAEL 34 MEDIATOR 07 MEMOREX 44 METZ 31 MINERVA 31, 53 MITSUBISHI 09, 10, 02, 21, 31 MULTITECH 44, 49 NEC 59 NECKERMANN 31, 07 NEI 07, 42 NIKKAI 05, 07, 41, 46, 48 NOBLIKO 49 NOKIA 32, 42, 52 NORDMENDE 32, 36, 51, 52 OCEANIC 31, 32, 42 ORION 32, 07, 39 , 40 OSAKI 41, 46, 48 OSO 41 OSUME 48 OTTO VERSAND 31, 32, 07, 42 PALLADIUM 38 PANAMA 46 PANASONIC 31, 07, 08, 42, 22 PATHO CINEMA 42 PAUSA 44 PHILCO 32, 42 PHILIPS 31, 07, 34, 56, 68 PHOENIX 32 PHONOLA 07 PROFEX 42, 44 PROTECH 07, 42, 44, 46, 49 QUELLE 31, 32, 07, 42 , 45, 53 R - LINE 07 RADIOLA 07 RADIOSHACK 10, 23, 21, 02 RBM 53 RCA 01 , 10, 15, 16, 17 , 18, 61, 62, 09 REDIFFUSION 32, 42 REX 31, 46 ROADSTAR 41, 44, 46 SABA 31, 36, 42, 51 SAISHO 39, 44, 46 SALORA 31, 32, 42, 43 SAMBERS 49 SAMSUNG 07, 38, 44, 46, 69, 70 SANYO 35, 45, 48, 21, 14, 91 SBR 07, 34 SCHAUB LORENZ 42 SCHNEIDER 07, 41, 47 SEG 42, 46 SEI 32, 40, 49 SELECO 31, 42 SHARP 02, 19, 27, 67, 90 SIAREM 32, 49 SIEMENS 31 SINUDYNE 32, 39, 40, 49 SKANTIC 43 SOLAVOX 31 SONOKO 07, 44 SONOLOR 31, 35 SONTEC 07 SONY 04 SOUNDWAVE 07 STANDARD 41, 44 STERN 31 SUSUMU 41 SYSLINE 07 TANDY 31, 41, 48 TASHIKO 34 TATUNG 07, 48 TEC 42 TELEAVIA 36 TELEFUNKEN 36, 37, 52 TELETECH 44 TENSAI 40, 41 THOMSON 36, 51, 52, 63 THORN 31, 07, 42, 45, 48 TOMASHI 18 TOSHIBA 05, 02, 26, 21, 53 TOWADA 42 ULTRAVOX 32, 42, 49 UNIDEN 92 UNIVERSUM 31, 07, 38, 42, 45, 46, 54 VESTEL 07 VICTOR 13 VO XSON 31 WALTHAM 43 WATSON 07 WATT RADIO 32, 42, 49 WHITE WESTINGHOUSE 07 YOKO 07, 42, 46 ZENITH 03, 20 PIONEER 00, 31, 32, 07, 36 , 42, 51
09 49 En BD/DVD language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code BD/DVD country/area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code , Country/Area code letter Troubleshooting Incorrect operation i s often mistake n for trouble or malfunctio n. If you think that there is something wr ong with this componen t, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Inspec t the other components an d electrical ap pliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified after checki ng the items below, please contact customer services. In the US, call Toll Free (80 0) 421 -1404. (Telephone lines are open Monday through Frida y 6:00 AM to 4:30 PM (Pac ific Time) and S aturday 8:00 AM to 4: 30 PM (Pacific Time ).) In Canada, call Local (905) 479-44 11, or Long distance 1(877) 283- 5901 . (Telephone lines are open Mo nday through Friday 9:00 AM t o 5:15 PM (EST).) Playback troubleshooting Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr ), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am ), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (a z), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (b o), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroes e (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0 905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0 914 Icelandic (is), 091 9 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georg ian (k a), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malaga sy (m g), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (m l), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese ( mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (n o), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 190 9 Slovak (s k), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (s r), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st ), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argenti na, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Jap an, 1016, jp Republic of Korea, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, m x Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us Problem Remedy The disc wonâÂÂt play or is automatically ejected after loading. ⢠Make sure the disc is free from dirt and dust and is not damaged (see Taking care of your player and discs on page 46). ⢠Make sur e the disc is loaded with the label side face-up and aligned properly in the disc tray guide. ⢠Inc ompatible region: If the region on a BD-ROM or DVD-Video disc does not match the region on the player, the disc cannot be used (see BD-ROM regions and DVD-Video regions on page 10). ⢠Cond ensation inside the player: Al low time for condensation to ev aporate. Avoid us ing the player near an air-conditioning unit. ⢠Make sure the disc is compat ible with this player (see Disc/content format pl ayback compatibility on page 9).
09 50 En Picture freezes and the front panel and remote control buttons stop working. ⢠Press ï§ (stop), then start playback again ( ï¤ (play)). ⢠Press the front panel ïµ STANDBY/ON button to switch the power off , then switch back on and restart playback. If the power fails to switch off , press and hold ïµ STANDB Y/ON for 20 seconds until the power switches off . Then switch on again by pressing ïµ STANDBY/ON . ⢠Unplug from the wall socket, then plug ba ck in and switch on again by pressing ïµ STANDBY/ON to switch the player on. No picture/No color. ⢠I ncorrect video c o nnections: Check that connections are co rrect and that plugs are inserted fully. Also check the video cable for damage. ⢠T V/monitor or AV amplifier settings are incorrect : Check the instruction ma nual of the connected equipment. ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settings ma y result in the picture dis appearing. In thi s case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14). ⢠Some BD-ROM discs output vid eo only over HDMI. The video output is set to 720p/1080i/ 1080p, but the actual output is 480i or 480p. ⢠For copy-protection pur poses, DVD-Video and some BD-ROM discs output 48 0i or 480p over the component output. Screen is stretched or aspect does not change. â¢T h e TV Aspect Ratio or 4:3 Video Out setting in the Initial Setup menu is incorrect. See TV Aspect Ratio and 4:3 Video Out on page 41 for how to set these correctly for your TV/monitor. ⢠When output video resolution is set to 720p , 1080i or 1080p , video is output in 16:9 Widescreen format even if TV Aspect Ratio is set to 4:3 (Standard) . P icture disturbance during playback or dark image. ⢠T his player is compatible with Macrovision Sy stem copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the T V. This is not a malfunction. ⢠Due to the playerâÂÂs copy protec tion circuits, connection of this device through a VCR or an AV selector may cause picture problems. This is not a malfunction. No audio, or audio is distorted. ⢠No audio is output du ring slow motion playback or when scanning contents. ⢠Ch eck your amplifier/receiverâÂÂs settings (vol ume, input function, speaker settings, etc.). ⢠Check that the disc is free from dust and dirt, and that it is not damaged ( Taking care of your player and discs on page 46). ⢠Check that all interconnects are firmly inserted. ⢠Check that the plugs and terminals are free of dirt, oxide, etc. and clean if necessary. Also check the cable for damage. ⢠Make sure the playerâÂÂs output is not connecte d to the amplifierâÂÂs phono (turntabl e) inputs. â¢C h e c k t h e Audio Output M ode on page 43. If this is set to 5.1 Channel, out put from the AUDIO OUT (2ch) jacks will be incorrect. â¢C h e c k t h e Speaker Setup on page 45. ⢠For copy-protection purposes, some BD-ROM discs only output audio ov er optical/coaxial and HDMI. ⢠W hen Audio CDs containing text files or such data are played back, sound is muted. The analog audio is OK, but there appears to be no optical/coaxial digital audio signal. ⢠Check that the Dolby Digi tal Out an d DTS Out settin gs (page 42) are suitable for your amplifier/ receiver â check the instruction manual th at came with your amplifier/receiv er (also check that the output settings on your ampl ifier/receiver are correct). Cannot play multi-channel audio. ⢠Check the audio options available from the disc menu. ⢠Multi-channel 192 kHz audio is output in 2 channels. ⢠Check that the Dolby Digi tal Out an d DTS Out settings (page 42) are suitable for your amplifier/ receiver â check the instruction man ual th at came with your amplifier/receiver . ⢠If you connected this player to your amplifier/re ceiver using the 5.1 channe l analog outputs, make sure the Audio Output Mode (page 43) and Speaker Setup (page 45) are set correctly . ⢠If you connected this player to your amplifier/re ceiver u sing HDMI, or the optical/coaxial digital outputs, make sure that the outp ut settings on your amplifier/receiver are correct (refer to the instruction manual that came with your amplifier/ receiver). ⢠T o use the 7.1ch setting for Dolby Digital Out , set Dolby Digital ï¤ PCM (page 42). Noise is outpu t when DTS audio is played. ⢠If this unit is conn ected to a non-DTS compatible amplifier or decoder using a digita l audio cable, set DTS Out to DTS ï¤ PCM (page 42). If you do not do this, no ise will be output when you play a DTS disc. Cannot output 96 kHz or 192 kHz digital audio from optical/coaxial digital output. ⢠The player d oes not output digital audio from th e optical/coaxial jacks at this sampling r ate. The digital output is automatically downsampled. Problem Remedy
09 51 En HDMI troubleshooting Disc containing PC fil es wonâÂÂt play . ⢠Make sure the disc is compatible with this player (see Disc/content format pl ayback compatibility on page 9). ⢠T his player is compatible with multi-border discs, but only plays the first border . ⢠Check that the file complies to one of the supported formats, bit rates or profiles (see File compatib ility on page 9). Also check that the file is not damaged. ⢠If the message âÂÂCann ot play this formatâ is displayed when you tr y to play PC files, check the file formats. ⢠This player cannot play DRM-protected content on DVD and DRM-protec ted titles appear in the Disc Navigator with a lock icon () . No picture or High De finition video output when watching a BD. ⢠For copy-protection purposes, composite, S-Vide o and component video output ma y not possible. See Connecting for HDMI output on page 13 to connect using HDMI. Image is blurred when you begin playback of a disc. ⢠Certain televisions cause blur e ffects when playback of a disc begins. This is not a malfunction. T racks/files are repeated during random play . ⢠Because tracks/files are selected entirely at random, same tracks /files may be played in quick s uc c e s s i o n. Fo r e x a m p l e , â T ra c k 1 â m a y b e f o l l o w e d b y â T r a c k 5 , â o nl y t o h a v e â T ra c k 1 â p l a y a g a i n n e xt . This is not a malfunction. SlideShows do not play . ⢠If you have selected a single file and select Slideshow from the Photo Options menu, then only that single file is played back. T o play a slideshow you must select All Photos from the browse menu. Images no longer displayed when you change the 24p Direct Out setting to On . ⢠Depending on your display, some of the settings ma y result in the picture disappearing. In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resolution on page 14). CDs cannot be copied on other external components. ⢠The audio signals of a CD output at the jacks of this player are protecte d from copying and cannot be copied on other external components. ⢠T o copy the audio signals recorded on a CD , connect your external components to the AUDIO OUT (2ch) jacks of this player . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy No HDMI video output. (A connected HDMI component doesnâÂÂt work with this player .) ⢠T his unit has been designed to be compliant wi th HDMI (High-Definition M ultimedia Inter face). Depending on the component you have connecte d, unreliable signal transfers may result. ⢠If you connect a DVI devi ce to the HDMI output of this player , ensure that it is compliant with High-bandwidth Digital Co ntent Protection (HDCP). ⢠If the fron t panel HDMI indicator is unlit t hen: â Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using. Y ou may need to refer to the in struction manual of the component to do this. â Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable isnâÂÂt damaged. ⢠If the fron t panel HDMI indicator is lit: â Depending on your display , some of the settings ma y result in the p icture disappearing . In this case, press OUTPUT RESOLUTION repeatedly until the picture re-appears (see Changing the output video resoluti on on page 14). ⢠Depending on the HDMI cable bein g used, 1080p output may not appea r correctly. Colors are too rich or too weak, or black is too deep or appears to âÂÂfloatâÂÂ. ⢠Use a different HDMI Color Space setting (page 41). No HDMI audio output. ⢠If you have connected to an HDCP-c ompatible DVI component, there wonâÂÂt be any audio output from the HDMI terminal. Connect using the optical/ coaxial digital outputs (or the analog outputs). ⢠Verify that the connected HDMI device is compatible with Dolby T rueHD or Dolby Digital Plus (i.e. if bitstream output is allowed). If the HDMI device is not compatible, the audio will be converted into Dolby Digital or Linear PCM.
09 52 En Network troubleshooting HDMI Control does not function. ⢠Verify that the HDMI ca ble is firmly connected. ⢠Make sur e that this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control is set to On (page 43). ⢠Make sure that the HDMI Cont rol for the connected components is se t to On. For more information, refer to the operating manual for the connected component. ⢠T his function may not work properly if you h ave multiple components connec ted to a single plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receive r etc.). For more information refer to the operating manual of your plasma display or AV system. ⢠Y ou can enable HDMI Control by turning the HDMI Control setting to On for all components connected via HDMI cable. Check th e video output from this unit once you have completed making connections and settings for all co mponents. Y ou will need to check the video output each time you change connected components or remove the HDMI cable. ⢠Check whether the connected component supports HD MI Control or not. For more information refer to the operating manual of your plasma display or AV system (amplifier or AV receiver etc.). ⢠Certain functions are not supported on some plasma display s. ⢠This player does not support HDMI Control-compatible components othe r than those made by Pi o n e e r . ⢠T his unit will not function properly wi th componen ts that do not support HDMI Control, or when connected with components othe r than those made by P ioneer . ⢠T he HDMI Control functions may not operate properly if you do not use an HDMI cable that supports the HDMI 1.3 specification (Category 2) or later . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Home Media Galler y is not available. ⢠LAN indicator i s unlit: â Check the physical connections (hub, 100BASE-TX, or other cable quality). ⢠LAN indicator is lit: â If this player âÂÂs IP address is set automatically , ma ke sure that the media ser ver âÂÂs address is also set automatically . If the IP address of the media server has been set manually , set the IP address of the player manually too (see Network on page 43). â Check the logical connections (IP address setup, DH CP , etc.). Confirm that the IP address is correct if acquired using DHCP or Auto-IP in the Network Config. screen that follows the Initial Setup menu (see page 43). â Confirm that the media ser ver is on and not in standby or sleep mode. â Check the network and other settings on the media ser ver . â Check that this player and the media ser ver are on the same Local Area Network (LAN). â Check if the media serv er (Windows Media Play er 11, Windows Media Connect or DLNA-compliant) is running. Restart if necessary . â Check if the media ser ver is setup correctly for fi le sharing, if t he target folder has been deleted or if one or more folders has become corrupted on the server . â Check if the PC is operating properly. R eboot the PC after confirming its specificat ions and setup. A connected media ser ver does not show up in the source list in the Home Media Galler y . ⢠Confirm that the media server is on and not in standby or sleep mode. ⢠Check the network and other settings on the media server . ⢠Check that this player and the media server are on the same Local Area Network (LAN). ⢠Check if the media server (Windows Media Play er 11, W indows Media Connect or DLNA-compliant) is running. Restart if necessar y . ⢠Check if the media server is setup correctly for file sharin g, if the target folder has been del eted or if one or more folders has become corrupted on the ser ver . ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specifications and setu p. ⢠Check that there are playable files on th e media ser ve r . ⢠After adding a new media ser ver , exit the Home Me dia Galler y then, after a few moments, re-enter it. A media server shows up in the source list but is not available (a lock icon () appears). ⢠Check the media server setup. If a client is re gistered (authorized) manu ally , the setup procedure may have to be run again . ⢠Check that there are playable files on th e media ser ve r . ⢠After adding a new media ser ver , exit the Home Me dia Galler y then, after a few moments, re-enter it. Content different from last time appears on the network (missing items, etc.). ⢠If the player cannot connect to the same ser ver as last time (because it is switched off , for example), the player will connect to another ser ver on the network. T o see cont ent on a particular ser ver , make sure it is running and then select it as the source in the Home Media Galler y (see Movie sources on page 34).
09 53 En Miscellaneous troubleshooting Cannot play or display . ⢠Check th e physical connections (hub, 100B ASE-TX, or other cable quality). ⢠Check if the file complies to the supp orted format, bit rate or profile (see File compati bility on page 9). Also check if the file is damaged. ⢠If the message âÂÂCannot play this formatâ is displaye d when you try to play PC fi les, check the file formats. ⢠It takes time to capture and display a large-sized image; during this time you may have to wait to operate the player . ⢠This player cannot play DRM-protected content stored on a DLNA ser ver (not a Windows Media Player 11 or Windows Me dia Connect ser ver). ⢠Some files that comply with one of the suppo rted formats may not play or be displayed. ⢠Check if there are too many files on the server . ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specification and setu p. Image or sound is interrupted or distorted (block noise appears). ⢠Check the physical connection s (hub, 100BASE-TX, or other ca ble quality). It is strongly recommended to use 100BASE-TX for playback quality and display speed. ⢠When connected by a wireless LAN, check if the bi t rate is sufficient. ⢠Check that the file complies with the supported format, bit rate or profile (see File compatib ility on page 9). Also check if the file is damaged. ⢠Some files that comply with one of the suppo rted formats may not play or be displayed. ⢠Check if the PC is operating properly . Reboot the PC after confirming its specification and setu p. Genre (movie), Playlist (music), Album (photo) or folder configuration differs from one ser ver to another . ⢠The configuration may change depending on ser ver t ype. This is not a malfunction. An available ser ver is selected but cannot be navigated. ⢠Check if the serv er is correctly set up for file sharing, if the target folder has been deleted, or if one or more folders have been corrupted on the serv er . ⢠Check if there are too many files on the server . âÂÂCannot connect to server.â is displayed when network downlo ading is attempt. ⢠The message is displayed when connection to the ser ver failed. V erify that the network cable is connected properly before retr ying. âÂÂWRT FAILEDâ is displayed on the fron t panel display during network downloading. ⢠The message is displayed when do wnloading failed. As the player may be failed, con tact your local P ioneer Customer Ser vice Center . Problem Remedy Problem Remedy It is taking a long time for the unit to start up. ⢠It can t ake up to one minute for the system to start up once you press the ïµ STAN DBY/ON button . This does not mean that the pl ayer is experiencing problems. The power automatically turns off . ⢠The Auto P ower Off function switches the player into standby if no operation is per formed fo r 30 minutes while the player is stopped or paused (page 43). ⢠This unit âÂÂs power may be turned off when you cont rol this unit from a connected TV . If you do not want this unit to be turned o ff in this way , set this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control (page 43) to Off . Y our TV and AV system automatically change inputs. ⢠T he connected TV and AV system au tomatically may change inputs in response to this unit starting playback or having the GUI screen (ex. Disc Navigator) displayed. If you do not want your TV and A V system to change inputs in this way , set this unit HDMI Control (page 43) to Off . The remote control doesnâÂÂt seem to work. ⢠The CONTROL IN jack on the rear panel is connected: Point the remote control at the connected component to control this player. ⢠The remote control is too far from the player, or the angle with the remote sensor is too wide: Use the remote within its operating range (see Using the remote control on page 8). ⢠The batteries are exhausted: Put in new ones (see Putting the batteries in the remote co ntrol on page 8). ⢠If you are using an external IR receiver , you may need to set the IR RECEIVE R switch (see Using an external IR receiv er with t his player on pa ge 17) . Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut due to power failure or by unpluggi ng the power cord during operation, settings will be canceled. See Moving the player o n page 47 for proper shutdown instructions. After inserting a disc, a âÂÂLoadingâ message is displayed but playback does not begin. ⢠W hen you have inserted a disc containi ng PC files, the time necessar y to load the files contained on the disc varies by how many files are pres ent. The process can take anywhere from a few minutes to upwards of ten minutes. On hybrid discs with BD and DVD layers, the DVD layer cannot be played back. ⢠Change the Set hybrid disc playback layer to DVD (page 43).
09 54 En Glossary Analog audio An electrical signal th at di re ct ly re pr es en ts so un d. Co mp ar e t hi s t o digital audio which can also be an elect rical signal, but is an indirect representation of so und. See also Digital audio . Aspect ratio The width of a TV screen rela tive to its height. Conventional TVs are 4:3 (in other words, th e screen is almost square); widescreen models are 16:9 (the screen is almo st twic e as wide as it is high). BD-J BD-J is the Java specificatio n for BD-ROM, allowing content providers to put interactive material linked to speci fic titles on the disc. BDAV BDAV is one of the application formats used by writable Blu-ray Discs (BD-R or BD-RE). It corresp onds to the VR mode of the DVD standard. BDMV BDMV is one of th e Blu-ray Disc st andards (application standard for BD-ROM). It corresponds to the Video mode of the DVD standard. Default Gateway Default Gateway is a no de on a computer network that serves as an access point to another network. A default gateway (such as a computer and router) is used to forward a ll traffic that is not addressed to a station within the local subnet. DHCP (Dynamic Host Con figuration Protocol) Server A DHCP server is a server that allocates IP addresses to hosts (network devices). In most ca ses, a broadband router serves as a DHCP server in a home network. Digital audio An indirect representation of sou nd by numbers. During recording, the sound is measured at discr ete intervals by an analog-to-digital converter, generating a stream of numbers. On playback, a digital-to-analog converter genera tes an analog signal based on these numbers. See also Sampling freque ncy and Analog audi o . Dolby Digital Plus Dolby Digital Plus is the next-generatio n audio technology for all high-definition programming and media. It com bines the efficiency to meet futu re broadcast d emands with the power and flexibility to realize the full audio potential e xpected in the upcoming high- definition era. Built on Dolby Digital, the multi-channel au dio standard for BD and DVD, Dolby Di gital Plus has been designed for the next-generation AV Systems (a mplifier or AV receiver) but remains fully comp atible with al l current AV Systems . Dolby Digital Pl us delivers multi-c hannel audio p rograms of up to 7.1 channels and supports mult iple programs in a single enco ded bitstream with the maximum bit ra te potential of 6 Mbps and the maximum bit rate perfor mance of 1.7 Mbps on BD, an d it outputs Dolby Digital bitstreams for play back on existing Dolby Digital systems. Dolby Digital Plus can accurately reproduce the sound originally intended by directo rs and producers. It also features multi-chan nel sound with discre te channel output, interactive mix ing and streamin g capability in advanced systems. Supported by HDMI (High-D efinition Mu ltimedia Inter face), a single- cable digital connection is possible for high-definit ion audio and video. Dolby TrueHD Dolby TrueHD is the next-generation lossless encodin g technology developed for high-definition opti cal discs in the upcoming era. Dolby TrueHD deliver s tantalizin g sound that is bi t-for-bit iden tical to the studio master, unlock ing the true high-definition entertainment experience on high-defi nition optical discs in the next generation. When coupled with h igh-definition video, Dolby True HD offers an unprecedented h ome theater experience with stunn ing sound and high-definition picture. It supports bit rates of up to 18 Mbps and records up to 8 full-range channels in dividually wit h 24-bit /96 kHz a udio. It also features extensive metadata including dial ogu e normaliza tion and dy namic range co ntrol. Supp orted by HDMI (Hig h-Definiti on Multime dia Interface), a single-cab le digital connection is possible for high- definition au dio and vide o. BD standards currently limit their maximum number of audio chan nels to eight, wherea s Dolby Digital Plus and Dolby TrueHD support mo re than eight audio channels. DRM (Digital Rights Managem ent) DRM is one of several technolo gies that controls access to and use of digital data, such as m usic, movies and other c opyrighted contents. On hybrid discs with BD and CD layers, the CD layer cannot be played back. ⢠Change the Set hybrid disc playback layer to CD (page 43). When the Set hybrid dis c playback layer is set to DVD and you insert a hybrid disc with BD and CD layers, the BD layer is played back. ⢠W hen the layer set to playback at S et hybrid disc playback layer is not present on an inserted hybrid disc, the BD layer is played back. The Set hybrid di sc playback layer setti ng canno t be cha nged (i t is gra yed out). ⢠Y ou can not chang e the Set hybrid disc playback layer when a disc is inserted. Eject the disc to make changes. A â ï§ â appears in the file name. ⢠A charac ter th at cannot be displayed on this unit is included in the fi le name. Use only alphanumeric characters if you want file name s to be displayed correctly on this player . The power automatically turns on. ⢠T his unitâÂÂs power may be turn ed on when you control th is unit from a connected plasma display . If you do not want this unit to be turned on in this way , set this unitâÂÂs HDMI Control to Off (page 43). Problem Remedy
09 55 En DTS-HD High Resolution Audio DTS-HD High Resolution Audio p rovides sound quality which far outpaces that of the current DVD discs with cons tant data rates from 1.5 Mbps to 6.0 Mbps fo r Blu-ray Disc. DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is capable of up to 7.1 channels of audio at a sampling frequency of 96 kHz/24 bits so the original sound is finely and faithfu lly reprodu ced with le ss disc space compared to DTS-HD Master Audio. The result of usin g DTS-HD High Resolution Audio use is especia lly significan t when watching high definition vi deo as the sound that is clearer than ever creates th e whole new movie experi ence right at home. Dynamic range The difference between the quietest and lou dest sounds possible in an audio signal (without distorting or getting lost in noise). Dolby Digital and DTS soundtr acks are capable of a very wide dynamic range, delivering dramat ic cinema-like effects. Ethernet A frame-based computer netwo rking technology for local area networks (LANs). This pl ayer supports 100BASE-TX. File extension A tag add ed to the end of a filenam e to indicate the type of fi le. For example, âÂÂ.jpgâ indicates an JPEG image file. HDMI HDMI (Hi gh-Definition Multimedia In terface) is a high-speed digital interface w hich has the capa bili ty to s upport standar d or high-defin ition video plus standard to multi-ch annel surround-sound audio on a si ngle digita l connection. Interactive audio Interactive audi o is Linear PCM (LPCM) audio acti vated by a BD-ROM applic ation and mixed with the primary audio. It is ty pically used to provide dyna mic sounds associated with interactive applications, such as button soun ds. Interlaced video A method of displayin g a picture in which odd-numbered lines a re updated in one pass, then even-numbered lines update d in the next. See also Progressiv e scan video . IP (Internet Protocol) addre ss A unique number that devices use in order to iden tify and communic ate with each ot her on a netwo rk utilizi ng the Intern et Protocol standard, such as âÂÂ19 2. 168.0.1âÂÂ. No duplicate numbers are allowed in the n etwork. LAN cable A cable that has an 8-pin modular pl ug on each end and is different from a telephon e plug which has 4-pins. MAC (Media Access Co ntrol) address An address attached to the port of any device. Th e MAC address cannot be chang ed. PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) A common system of encoding digital audio. Excell ent quality, but r e q u i r e s a l o t o f d a t a c o m p a r e d t o f o r m a t s s u c h a s D o l b y D i g i t a l a n d MPEG audi o. For compatibil ity with digi tal audio reco rders and AV amplifiers w ith digital inputs, this u nit can convert Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG audio to PCM . See also Digital audio . Pop-up menu (BD only) A context-sensitive menu that ca n be used without interrupting playback of a BD. Progressive sc an video Also called non-interlac ed video, th is method of displaying a picture updates all th e lines in one pa ss, resultin g in a more stab le, flicker-free image than in terlaced video (for a given scannin g rate). See also Interlaced video . Regions (DVD-Video and BD-ROM) These associate discs and players with partic ular areas of th e world. This unit will only play discs that have a co mpatible region cod e (i.e., the same code as your player). You can find the region code of your unit by looking on the rear panel. Some discs are compatible with more than one re gion (or all regions). Note that th e region systems for DVD and BD are not the same. Sampling frequency The rate at wh ich sound is measured to be turned into digital audio data. The higher the rate , the better the sound quality, but the more digital information is generated. For example, a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz means 44 100 samples (measurements) per second. See also Digital audio . Subnet mask The IP address is divided into the network address part and the host address part. The subnet mask is expressed as âÂÂ255.255.255.0 âÂÂ. In most cases, the subnet mask is automatically assigned by the DHCP server.
09 56 En License [MPEG4IP ] This software is based in part on Mozilla Public License 1.1 see http ://www.mozilla.org/MP L/for information. [OpenS SL] OpenSSL License Copyright é 1998-200 4 The OpenSS L Project. All rights reserved. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the above copyrigh t notice, this list of conditio ns and the following d isclaimer. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. All advertising materials mentioning featur es or use of t his software must displa y the foll owing acknowledgment: âÂÂThis produc t includ es software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the Ope nSSL Toolkit. (htt p://www.openssl.org/)âÂÂ. 4. The names âÂÂOpenSSL Toolkitâ and âÂÂOpenSSL Projectâ must not be used t o endorse or promote product s derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permi ssion, plea se contact openssl- core@openssl.org. 5. Products derived from this so ftware may not be called âÂÂOpenSSLâ nor may âÂÂOpenSSLâ app ear in th eir names without prior written permi ssion of the OpenSSL Proje ct. 6. Redistribut ions of any form what soever must retain th e following acknowledg ment: âÂÂThis product inclu des software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)âÂÂ. THIS SOFTWARE IS P ROVIDED BY THE OpenSS L PROJECT âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY E XPRESSED OR IMP LIED WARRANTIES, I NCLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTAB ILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PA RTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIME D. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTO RS BE LIABLE FOR AN Y DIRECT, INDIRECT , INCIDENTAL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DA MAGES (INCLUDING, BU T NOT LIMITED TO, PROC UREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE G OODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DA TA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPT ION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABIL ITY, WHETHE R IN CONT RACT, STRIC T LIABILITY , OR TORT (I NCLUDING NE GLIGEN CE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING I N ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF T HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This product includes cryptographic softwa re written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includ es software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Original SSLe ay License Copyright é 1995-1998 E ric Young (e ay@cryptsoft .com) All rights reserved. This package is an SSL implement ation written by Eri c Young (eay@c ryptsoft. com). The impl ementation was written so as to confor m with Netscapes SSL. This library is free for commercial and non- commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following co nditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL do cumentation included with th is distribution is co vered by the same copyright terms except that the ho lder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptso ft.com). Copyright remains Eric YoungâÂÂs, an d as such any Copyright notices in the code ar e not to be remove d. If this package is used in a product, Er ic Young should be given attrib ution as the author of the parts of the lib rary used. This can be in the form of a textual m essage at program st artup or in documentation (online or textual) pr ovided with the packag e. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the c opyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. All advertising materials me ntioning features or use of this software must display the follo wing ac knowledgement: âÂÂThis produ ct includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@c ryptsoft.co m)â The word âÂÂcryptographicâ ca n be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related:-) . 4. If you include any Windows specific cod e (or a derivative th er eof) from the apps directory (appli cation code) you must incl ud e an ac knowledgeme nt: âÂÂThis product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh @cryptsoft.com)â THIS SOFTWARE IS P ROVIDED BY ERIC YOUN G âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCL UDING, BUT NOT LIMIT ED TO, THE IMPLI ED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EV ENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUT ORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT , INDIRECT , INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL , EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTI AL DAMAGES (INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOOD S OR SE RVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSI NESS IN TERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF L IABILITY, WHETHER IN CONT RACT, STRICT LIABIL ITY, OR TORT (INCLUDIN G NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE) ARISI NG IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOF TWARE, EVEN IF ADVIS ED OF THE POSSIB ILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. The licence and distribution terms for any publical ly available version or derivative of this c ode cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under a nother distri bution licenc e [including the GNU Public Licence.]
09 57 En [tiff] Copyright é 1988-199 7 Sam Leffler Copyright é 1991-1997 S ilicon Graphics, Inc. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS-ISâ AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERW ISE, INCLUDING WIT HOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MER CHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFF LER OR SILICON GRAP HICS BE LIABL E FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CO NSEQUENTIAL D AMAGES OF ANY KI ND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEV ER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS , WHETHER OR NOT ADVIS ED OF THE POSSIBILI TY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF L IABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR I N CONNECTION WI TH THE USE OR PERFORMANC E OF THIS SOFTWAR E. [Howl] Copyright é 2003, 20 04 Porchdog Software All rights reserved. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVI DED BY THE COPYRIGHT HO LDERS AND CONTRI BU TORS âÂÂAS IS â AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRA NTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AN D FITNES S FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E ARE DISCLAIMED. IN N O EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRI BUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDI RECT, INCIDENT AL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLA RY, OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDIN G, BUT NOT LIMITED T O, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOOD S OR SERVICES; LOSS OF U SE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR B USINESS INTERRUPT ION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILI TY, WHETHE R IN CONT RACT, STRIC T LIABILITY , OR TORT (I NCLUDING NE GLIGEN CE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING I N ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF T HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This software is based in part on Apple P ublic Source License or the recentâÂÂs rights thereunder see ht tp://developer.apple.com/ for information. [UPNPLib/I ntel Stac k] This software is based in pa rt on Intel Licens e see http ://www.intel.com/for information. [JPEG image compression] If only exe cutable code is distributed, t hen the acco mpanyin g documen tation mu st state that âÂÂthi s software is ba sed in part on the work of the In dependent JPEG GroupâÂÂ. [libpng] COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIM ER, and LICENSE: If you modify libp ng you may insert additi onal notices imm ediately following th is sent ence. libpng version 1.2.6, December 3 , 2 004, is Copyright é 2004 Glenn Rander s-Pehrso n, and is dist ribut ed according to the same disclaimer an d license as libp ng-1.2.5 with the follo wing individual added to the list of Cont ributing Authors Cosmin Truta libpng vers ions 1.0.7, Ju ly 1, 2000, t hrough 1.2.5 - October 3, 20 02, are Copyrig ht é 2000-2002 Gl enn Randers -Pehrson, and are distributed a ccording to the same disclaimer and license as libpn g-1.0.6 with the following in dividuals added to the list of Contributing Autho rs Simon-Pie rre Cadieux Eric S. Raymond Gilles Vollant and with the follow ing addition s to the disclaime r: There is no warran ty against interf erence with your en joyment of the library or again st infringement. Th ere is no warranty tha t our efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs. Thi s library is provided with all faults, an d the enti re risk of satisfacto ry quality , performance, accuracy, and e ffort is with the user. libpng versions 0.97 , January 1998, throu gh 1.0.6, March 20, 20 00 , are Copyright é 19 98, 1999 Glenn Ran ders-Pehrson, and a re di stributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpn g-0.96, with the following individ uals added to the list of Co ntributing Authors: Tom Lane Glenn Ra nders-P ehrso n Willem van Schaik libpng versions 0.89, Ju ne 1996, through 0. 96, May 1997 , are Copy right é 1996, 1997 And reas Dilger Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, wit h the following in dividuals added to th e list of Contrib uting Authors: John Bowler Kevin Bracey Sam Bushell Magnus Holmgren Greg Roelo fs Tom Tanner libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0. 88, January 1996, are Copyright é 1995, 19 96 Guy Eric Sc halnat, Group 42, Inc. For the purposes of this copyright and lic ense, âÂÂContributi ng Authorsâ is defined as th e following set of individua ls: Andreas Dilger Dave Mart indale Guy Eric Sch alnat Paul Schmidt Tim Wegner
09 58 En The PNG Reference Library is su pplied âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ. The Contributing Authors and Gr oup 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed o r implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of mer c hantability and of fitness for any purp ose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. assum e no liab ility for direct, indirect , incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damag es, which may result f rom the use of the PNG Reference Librar y, even if a dvised of the possibility of such damage. Permission is hereby grante d to use, copy , modify, and dist ribu te this source code, or portio ns hereof, for any purpose, withou t fee, subject to the followin g restrictions : 1. The origin of th is source co de must not be misrepresented. 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented a s being the original s ource. 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or alt ered from any source or altered source distri bution. The Contributing Aut hors and Group 42, Inc. sp ecif ically permit, wit hout fee, an d encourage the use of this source code as a co mponent to supporting th e PNG file format in commercial products. If you us e this source code in a product, acknowle dg ment is not requ ired but would be appre ciated. A âÂÂpng_get _copyrightâ function i s available, for convenient us e in âÂÂaboutâ boxes and the like: print f(âÂÂ%sâÂÂ,png _get_copyright( NU LL)); Also , the PN G logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the fi les âÂÂpngbar.p ngâ and â pngbar.jpg (88x31)â and âÂÂpngnow.pngâ (98x31). Libpng is OSI Certified Open Sour ce Softwa re. OSI Certified Open Source is a certification mark of the Open Source In itiative. Glenn Ra nders-P ehrso n glennrp at users.sourceforge.net December 3, 2004 [zlib] This software is based in part on zlib see http:/ /www.zlib.n et for information. [FreeType] The FreeType Proj ect is Copyright é 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robe rt Wi lhelm, and Werner L emberg. All rights reserved except a s specified below. THE FREETYPE PROJ ECT IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS â WITHOUT WARRANTY OF AN Y KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIE D, INCLUDI NG, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E . IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLD ERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY D AMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FR EETYPE PROJECT. [GIFLIB] The GIFLIB distr ibution is Copyr ight é 1997 Eric S. Raymo nd THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ, WI THOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND , EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT L IMITED TO THE WARRANTI ES OF MERCHANTABILI TY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE AND NONI NFRINGEMENT. IN NO E VENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR C OPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILIT Y, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHE RWISE, ARISIN G FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DE ALINGS IN THE SOFTWAR E. [libhttp] Copyright é 2000-200 4 Dag-Erling Smørgrav All rights reserved. Redistribution and u se in source and binary forms, with or without modifica tion, are permitted pr ovided that the following cond itio ns are met: 1. Redistributions of s ource code must retain the above copyrigh t notice, this list of conditio ns and the following d isclaimer i n this position and unchanged. 2. Redistributio ns in binary form must reproduce the above copyright not ice, this list of cond itions and the fo llowing dis claime r in the doc umentation and/o r other materials provided wit h the distribut ion. 3. The name of the autho r may not be used to endorse or pro mote products derived fro m this software without specifi c prior writt en permission. THIS SOFTWA RE IS PROVIDE D BY THE AUTHOR âÂÂAS ISâ AND ANY E XPRESS OR IMP LIED WARRAN TIES, INCLUDI NG, BUT NOT L IMITED TO, T HE IMPLI ED WARRANTIES OF MERCHAN TABILITY AND FITNES S FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, P ROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GO ODS OR SERV ICES; LOSS OF US E, DATA, OR PROF ITS; OR BUSIN ESS INTERRUP TION) HOWEVE R CAUSED AND ON AN Y THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (I NCLUDING NEGLIGENC E OR OTHERWISE) ARI SING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVE N IF ADVISED OF THE P OSSIBILITY OF S UCH DAMAGE. The following copyright a pplies to the base64 co de: Copyright 1997 Massa chusetts Institute of Technology Permission to use, co py, modify, and distr ibute this softwa re and its docu mentation for an y purpose and with out fee is hereby g ra nted, provided t hat both the above copyrigh t notice and this pe rmission notice ap pear in al l copies, that both the above copyri ght n otice and this permi ssio n notice appear in all supporti ng documentation, and th at the name of M.I.T. not b e used in advertising or publi city pertaining to distribu tion of the software w ithout specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no repre sentations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provid ed âÂÂas isâ with out express or implied warranty. THIS SOFTWA RE IS PROVID ED BY M.I.T. âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ. M.I.T. DISC LAIMS ALL EXP RESS OR IMPLIE D WARRANTIES WITH REGA RD TO THIS SOFT WARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LI MITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ME RCHAN TABILITY AND FITNE SS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO E VENT SHAL L M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, I NDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPEC IAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT N OT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTI TUTE GOODS O R SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PR OFITS; OR B USINESS IN TERRUPTION ) HOWEVER C AUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILIT Y, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRI CT LIABILITY, OR T ORT (INCLUDING NEG LIGENCE OR OTHERWI SE) ARISING IN AN Y WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSS IBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
09 59 En [Vera.ttf/ VeraMono.ttf] Copyright é 2003 by Bitstream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream Vera SansBitstreamVeraSan s-RomanReleas e 1.10 Copyright é 200 3 by Bits tream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream Ve ra is a trademark of Bitstream, Inc. [TinyLogin] This software is Copyright 1988 - 1994, Julianne Fran ces Haugh . All rights res erved. [Shadow Utilities] This software is Copyright 1988 - 1994, Julianne Fran ces Haugh . All rights res erved. Bigelow & Holmes Inc and URW GmbH Luxi font license [Luxi fonts] Luxi fonts Copyright é 2001 by Bigelow & Holmes Inc. Luxi fo nt in struction code Copyright é 2001 by URW GmbH. All Rights Rese rved. Luxi is a regis-tered trademark of Bigelow & Holme s Inc. THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED âÂÂAS ISâÂÂ, WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIN D, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE AND NONINF RINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT , PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVEN T SHALL BIGELOW & HOLMES INC. OR UR W GMBH. BE LIABLE FOR AN Y CLAI M, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY G EN-ERAL, SPECIAL, I NDIRECT, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQ UENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONT RACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE TH E FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DE ALINGS IN THE FONT SOFT-WARE. [GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE] Version 2, June 19 91 Copyright é 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth F loor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distri bute verbat im copies of th is license document , but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most softwa re are designed to take away you r freedom to share and change it. By cont rast, the GNU Ge neral Publ ic Li cense is intended to guarante e your freedom to shar e and change free so ftware â to make sure the so ftware is free for all its us ers. This General Public Li cense applies to most of the Free So ftware Foun dationâÂÂs softw are and to any ot her program w hose authors co mmit to usin g it. (Some ot her Free Softw are Fo undation softwar e is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to yo ur programs, too. When we speak of free soft ware, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Pub lic Licenses are designed to make sure t hat you have the freedom to distribute copies of free so ftware (and charge for th is service if you wish), that you rece ive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use piece s of it in new free programs; and th at you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribu te copies of t he software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of su ch a progr am, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the righ ts that you have. You must make sure that they, too, re ceive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rig hts. We protect your rights wi th two steps: (1) copyrig ht the software, and (2 ) of fer you this license whic h gives you le gal permiss ion to copy, distribu te and/or mo dify the software. Also, for each authorâÂÂs prote ction and ours, we wa nt to make certain that everyone und erstands that th ere is no warranty for th is free software. If the softwar e is modif ied by som eone els e and pass ed on, we want its recipien ts to kno w that wha t they h ave is no t the orig inal, so th at any problem s introduced by others will not reflect on the original auth orsâ reputati ons. Finally, any free program is th reatened cons tantly by soft ware patents. We wish to avoid the danger that r edistributors of a fr ee program will individuall y obtain patent license s, in effect making the program proprietary. To pre vent this, we have m ade it clea r that any pa tent must be lice nsed for ev eryoneâÂÂs free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and co nditions for cop ying, distributi on and modificati on follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND COND ITIONS FOR COPYING, DI STRIBUTION AN D MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or othe r work which contains a notice pl aced by the copyright holder saying it may be dis tributed under the terms of this General Public License. The âÂÂProgramâÂÂ, be low, refers to any such progr am or work, and a âÂÂwork b ased on the Programâ means either the P rogram or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing th e Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or w ith modifications and /or translated into anot her language. (Hereinaft er, translation is in cluded without lim itation in the term âÂÂmodificationâÂÂ.) Ea ch li censee is addressed as âÂÂyouâÂÂ. Activities other than copy ing, distribu tion and modifi cation are no t covered by th is License; they are outside its scope. The a ct of runn ing the Program is not restri cted, and the out put from the Pro gram is covered only if its cont ents constitute a work based on th e Program (inde pen dent of ha ving been ma de by running the Prog ram). Whether th at is true depends o n what the Progra m does. 1. You may copy and distribute verb atim copies of the ProgramâÂÂs source code as yo u receive it, in any medi um, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appro priate co pyright notice and discl aimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and t o the absence of any wa rranty; and give any other recipie nts of the Progr am a copy of this Licens e along with the P rogram. You may charge a fee for the physi cal act of transferring a copy, and you may at yo ur option offer warrant y protection in excha nge for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, th us forming a work based on the P rogram, and copy an d distribute such modifications or work under the terms of S ection 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the mod ified f iles to carry prominent notices st ating that y ou changed the f iles and the d ate of any change .
09 60 En b) You must cause any work that yo u distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contai ns or is derived fro m the Program or a ny part ther eof, to be licen sed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the term s of this License. c) If t he modified program normally reads co mmands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such inte ractive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an annou n cement includ ing an appr opriate copyrig ht notice a nd a notice th at there i s no warra nty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and tha t users may redistribute the program under these conditio ns, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License . (Exception: if the P rogram itself is int eractive but doe s not normally prin t such an announcem ent, your work based o n the Progr am is not required to print an announc ement.) These requ irements apply to the modified work as a whole. If id entifiable sections of that work are n ot derived from th e Progra m, and can b e reasonab ly considered independent and separate works in themselv es, then this Lice nse, and its terms, do no t apply to those section s when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distri bute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work ba sed on t he Program , the distrib u tion of the who le must be on the terms of this Li cense, whose permission s for other licensees extend to th e entire whole, and thus to each and every p art regardles s of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest yo ur rights t o work written en tirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivat ive or collective works ba sed on the Program. In addition, mere a ggregation of another work not b ased on the Progra m with the Program ( or with a work based on th e Program) o n a volume of a storage or d istribution me dium does not b ring th e other work under the scope of this Licens e. 3. You may copy and distribute t he Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or exec utable form und er the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided th at you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete correspon ding machine-readable source code, wh ic h must be distr ibuted under the terms of Se cti ons 1 and 2 ab ove on a medium custo marily used for software interchan ge; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your co st of physically performing source distribution, a complete ma chine- readable copy of the correspond ing source code, to be distributed under the terms of Se ctions 1 and 2 abov e on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the informat ion you r eceived as to t he offer to di stribute corresponding source code. ( This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution an d only if you received the program in object code or executable for m with such an offer, in accord with Subsecti on b above.) The source code fo r a work means the preferre d form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, co mplet e source code means all the source code for all mo du les it contains, plus any associated interf ace de finition files, plus th e scripts used to contr ol compilation and installation of the execut able. However, as a special e x ception, the source co de distributed need not include anything that is normally dist r ibuted (in either source or binary for m) with the major co mponents (compi ler, kernel, and so on) of the operatin g system on which the executable ru ns, u nles s that co mponent itself accompanie s t he executable . If distribut ion of executab le or object code is made by of fering access to c opy from a desi gnated place, t hen offering equivale nt access to copy the source code from the same pla ce counts as distribu tion of the source code , even though third parties are not compelled to copy the sou rce along with the object code. 4. You may n ot copy, modify, su blicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distrib ute the Pr ogr am is void, and will auto matically terminate your rights unde r this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have the ir licenses terminated so long as such pa rties remain in full compliance. 5. You are no t required to ac cept this Lic ense, sinc e you have no t signed it. However, no thing else grant s yo u permission to mod ify or distrib ute the Program or its derivative works. The se actions are proh ibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefo re, by modifying or dist ribut ing the Program (or any work based on the Pr ogram), you in dicate your a cceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditio ns for copying, dis trib uting or modif ying the Program or works ba sed on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work b ased on the Program), t he recipie nt automa ti cally receives a license fr o m the original licensor to copy, distribute or mo dify the Progra m subject to these te rms and condition s. You may not impose a ny further restr ictions on the reci pientsâ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not resp onsible for enforcin g compliance by thir d parties to this Licen se. 7. If, as a cons equence of a court judg ment or all egation of pa tent infringe ment or for any other r eason (not limit ed to paten t issues), conditions are imposed on you (whethe r by court order , agreement or othe rwise) that cont radict the conditions of this Li cense, the y do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot dis tribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations un der this License and any other pertinent o bligations, th en as a consequence y ou may not distribute the Progra m at all. For example, if a patent licens e would not permit royalty-free redistrib ution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way yo u cou ld satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain e ntirely from distribution of th e Program. If any portion of this section is held in valid or unenfor ceable under any particular c ircumstance, the balance of the section i s intended to apply and the section as a wh ole is intend ed to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this se ction to induce you to infring e any patents or other propert y right claims or to conte st validi ty of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the in tegrity of th e free software distribution system, which is implemented by public licen se practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of so ftware distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to de cide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any othe r system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to ma ke thorough ly clear what is believe d to be a consequen ce of the rest of th is License. 8. If the distributio n and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by pa tents or by copyrighted interfac es, the original copyright hold er who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geogr aphical dist ribution limitation excluding those countries, s o that distrib ution is permitte d only in or a mong countries not th us excluded. In suc h case, this License incorporates the limitat io n as if writte n in the body of this Li cense.
09 61 En 9. The Free Software Fou ndation ma y publish revise d and/or ne w versions of the General P ublic Li cense from t ime to tim e. Such ne w versions will b e similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new p roblems or concerns. Each version is give n a distinguishing version nu mber. If the Program spec ifies a version number of th is License which applies to it and âÂÂa ny later versionâÂÂ, you have the option of following th e terms and conditio ns either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Softwa re Foundation . If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever pu blished by the Free Software Found ation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of t he Program into other fr ee programs whose distribution co nditions are differen t, write to the au thor to ask for permi ssion. For software which i s copyrighted by t he Fr ee Soft ware Foundation , write to the Free So ftware Foundat ion; we sometimes make exc eptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all deriv atives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of soft ware generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PR OGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARG E, THERE IS N O WARRANTY FOR THE P ROGRAM, TO THE EXTE NT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERW ISE STATED IN WRITING T HE COPYRIGHT HO LDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PRO VIDE THE PROGRAM âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YO U. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME TH E COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERV ICING, REPAIR OR CORR ECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UN LESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED T O IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROG RAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING AN Y GENERAL, SP ECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILIT Y TO USE T HE PROGRAM ( INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMI TED TO LOS S OF DATA OR DATA BEI NG RENDERED INACCUR ATE OR LOSSES SUSTAI NED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF TH E PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE PO SSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAG ES. END OF TERMS AND C ONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your Ne w Programs If you develo p a new program , and you want i t to be of the gr ea test possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and cha nge under these terms. To do so, attach the following no tic es to the program. It is safest to attach the m to the start of each so urce file to most eff ectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the âÂÂcopyrightâ line and a pointer to where the full not ice is found. <one line to give th e programâÂÂs name an d a brief idea of wha t it does.> Copyright é <year> <name of author > This program is free software; you c an redi stribute it and/or modify it under the terms of th e GNU General Public Li cense as pu blished by the Free Soft ware Foundation; either ve rsion 2 of the Licens e, or (at your option) any later ve rsion. This program is distributed in the hope th at it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WA RRA NTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PAR TICULAR PURPOSE. S ee the GN U General Public License for mo re details . You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License alo ng wi th this program; if not , write to the Free Software F oundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fi fth Floor, Bo ston, MA 0211 0-1301 USA. Also add information on how to co nt act you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short no tice like this whe n it starts in an inte ractive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyri ght é year name of author Gnomovisio n comes with ABS OLUTELY NO WAR RANTY; for deta ils type âÂÂshow wâÂÂ. This is free software , and you are welcome t o redistr ibute it under certain conditions; type âÂÂshow câ for details. The hypothetical commands âÂÂshow wâ and âÂÂsho w câ should show the appropriate parts of th e General Public License. Of co urse, the commands you use may be called something other than âÂÂshow wâ and âÂÂshow c âÂÂ; they could even be mouse- clicks or menu items â whatever suits you r program. You should also get your employer (if yo u work as a programer) or your school, if any, to sign a âÂÂcopyright disclaimerâ for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program âÂÂGnomovisionâ (which makes passes at compilers) written by Jam es Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, Presiden t of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your pr ogram into pro prietary programs. If your pr ogram is a subr outi ne library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If t his is what you want to do , use the GNU Lesser General Public Li cense instead of this License. [GNU LESSER GEN ERAL PUBLIC LICENSE ] Version 2.1, Februa ry 1999 Copyright é 1991, 19 99 Free Software Foun dation, Inc. 51 Franklin Stre et, Fifth Floor, Bosto n, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distri bute verbat im copies of th is license document , but changing it is not allowed. [This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GN U Library Public License, versi on 2, hen ce the version number 2.1 .]
09 62 En Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away you r freedom to share and ch ange it. By contrast , the GNU General Publ ic Licenses are intended to guarantee your f reedom to share and change free s oftware â to make su re the software is free for all its us ers. This license, the Lesser General Pub lic License, applies to some specially de signated software pac kages â typically libraries â of the Fr ee Software Fo undation and other authors wh o decide to use it . You can use it too, but we sugge st you first think care fully about whethe r this license or the ordinary General Public License is the b etter strategy to us e in any particular case, based on the explanations below. When we speak of free so ftware, we are ref erring to freed om of use, not price. Our Ge neral Public Licen ses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free soft ware (a nd charge for this service if y ou wish); that you receive source code or c an get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pie ces of it in new free programs; and tha t you are informed t hat you can do these things. To protect you r rights, we need to make restrict ions that forbid distributor s to deny you these righ ts or to ask you t o surrend er these rights. T hese restriction s translate to ce rtain responsibil ities for you if you di st ribute copies of the li br ary or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute cop ies of th e library, whether gratis or for a fee, yo u must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You mus t make sure that they, too, receive or ca n get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object f iles to the recipie nts, so that they can relink them with the library af ter ma king changes to the library and recompiling it. And yo u must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your ri ghts with a two-step method: (1) we co pyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you le gal permission to copy, dis tribute and/or modi fy the libra ry. To protect each distrib utor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty f or the free library. Also, if the library is modifi ed by someo ne else and p assed on, the reci pients should know that what th ey have is not t he o riginal version, so t hat the or ig inal authorâÂÂs re putation will n ot be af fected by pro blems that migh t be introdu ced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant thre at to th e existence of any free pro gram. We wish to make sure that a co mpany cann ot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obta ining a restricti v e license from a patent ho lder. Theref ore, we insist that any patent license obtaine d for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU Gene ral Public Licens e. This license, the GNU Lesse r General Public License, applies to cer tain designated libraries, and i s quite differen t fr om the ordinary General Public Li cense. We use this licens e f or certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, wh ether statically or using a shared library , the combination of the two is legally sp eaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary Genera l Public License theref ore pe rmits such linking only if the entire co mbination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax crite ria for linking other co de with the lib rary. We call this license the âÂÂLesserâ Genera l Public License be cause it does Less to protect th e userâÂÂs free dom than the ordin ary G eneral Public Lice nse. It also provides other free software deve lopers Less of an advantage over co mpeting non-free programs. T hese disadvanta ges are the reas on we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides a dvant ages in cert ain special circumstances. For example, on rare occasions, there may b e a special need to encourage the widest possible us e of a certain libra ry, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve th is, non-free pr ograms must be allowed to use th e libra ry. A more frequent case is th at a free library does the sam e job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free lib rary to free software only, so we u se the Lesser Ge ner al Public License. In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs ena bles a gr eater number of people to use a large b ody of free software . For example, permission to use the GNU C Libra ry in non- free programs enable s many mo re people to use the whole GNU operating system, a s wel l as its variant, the GNU Linux operating system. Although the Lesser General Pub lic License is Less protective of the usersâ freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is l inked with the Libr ary has the free dom and the wher ewithal to run tha t program using a mo dified version of the Library. The precise terms and conditions for co pying, distri bution and mo dificatio n follow. Pay close attent ion to th e difference betwe en a âÂÂwork based on the libr aryâ and a âÂÂwork that uses the libraryâÂÂ. The f ormer contains code de rived from th e library, whereas th e latter must be comb ined with the library in order to run. GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND COND ITIONS FOR COPYING, DI STRIBUTION AN D MODIFICATION 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or othe r program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distribu ted under the t erms of this Lesser Ge neral Public Li cense (also called âÂÂthis Lice nseâÂÂ). Each licensee is addre ssed as âÂÂyouâÂÂ. A âÂÂlibraryâ means a collection of so ftware functions and/or da ta prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application prog rams (which use some of those functions an d data) to form exec utables. The âÂÂLibraryâÂÂ, below, refe rs to any such software li brary or work which has been distributed under the se terms. A âÂÂwork based o n the Libraryâ means either the Library or any derivative work under copy right law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, eithe r verbatim or with modifications and/or tr anslated straig htforwardly in to another la nguage. (Hereina fter, transla tion is include d without limit ation in the t erm â modificationâÂÂ.) âÂÂSource codeâ for a work means th e preferred form of the work for making modif ica tions to it. For a library, co mplete source co de means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associ ated int erface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and i nstallation of the library. Activities other than copying, distributio n and modificatio n are not covered by th is License; they are ou tside its scope. T he a ct of running a program usin g the Library is n ot restricted, and output from su ch a program is covered only if its contents co nstitute a wor k based on t he Li brary (independent of the use of the Library in a t ool for writing it) . Whether that i s true depends on wha t the Library does an d what the progr am that uses the Lib rary does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copie s of the LibraryâÂÂs complete source code as you rece ive it, in any medium, provided t hat you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appro priate co pyright notice and discl aimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and t o the absence o f any warranty; and dis tribute a copy of this Licen se along with the L ibrary. You may charge a fee for the physi cal act of transferring a copy, and you may at yo ur option offer warrant y protection in excha nge for a fee. 2. You may modify you r copy or copies of th e Library or any portion of it, t hus forming a work based on th e Library, and copy an d distribute such modifi cations or work under the terms of Se ction 1 above, provid ed that you also meet all of these c onditions:
09 63 En a) The modified work must it self be a software library. b) You must cause the files modifi ed to carry prominent notices st atin g that you cha nged the file s and the date o f any change. c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licens ed at no charge to all third parties under the te rms of this License. d) If a facility in th e modified Li brary refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application pro gram that u ses the facility, other than a s an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good fa ith effort to ensure that , in the event an applicatio n does not supply such function or table, the facility still operat es, and performs whatever part of it s purpose remains meaning ful. (For example, a f unction in a li brary to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined ind ependent of the ap plication. Therefore, S ubsection 2d requ ires that any application-supplied function or table used by t his function must be optional: i f the applicatio n does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identi fiable sections of that work are not derived from the Librar y, and can be rea sonably considered independent and separate works in themselv es, then this Lice nse, and its terms, do no t apply to those section s when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute th e same sections as pa rt of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribu tion of the whole must be on the terms of this Li cense, whose permission s for other licensees extend to th e entire whole, and thus to each and every p art regardles s of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest yo ur rights t o work written en tirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivat ive or collective works based on the Library. In addition, m ere aggregation of another wor k not based on the Librar y with the Librar y (or with a wo rk based on the Lib rary) o n a volume of a storage or distributi on medium does not bring the other work unde r the scope of this License. 3. You may opt to apply the terms o f the ordinary GNU General Publ ic License instead of this License to a given copy of the Libr ary. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU Gene ral Public Licens e, version 2, instead o f to thi s License. (If a newer v ersion than versio n 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public Licen se has a ppeared, th en you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices. Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordi nary GNU General Publ ic License applies to all subsequent co pies and derivative works made from t hat copy. This op tion is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of th e Library into a progra m that is not a library. 4. You may copy and distrib ute the Library (or a portio n or derivati ve of it, under Section 2) in object code or execut able form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompan y it with the complete corresponding ma chine-re adable source code, which mu st be distributed under th e terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium cust omarily used for so ftware interchange. If distribution of object code is made by offer ing access to copy f rom a designate d place, then o ffering equival ent access to c opy the source code fro m the same place satisfies th e requirement to dist ribute the source code, even though t hird parties ar e not compel led to copy the sou rce along with the obje ct code. 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of t he Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being com pil ed or linked with it, is called a âÂÂwork that uses the L ibraryâÂÂ. Such a work, in isol ation, is not a deri vative work of the Library, and there fore falls out side t he scope of this License. 6. However, l inking a âÂÂwork that us es the Libraryâ with the Librar y creates an executab le that is a derivative of the Lib rary (b ecause it contains portions of the Library), rathe r than a âÂÂwork tha t uses th e libraryâÂÂ. The executab le is therefor e covered by this Licen se. Section 6 states ter ms for distr ibution of such executable s. When a âÂÂwork t hat uses the Li braryâ uses mate rial from a h eader file that is part of th e Library, the ob ject code for th e work may be a derivative work of th e Library even th ough the source code is not. Whether th is is true is especi ally sign ificant if t he work can be li nked withou t th e Library, or if the work is itself a library. T he threshold f or this to be t rue is not preci sely defined by law. 7. I f s uch an obj ect fi le use s on ly nu me rical parameters, data struct ure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inlin e functions (ten lines or less in length) , then the use of the object file is unrestricted, reg ardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Execu table s containing this object code plus portions of the Library wi ll still fall under Section 6.) Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distrib ute the object cod e for the work u nder the terms of Secti on 6. Any executables containi ng that work also fall unde r Section 6, whether or not they are linked direct ly with the Library itself. 8. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a âÂÂwork that uses th e Libraryâ with the Library t o produc e a work containing portions of the Library, and distribu te that work under terms of your choice, provide d that the terms permit modif ication of the work fo r the custome râÂÂs own use and reverse engi neering for debugg ing such modificati ons. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Libra ry and its use are c overed by this Licens e. You must supply a copy of this Lice nse. If the work during execution displays copy right notices, yo u must include the co pyright not i ce for the Lib rary among them, as well as a reference di recting the user to the copy of this L icens e. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corre sponding machine-readable source code fo r the Library includin g whatever c hanges we re used in the work (which must be distri buted under Se ctions 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an execut able linked with the Li brary, with the c omplete machine-readable âÂÂwork that use s the LibraryâÂÂ, a s object code and /or source code , so that the us er can modify th e Library and the n relink to pro duce a modi fied executable containing the mod ified Library. (It is unde rstood that the user who changes the content s of definitions files in the Library w ill no t necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Use a suitab le shared libra ry mechanis m fo r linking with the Library. A suitab le mechan ism is one that (1 ) uses at ru n time a copy of the li brary already present on the userâÂÂs computer system, rath er than copying library functions into th e executable, and (2) will oper ate properly with a modified ve rsion of the library, if the user installs one, as lo ng as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work w as made with. c) Accompany t he work with a written offer, valid for at least th ree years, to give the same user th e materials specified in Sub section 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performi ng this distributi on. d) If distribution of the work is made by offering a ccess to copy fro m a designated place, offer equivalent acc ess to copy the a bove specified materials from the same plac e. e) Verify that the user has alre ady received a copy of the se materials or that you have a lready sent this user a copy.
09 64 En For an executab le, the required form of the âÂÂwork that uses th e Libraryâ must inclu de any data and utility progr ams needed for reproducing the execut able from it. However, as a special ex ception, th e materials to be distribute d need no t incl ude anyth ing that is no rmally distribut e d (in either source or binary form) with the m ajor components (c ompiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which th e executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies th e executable. It may happen that this require ment contradicts the license rest rictions of other propri etary libr aries that d o not normally ac comp any th e operati ng system. Such a contradiction mean s you cannot use both them an d the Library together in a n ex ecutable that you distribute. 9. You may place library facilities that are a work b ased on the Library side-by-side in a single library to gether with other li brary facilities not covered by this License, and dist ribute such a combine d library, provided th at the separate distri bution of the work base d on the Library and o f the other library facilities is otherwise permitte d, and provided that you do these tw o things: a) Accompany the comb ined library with a copy of the same work based on th e Library, uncombi ned with any oth er library facilitie s. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections abov e. b) Give prominent notice with the combined l ibrary of the f act that part o f it is a work base d on the Libra ry, and explaini ng wh ere to find the accomp anying uncombined f orm of the sam e work. 10. Yo u may not co py, modif y, sublice nse, link with, or distribute the Library exce pt as expressly provided under this License . Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and wi ll automatically t erminate your rights under this Lice n se. However, pa rties who have received copies, or rights, from yo u un der this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such pa rties remain in full comp liance. 11. You are not required to accept this License, since yo u have no t signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to mo dify or distribute the Library or its derivativ e works. These acti ons are prohibite d by law if you do not accept this License. Th erefore, by modifying or distrib uting the Library (or any work based on the Librar y), you indicate your a cce ptance of this License to do so, and a ll its terms and conditio ns for co pying, dis tributin g or modifying the Libr ary or works based on it. 12. Each ti me you redistribu te the Library (or a ny work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license fr om the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or mo dify the Library subje ct to these te rms and conditions. You may not impose any furt her restrictions on the recipientsâ exercise of the rights gran ted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compli ance by third parties with this License. 13. If, as a consequen ce of a court judgment or allegation o f patent inf ringement o r for any ot her reason ( not limited to patent issues), condit ions are imposed on you (whethe r by court order , agreement or othe rwise) that cont radict the conditions of this Li cense, the y do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot dis tribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations un der this License and any other pertinent o bligations, th en as a consequence y ou may not distrib ute the Library at all. For e xampl e, if a patent lic ense would no t permit ro yalty-free redistrib ution of the L ibrary by all those who receive copies directly or i ndirectly through you, th en the only way you co uld satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain enti rely from distr ibution of the Library . If any portio n of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under a ny particular circumstanc e, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this se ction to induce you to infring e any patents or other propert y right claims or to conte st validi ty of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free soft ware distribution system which is implemen ted by public licens e practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of so ftware distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute soft ware through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice . This section is intended to ma ke thorough ly clear what is believe d to be a consequen ce of the rest of th is License. 14. If t he distribution and/or use of the Libr ary is restricted in certain countries ei ther by patents or by copyrighted interfa ces, the original copyr ight holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding th ose countries, so th at di stribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case , this License incorporates the limitat ion as if written in the body of this Lice nse. 15. The Free Software Foundation may publ ish revised and/or new v e rsions of the Lesser Ge nera l Public Lice nse from tim e to time. Such new vers ions will be similar in spirit to the present versi on, but may diff er in detail t o address new p roblems or conce rns. Each version is given a distinguis hing version number. If the Library specifies a version numbe r of th is License which appli es to it and âÂÂany later versionâÂÂ, you have the option of following th e terms and conditio ns either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Softwa re Foundation . If the Library does not specify a license ve rsion number, you may choose any version ever publ ished by the Fr ee Software Foun dation. 16. If you wish to incorpora te parts of th e Library into other f ree programs wh ose di stribution conditions are incompatible wit h these, write to the auth or to ask for permi ssion. For softwar e which is co pyrighted by the Free Soft ware Foundation, write to the Fr ee Software Foundation; we so metimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by th e two goals of preserving the fr ee status of all derivatives of our free software an d of promoting th e sharing and reuse of softwa re generally. NO WARRANTY 17. BECA USE THE LIBRAR Y IS LICENSE D FREE OF CHARG E, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE L IBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCE PT WHEN OT HERWISE ST ATED IN WRITI NG THE COP YRIGHT HOL DERS AND/OR OT HER PART IES PROVIDE THE LIBR ARY âÂÂAS IS â WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A PART ICULAR PURPOSE . THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO TH E QUALITY AND PERFOR MANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASS UME THE COST OF ALL NE CESSARY SERVICIN G, REPAIR OR CORREC TION. 18. IN NO EVENT UN LESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED T O IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRAR Y AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLU DING ANY GENERAL, S PECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CO NSEQUENTIAL DA MAGES ARISING OUT OF T HE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBR ARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LO SS OF DATA OR DATA BEING REND ERED INACCURATE O R LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAIL URE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERAT E WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PA RTY HAS BEEN AD VISED OF THE POS SIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND C ONDITIONS
09 65 En How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a ne w library, and you want it to be of the grea te st possible use to the public, we recommend making it fre e sof tware that everyone can redis tribute and change. Y ou can do so by permitti ng redistributio n under th ese term s (or, alternativel y, under the term s of the ordinary Ge neral Public License). To apply these terms, a ttach the following no tices to the librar y. It is safest to attach th em to the start of each source file to most effect ively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file shou ld have at least the âÂÂcopyrightâ line and a po inter to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the libraryâÂÂs nam e and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright é <year> <name of author> This library is free software; you can redi str ibute it and /or modify it under the te rms of the GN U Lesser General Pu blic Licen s e as pu blished by the Free Software Foundation; either ve rsion 2.1 of the Licen s e, or (at your option) an y later version. This library is distributed in the hope th at it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRAN TY; without even the implied war ranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FI TNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public Lice nse for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public Lic ense along with this library; if not, writ e to the Free Sof tware Foundation, Inc. , 51 Franklin Street, Fi fth Floor, Bo ston, MA 0211 0-1301 USA Also add information on how to co nt act you by electronic and paper mail. You should also get yo ur employer (if you work as a prog ramer) or your school, if any, to sign a âÂÂcopyrigh t disclaimerâ for the library, if nece ssary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims a ll copyright intere st in the library â Frobâ (a library for tweaking knobs ) written by James R andom Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 Ty Coon, Presiden t of Vice ThatâÂÂs all th ere is to it! [Linux Source Notice] The software programs used on this product include the Linux op erating system. The Linu x contains software licensed for use bas ed on the terms of a GNU General Public License. The machin e readable copy of the corresponding source co de is available fo r the cost of distribu tion. For more information or to obtain a copy, cont act your local Pioneer Customer Service center. Details of the GNU General Public License can be found at the GNU website (http://www.gnu.org). Specifications General System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blu-ray Disc PLAYER (BD-ROM, DVD-Video, DVD-R/-RW, CD, network file playback) Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 120 V, 60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 W Power consumption (standby) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 W Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 kg (14 lb 9 oz ) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 103 mm (H) x 353 mm (D) (16 9/16 in. (W) x 4 1/16 in. (H) x 13 15/16 in. (D)) Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ðC to 35 ðC ( 41 ðF to 95 ðF) Operating humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 % to 85 % (no condensation) HDMI output HDMI output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-pin Component Video output (Y, P B , P R ) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y: 1.0 Vp-p (75 é ) P B , PR : 0.7 Vp-p (75 é ) Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jacks S-Video output Y (luminance) - Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Vp-p (75 é ) C (color) - Output level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mVp-p (75 é ) Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-Video jack Video output Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Vp-p (75 é ) Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio output (1 stereo pair) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output 200 mVrms (1 kHz, âÂÂ20 dB) Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio output (multi-channel/L, R, C, SW, LS, RS) Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output 200 mVrms (1 kHz, âÂÂ20 dB) Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Audio characteristics Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 22 kHz S/N ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 dB Dynamic range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 dB Total harmonic distort ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 % Wow and flutter . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (0.001 % W. PEAK) or lower Digital output Optical digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical digital jack Coaxial digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA jack Other terminals LAN terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet jack (100BASE-TX) Control in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minijack (3.5 ø) IR in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minijack (3.5 ø) Accessories Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6P dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Stereo audio cable (red/white p lugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LAN cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Warranty card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Operating instructions The specifications and design of this prod uct are subject to change without notice.
Should this product require ser vice in the U.S.A. and you wish to locate the nearest P ioneer Authorized Independent Ser vice Company , or if you wish to purchase replacement parts, operating instructions, ser vice manuals, or accessories, please call the number shown below . 1 â 8 0 0 â 4 2 1 â 1 4 0 4 Please do not ship your product to P ioneer without first calling the Customer Support at the above listed number for assistance. P ioneer Electronics Ser vice, Inc. P .O . BOX 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. F or warranty information please see the Limited W arranty sheet included with your product. Should this product require ser vice in Canada, please contact a P ioneer Canadian Authorized Dealer to locate the nearest P ioneer Authorized Ser vice Company in Canada. Alternatively , please contact the Customer Satisfaction Department at the following address: P ioneer Electronics of Canada, Inc. Customer Satisfaction Department 300 Allstate P arkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2 1-877-283-5901 905-479-4411 F or warranty information please see the Limited W arranty sheet included with your product. Si ce produit doit être réparé au Canada, veuillez vous adresser àun distributeur autorisé P ioneer du Canada pour obtenir le nom du Centre de Ser vice Autorisé Pioneer le plus près de chez-vous. V ous pouvez aussi contacter le Service àla clientèle de Pioneer: P ioneer ÃÂlectroniques du Canada, Inc. Ser vice Clientèle 300, Allstate P arkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2 1-877-283-5901 905-479-4411 P our obtenir des renseignements sur la garantie, veuillez vous reporter au feuillet sur la garantie restreinte qui accompagne le produit. S018_C_EF Printed in Japan <07I000001> <VRB1478-A> Register Your Product on http://www.pioneerelectronics.com (US) http://www.pioneerelectronics.ca (Canada) PIONEER, ELITE, SOUND .VISION.SOUL, and the Pioneer , Elite and sound.vision.soul logos are trademarks of Pioneer Cor poration. Published b y Pioneer Cor poration. Cop yright é 2007 Pioneer Cor poration. All rights reserved. PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel A vila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Me xico,D .F . 11000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En